0% found this document useful (0 votes)

511 views640 pages

Polycom CMA 5.5 Operations Guide

Uploaded by

hightechtalent

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

511 views640 pages

Polycom CMA 5.5 Operations Guide

Uploaded by

hightechtalent

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 640

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

5.5 | May 2011 | 3725-77601-001E

Trademark Information

Polycom, the Polycom Triangles logo, and the names and marks associated with Polycoms products are trademarks and/or service marks of Polycom, Inc., and are registered and/or common-law marks in the United States and various other countries. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Patent Information The accompanying product is protected by one or more U.S. and foreign patents and/or pending patent applications held by Polycom, Inc. End User License Agreement Use of this software constitutes acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Polycom CMA system end-user license agreement (EULA). The EULA is included in the release notes document for your version, which is available on the Polycom Support page for the Polycom CMA system.

2011 Polycom, Inc. All rights reserved. Polycom, Inc. 4750 Willow Road Pleasanton, CA 94588-2708 USA No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, for any purpose, without the express written permission of Polycom, Inc. Under the law, reproducing includes translating into another language or format. As between the parties, Polycom, Inc., retains title to and ownership of all proprietary rights with respect to the software contained within its products. The software is protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provision. Therefore, you must treat the software like any other copyrighted material (e.g., a book or sound recording). Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate. Polycom, Inc., is not responsible for printing or clerical errors. Information in this document is subject to change without notice.

Contents

Contents
1 Polycom CMA System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Scheduling Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Features and Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Polycom CMA System Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Minimum System Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Other Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Log Into the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 General Scheduling Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Scheduling Participants and Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bridge Selection and Cascading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Bridge Scheduling and Reassignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Working in the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Polycom CMA System Site Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Polycom CMA System Views, Roles, and Permissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Field Input Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Filter and Search a List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Managing Bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Change Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Log Out of the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Polycom CMA System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Add DNS SRV Record for Polycom CMA System Services . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Configure the Connection to the External Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Configure the Connection to an External Enterprise Directory . . . . . . . . . 16 Configure Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Set Up Video Call Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Set Up Automatic Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Set Up Automatic Software Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Set Up Conference Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Set Up Directory Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Set Up a Certificate for the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Distribute Polycom Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Polycom, Inc.

iii

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Conference Scheduling Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Conference Menu and Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Conference ViewsFuture and Ongoing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Conference States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Context-Sensitive Conference Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 User Menu and Guest Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Context-Sensitive Guest Book Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Add a Guest to the System Guest Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Edit a Guest in the System Guest Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Delete a Guest from the System Guest Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Conference Management Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Add/Schedule a Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Edit a Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Copy a Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Edit a Participants Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Edit a Rooms Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 View Scheduling Information for a Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 Manage an Active Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Add Additional Participants to an Active Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Add a Room to an Active Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 View the Video of a Participant in an Active Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Join an Active Conference (Operator Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Add a Participant from a Favorites List to an Active Conference (Operator Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Add/Save a Participant to a Favorites List (Operator Only) . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Manage a Participants Endpoint During a Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 View a Participants Details During a Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Terminate an Active Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Delete a Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Advanced Scheduling Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Edit Conference Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Select a Bridge for a Conference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Create a Cascaded Conference Across Multiple Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Conference and Participant Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Conference Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Conference Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Polycom, Inc.

Contents

Conference Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Bridge (MCU) Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 Participants List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Participant Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Participant Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Endpoint Management Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Endpoint Menu, Views, and Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Monitor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Endpoint List in the Monitor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Commands in the Monitor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 Peripherals View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Endpoint List in the Peripherals Monitor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Commands in the Peripheral View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Automatic Provisioning View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Endpoint List in the Automatic Provisioning View . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Commands in the Automatic Provisioning View . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Scheduled Provisioning View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Endpoint List in the Scheduled Provisioning View . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Commands in the Scheduled Provisioning View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Automatic Software Update View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Endpoint List in the Automatic Software Update View . . . . . . . . 84 Commands in the Automatic Software Update View . . . . . . . . . . 84 Scheduled Software Update View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Endpoint List in the Scheduled Software Update View . . . . . . . . 85 Scheduled Software Update View Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Endpoint Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 Endpoint Configuration/Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Automatic Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How Automatic Provisioning Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Provisioning Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Profile Order and Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 90 90 95

Scheduled Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 How Scheduled Provisioning Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Scheduled Provisioning Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Provisioning of Selected LifeSize Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 Endpoint Gatekeeper Registration Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Endpoint Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Automatic Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How Automatic Software Update Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Software Update Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic Software Update Versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Peripheral Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polycom, Inc.

140 140 140 140 142

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Scheduled Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 Endpoint Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

Endpoint Installation, Integration, and Management Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Identify CMA System Functions to Implement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Install the Endpoints and CMA System on the Network . . . . . . . . . . 146 Evaluate Password Options (Optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Register Endpoints with the CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 Register Endpoints with the CMA System Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . 147 Manually Add Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Configure Endpoints with Directory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 Manage Endpoints Integrated the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . 148 Configure Endpoints Using Provisioning Profiles (Optional) . . 149 Update Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Endpoint Management Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Endpoint Monitor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 View Device Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Add an Endpoint or Find an Endpoint on the Network . . . . . . . . . . 156 Edit an Endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Delete an Endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 View an Endpoints Video Feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Clear an Endpoint Help Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 Send a Message to an Endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Reboot an Endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 Associate a User with an Endpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Search for Endpoints in a Range of IP Addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 Considerations for Third-Party Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Enable TANDBERG Endpoints Global Address Book Access . . Command and Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Scheduled Provisioning of Selected TANDBERG Endpoints . . . Scheduled Provisioning of Selected Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 161 162 163 163 163 163

View Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Peripheral View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Delete Peripheral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 Display Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164

Polycom, Inc.

Contents

Endpoint Provisioning Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Automatic Provisioning Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 View the Automatic Provisioning List and Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Add an Automatic Provisioning Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 Edit an Automatic Provisioning Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 Edit the Profile Order for an Automatic Provisioning Profile . . . . . . 169 Clone an Automatic Provisioning Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Delete an Automatic Provisioning Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Scheduled Provisioning Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 View the Scheduled Provisioning List and Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 Add a Scheduled Provisioning Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Edit a Scheduled Provisioning Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Clone a Scheduled Provisioning Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Delete a Scheduled Provisioning Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Schedule an Endpoint for Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Check the Status of a Scheduled Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Clear the Status of Scheduled Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 Cancel a Scheduled Provisioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Endpoint Software Update Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Automatic Software Update Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 View Automatic Software Update Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 View Automatic Software Update Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 Set Maintenance Window for Automatic Software Updates . . . . . . . 177 Implement Automatic Software Updates for Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated . . . . . Download the Required Software Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Request Update Activation Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set an Automatic Software Update Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 178 179 179 180 181

Trial a Software Update Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Create a Local Trial Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 Upload the Software Package and Create a Trial Software Update Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Promote the Trial Software Update Package to Production . . . . 183 Delete the Trial Software Update Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 View and Implement Software Updates for Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . View Software Updates for Peripherals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upload Peripheral Software Updates to the CMA Web Server . Configure Peripheral Updates for Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configure Peripheral Updates for Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Polycom, Inc.

184 185 186 186 188

vii

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Scheduled Software Update Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 View Scheduled Software Update Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 View List of Software Update Packages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 Implement Scheduled Software Updates for Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated . . . . . Download the Required Software Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Request Update Activation Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Schedule the Software Update for Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 190 191 192 193 193

Cancel Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Device Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

Device Summary Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 Device Status Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 Call Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 Device Alerts Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Provisioning Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 Software Update Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Network Device Management Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Network Device Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 Network Device Menu, Views, and Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Monitor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Network Device List in the Monitor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Commands in the Monitor View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 VBP View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 MCU View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 DMA View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209 Device Gatekeeper Registration Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210 Cascading MCUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Configuring Cascading on a Polycom MGC MCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211 Configuring Cascading on a Polycom RMX MCU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212 Polycom RMX Systems in Secure Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

MCU Bridge Management Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

View Device Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Add an MCU Manually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 Edit an MCU Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 Enable Cascading Conferences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220

viii

Polycom, Inc.

Contents

Directory Setup Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

View the Global Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 Set or Change the GAB Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Area Overview and Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

Areas Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 How Areas Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 Area Best Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 View Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 Create Area Administrator Role . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Enable, Configure, and Customize Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316 Add Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Assign Devices to Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 Associate Users with Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Change Area Association for Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 Delete an Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 Polycom CMA System Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 Polycom CMA System Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Polycom CMA System Site Topology and Dial Plan Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Sites List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Add/Edit Site Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326 Site Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 Add/Edit Site Link Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Site-to-Site Exclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Territories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 Add/Edit Territory Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 Network Clouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Add/Edit Network Cloud Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333 Polycom CMA System Gatekeeper Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 Default, Redundant, Alternate, and Neighboring Gatekeepers . . . . Default Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Redundant Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Alternate Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Neighboring Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334 334 334 335 335

Device Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335 Routing Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Direct Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336 Routed Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
xii Polycom, Inc.

Contents

Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Outlook . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Standard Polycom CMA System and Reserved Conferencing . . . . . 338 Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook, Reservationless Conferencing, and Calendaring Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338 Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Server Setting Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Edit the Polycom CMA System Network Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344 Edit the Polycom CMA System Time Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Integrate with Microsoft Exchange Server for Calendaring Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Associate Sites with Microsoft Exchange Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Assign Calendaring Settings to Provisioning Profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Provision the Exchange Mailbox for Calendaring Service-enabled Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Integrate with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Provision Integration with Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348 Provision Domain User Name for Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Office Communications Server Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349 View Current Polycom CMA System Licensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Add Polycom CMA System Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 Request a Software Activation Key Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Enter the Polycom CMA System Activation Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Reclaim Polycom CMA Desktop Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351 Delete Polycom CMA System Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Add or Remove a Polycom CMA Desktop Custom Logo . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353 Edit the Polycom CMA System Email Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354

Polycom CMA System SNMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

SNMP Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355 Polycom CMA System SNMP Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Enable SNMP Messaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357 Add an SNMP Notification Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359 Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361 Change the SNMP Communication Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

Polycom, Inc.

xiii

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Database Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

Overview of the Polycom CMA System Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 Internal Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 External Databases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364 Database Restoration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Database Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365 Integrate a Polycom CMA System to an External Database . . . . . . . 366 Revert a Polycom CMA System to its Internal Database . . . . . . . . . . 366 Manually Backup a Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Connect to the Polycom CMA System Serial Console . . . . . . . . . Backup the Polycom CMA System Internal Databases . . . . . . . . Copy the Polycom CMA System Database Backup Files . . . . . . 367 367 367 368

Restore the Polycom CMA System Internal Databases . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Reformat the Existing Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370

Directory Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

Directory Management Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Directory Management Supported Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Multiple Forests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Multiple Domains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Viable options: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375 How Global Catalog Searches Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376 Accounts Required for the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Polycom CMA System Service Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Polycom CMA System Computer Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Understanding Base DN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377 Understanding Exclusion Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379 Polycom CMA System and Windows Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380 Generating E.164 Aliases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polycom CMA Desktop Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polycom HDX Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Polycom VVX Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integrate with LDAP Server Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account . . . . . . . . . . . Create the Polycom CMA System Computer Account . . . . . . . . Enable Integration with the LDAP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381 381 381 382 382 383 384 384

Directory Management Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382

Enable Single Sign On Integrated Windows Authentication . . . . . . . 386

xiv

Polycom, Inc.

Contents

Remove or Include Dynamically-Managed Devices in the Global Address Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387 Remove or Include Guest Book Entries in the Directory . . . . . . . . . . 387

Polycom CMA System Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389

Polycom CMA 5000 System Redundancy Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 How Redundancy Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389 Redundant Configuration System Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Implement a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392 Configure the External Database for Redundancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 Set the Virtual IP Address for the Redundant System . . . . . . . . . . . . 394 License a Redundant Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395 Failover to a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Server . . . . . . . . . . 396 Discontinue Redundancy on a Polycom CMA 5000 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396

Gatekeeper Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399

Gatekeeper Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399 Primary Gatekeeper Management Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400 Edit the Primary Gatekeeper Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Configure Prefixed Based Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402 Alternate Gatekeeper Management Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Add an Alternate Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403 Edit the Alternate Gatekeeper Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Remove the Alternate Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 Neighboring Gatekeeper Management Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404 View Neighboring Gatekeepers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Add a Neighboring Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Edit a Neighboring Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405 Delete a Neighboring Gatekeeper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

Dial Plan Setup Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407

Site Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407 View the Graphical Site Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 View the Sites List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408 Add a Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409 View Site Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414 Assign Locations to a Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415 Edit Site Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416 Edit Site Provisioning Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Delete a Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 Site Link Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 View the Site Links List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418 Add a Site Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Edit a Site Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 Delete a Site Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Site-to-Site Exclusions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 View the Site-to-Site Exclusion List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420 Add a Site-to-Site Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Edit a Site-to-Site Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Delete a Site-to-Site Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Territories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 View the Territory List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Add a Territory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Edit a Territory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422 Delete a Territory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Network Clouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 View the List of Network Clouds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Add a Network Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423 Edit a Network Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Delete a Network Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424 Dial Plan Service Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425 View the Services List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Add a Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430 Edit a Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Delete a Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431 Dial Rule Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432 Default Dial Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Parts of a Dial Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Pattern Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434 Routing Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 Examples of Custom Dial Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435 View the Dial Rules List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436 Add a Dial Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Enable or Disable Dialing Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437 Edit a Dial Rule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 Least-Cost Routing Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438 How Least-Cost Routing Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Example of Least-Cost Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 LCR Tables for Three Sites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439 Call Scenario One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
xvi Polycom, Inc.

Contents

Call Scenario Two . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441 Determining Area Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Determining Country Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 Determining the Weighted Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442 View the Least Cost Routing Tables List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Add a Least Cost Routing Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Edit a Least Cost Routing Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443 Delete a Least Cost Routing Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 444

Management & Security Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445

Update the Polycom CMA Server Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445 Edit Certificate Settings to Implement HTTPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 Generate a Certificate Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447 Upload a Private Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Upload a Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448 Edit the HTTPS Security Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Revert to the Default Key and Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449 Configure Client Systems to Accept HTTPS Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450 Change the Polycom CMA System User Interface Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Give Enterprise Users Default Scheduler Permissions for the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451 Change the Message for Enterprise Users without Permissions . . . . . . . 452 Automatic Registration Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452 Set Common Passwords for Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453 Disable Common Password for Endpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454

Remote Alert Setup Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455

Set Up Remote Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455 Set Up Polycom CMA System-generated Email Account . . . . . . . . . 456 Enable Polycom CMA System Remote Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456 Set Polycom CMA System Remote Alert Level Settings . . . . . . . . . . 457 Set Endpoint Alert Level Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458 Add a Remote Alert Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460 Associate a Remote Alert Profile With a User . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Edit a Remote Alert Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462 Disable a Remote Alert Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Delete a Remote Alert Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463 Disable Polycom CMA System Remote Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463

Polycom, Inc.

xvii

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

System Backup and Recovery Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465

Recovery Operations - Reset First Time Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465 Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466 Emergency Shutdown of a Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467 Disaster Recovery - Restore to Factory Default Image . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

System Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

Troubleshooting Utilities Dashboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469 Troubleshooting Specific Types of Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Registration Problems and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470 Point-to-Point Calling Problems and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473 MCU and Gateway Dialing Problems and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474 Conference On Demand Problems and Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475 Gatekeeper Cause Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

System Security and Port Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477

Port Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Open Inbound Ports on the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477 Outbound Ports Used by the Polycom CMA System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478

B C

Polycom CMA System MIB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481 System Field Input Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611

xviii

Polycom, Inc.

1
Polycom CMA System Overview
This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system and includes these topics: Scheduling Overview Features and Capabilities Minimum System Requirements Other Requirements Log Into the Polycom CMA System General Scheduling Information Scheduling Participants and Endpoints Bridge Selection and Cascading Bridge Scheduling and Reassignment Working in the Polycom CMA System Polycom CMA System Site Map Polycom CMA System Views, Roles, and Permissions Field Input Requirements Filter and Search a List Managing Bandwidth Change Password Log Out of the Polycom CMA System

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Scheduling Overview
The CMA system allows users with basic of advanced Scheduler Permissions to schedule conferences from their desktops. Using the simple CMA system Web Scheduler interface, schedulers can create one-time or recurring conferences in a manner similar to their favorite calendar application. Or schedulers with the Microsoft Outlook or IBM Lotus Notes can use the Polycom Scheduling Plugins to schedule conferences.

Features and Capabilities

The CMA system is an integrated scheduling and device management platform for video conferencing that can include these features: The Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) Desktop clientan easy-to-use video and audio conferencing application that lets your users see and hear the people they call on their desktop system. Automatic device provisioning for dynamically-managed Polycom CMA Desktop clients and Polycom HDX systems Scheduled device provisioning for standardly-managed and legacy devices Automatic device softupdates for dynamically-managed Polycom CMA Desktop clients and Polycom HDX systems Scheduled device softupdates for standardly-managed and legacy devices On-demand conferencing using embedded MCUs or external MCUs Conference scheduling via the Polycom CMA system Web Scheduler or the optional Polycom Scheduling Plugins for Microsoft Outlook or IBM Lotus Notes Advanced routing to distribute audio and video calls across multiple media servers (MCUs), creating a single seamless resource pool Firewall management capabilities which enable videoconferencing across firewalls Gatekeeper, alternate, and neighboring gatekeeper functionality Access to global user and room directories for on-demand and scheduled calls. Directory services include: Presence and contact list functionality for dynamically-managed devices like Polycom CMA Desktop clients and Polycom HDX systems Global Address Book functionality for standardly-managed devices

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Overview

H.350 and LDAP directory functionality. H.350 defines a directory services architecture for multimedia conferencing for H.323, H.320, SIP and generic protocols. Device monitoring and management Conference monitoring and management An optional high-availability, redundant management server configuration

Polycom CMA System Models

Polycom offers two CMA system models. The single microprocessor CMA 4000 system supports up to 400 concurrently registered endpoints and 240 concurrent calls. Integration with a corporate directory and an external database is optional. The CMA 4000 system is not available in redundant configurations. The dual microprocessor CMA 5000 system can support up to 5000 concurrently registered endpoints and 1500 concurrent calls in direct mode and 3000 concurrent calls in routed mode. The CMA 5000 system is also available in an optional redundant configuration. Integration with a corporate directory is optional for CMA 5000 systems. Integration with an external database (Microsoft SQL Server) is required for redundant CMA 5000 systems or for CMA 5000 systems supporting more than 400 concurrently registered endpoints and 240 concurrent calls.

Minimum System Requirements

The Polycom CMA System Release Notes describe the minimum system requirements for your system. To find the most current Release Notes, go to www.polycom.com/support and navigate to the CMA system product page.

Other Requirements
Any scheduled call that requires an external MCU requires a Polycom MGC or Polycom RMX conferencing platform. Some features and services, such as Conference on Demand service also requires a Polycom MGC or RMX conferencing platform. Some conferencing features are not supported on the RMX 1000 conferencing platform. For more information, see the Polycom RMX 1000 System Release Notes.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Log Into the Polycom CMA System

To log into the CMA system web interface, you need: Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0, 7.0 or 8.0, Mozilla FireFox 3.5 or 3.6, or Apple Safari 3.2, 4.0, or 5.0 Adobe Flash Player 9.x or 10.x The IP address or host name of the CMA system server and your username, password, and domain.

You get three opportunities to enter the correct password. After three failed attempts, the system returns an error message. To log into a Polycom CMA system 1 Open a browser window and in the Address field enter the CMA system server IP address or host name. If prompted to install the Adobe Flash Player, click OK. If you receive an HTTPS Security Alert, click Yes. To eliminate these HTTPS certificate security alerts in the future, see Edit Certificate Settings to Implement HTTPS on page 446. 2 3 4 When the CMA system Log In screen appears, enter your Username and Password. If necessary, select a different Language or Domain. Click Login. Because the CMA system is a role-based system, you see only the pages and functions available to your roles and the permissions assigned to your user roles. If you log in as an administrator, you see the CMA system Dashboard.

General Scheduling Information

You may find the following general topics useful when you are scheduling conferences. Scheduling Participants and Endpoints Bridge Selection and Cascading Bridge Scheduling and Reassignment Field Input Requirements Filter and Search a List

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Overview

Scheduling Participants and Endpoints

When you schedule conferences, you select the participants you wish to join the conference from your endpoint directory. Depending on your system configuration, your endpoint directory may be the enterprise LDAP directory or the Global Address Book. It may also include Guest Book entries. For participants that have multiple endpoints registered with the CMA system, the system selects the participants default endpoint. You can change to another endpoint by selecting it from the Call Info list or by editing the participant. You can schedule participants without endpoints into conferences. You cannot schedule endpoints without owners into conferences. The CMA system can be configured to allow you to overbook dial-in participants. In this case, dial-in participants can be scheduled to dial into multiple conferences during the same time period, but the system reserves resources for the participant for only the first scheduled conference. Dial-out participants cannot be scheduled into multiple conferences. For the same reason, if you schedule participants with endpoints such as Polycom CMA Desktop, HDX, VVX, or VSX systems into conference as Dial In endpoints, the conference will require external MCU resources.

Bridge Selection and Cascading

When a conference is scheduled with one of the CMA system scheduling applications (Web Scheduler or Scheduling Plug-in for Microsoft Outlook or IBM Lotus Notes) and the conference requires external MCU resources (such as a Polycom RMX or MGC system), then by default the CMA system automatically assigns the conference to a bridge. However, the system allows users with advanced scheduler permissions to select a bridge for their conferences. It also allows them to create multibridge, cascaded conferences. Bridge Selection When scheduling a conference, users with advanced scheduler permissions can select a bridge to host their conference by selecting the Single Bridge option. When they select this option, the system presents a list of bridges that have the capabilities and resources required to host their conference. Because this bridge list depends on the template selection and conference settings, users should make their template selection and conference settings before selecting a bridge. Otherwise, they may select a bridge that cannot meet their conferencing requirements. In this case, the conference will fail to schedule. Bridge Selection and Cascading Conferences When scheduling a conference, users with advanced scheduler permissions can select the Multi Bridge option to create cascading conferences.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

In some respects, a cascaded conference looks like a single conference, but it is actually two or more conferences on different bridges that are linked together. The link is created by a dial-out from one conference to a second conference via a special cascaded entry queue. Some reasons you may wish to create cascading conferences include: To invite more conference participants than any single bridge can host To connect different bridges at different sites into a single conference To use the different capabilities of different bridges (for example, different communication protocols, such as, serial connections, ISDN, etc.)

When you create a multibridge, cascaded conference, you must manually select bridges and create the cascaded links between bridges by identifying the originating bridge, the terminating bridge, and the network type (IP or ISDN). The system displays an interconnection diagram that illustrates the cascaded links. Once scheduled, each cascaded link appears as a participant in the conference. By default, the system automatically assign participants to the best bridge for them based on available capacity, location, and least cost routing rules. However, you may also choose to manually assign participants to bridges.

Bridge Scheduling and Reassignment

When a conference is scheduled with one of the CMA system scheduling applications (Web Scheduler or Scheduling Plug-in for Microsoft Outlook or IBM Lotus Notes), by default the system automatically assigns the conference to a bridge unless a user with advanced scheduler permissions intercedes. If that bridge is down at the time the system starts the conference, the CMA system attempts to dynamically reassign the conference to another bridge with sufficient capabilities and resources. If the system can successfully reassign the conference to another bridge, the conference starts on the newly selected bridge, and the system sends an updated conference email to all scheduled participants. This updated email includes a new dial-in number that dial-in participants must use to join the conference. If the system cannot successfully reassign the conference to another bridge, the conference fails to start. The system sends an email to notify the conference organizer of the failure. The bridge reassignment process only occurs when the system detects that a bridge is down. It does not occur if the system determines that a bridge does not have sufficient resources required to host the conference.

Some notes about bridge reassignment:

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Overview

If the CMA system cannot find another bridge with the features and capacity needed to support a conference, the conference fails to start. The system does not attempt to modify the conference settings in any way. Instead, the system sends an email to notify the conference organizer of the failure. The system will chain bridge reassignments. This means that if the next bridge to which the system assigns a conference is down at the time the system tries to start the conference, the system will try to reassign the conference again. If the bridge to which the system reassigns a conference has ad hoc conferences on it, the CMA system is unaware of those conferences. The reassigned conference may fail to start if ad hoc conferences are consuming resources the CMA system expected to schedule. This is known behavior and is avoided by applying the best practice of not using bridges for both scheduled and ad hoc conferences.

Working in the Polycom CMA System

This section includes some general information you should know when working in the CMA system. It includes these topics: Polycom CMA System Site Map Polycom CMA System Views, Roles, and Permissions Field Input Requirements Filter and Search a List Managing Bandwidth

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Polycom CMA System Site Map

The following figure shows the CMA system site map illustrating the organization of the system interface.

Conference Future Ongoing Endpoint Monitor View Peripherals View Automatic Provisioning Scheduled Provisioning Automatic Software Update Scheduled Software Update Network Device Monitor View VBPs MCUs DMAs User Users Groups User Roles Guest Book Favorites Reports Site Statistics Site Link Statistics IP Call Detail Records Endpoint Usage Report Conference Usage Report Conference Type Report Gatekeeper Message Log System Log Files

Admin Dashboard Conference Templates Conference Settings Provisioning Profiles Automatic Provisioning Profiles Scheduled Provisioning Profiles Software Updates Automatic Software Updates Scheduled Software Updates Rooms Global Address Book Areas Server Settings Network System Time Database LDAP Calendaring Management OCS Management Licenses Redundant Configuration Custom Logo Directory Setup Remote Alert Setup E mail SNMP Settings

Admin (continued) Gatekeeper Settings Primary Gatekeeper Alternate Gatekeeper Neighboring Gatekeepers Management and Security Server Software Upgrade Certificate Settings Security Settings Endpoint Management Settings Dial Plan and Sites Site Topology Sites Site Links Site to Site Exclusions Network Clouds Territories Services Dial Rules LCR Tables Alert Settings CMA Alert Level Settings Endpoint Alert Level Settings Remote Alert Profiles Database Backup Files Troubleshooting Utilities Report Administration

Polycom CMA System Views, Roles, and Permissions

When you log into the CMA system, the view displayed depends on your user roles and the permissions assigned to your user roles. This section describes the functionality assigned to the default CMA system user roles. If your CMA system has been configured with specialized user roles, what you see may not be reflected here. For more information about CMA system roles and permissions, see Users and Groups Overview on page 235.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Overview

The CMA system has three default roles: Administrator, Operator, and Scheduler. When users who are assigned the default Scheduler role log into the CMA system, they see the Conference and User menus and the Future conference view is displayed. They can schedule, monitor, and manage their own conferences. They can also delete entries from the system Guest Book. They cannot see conferences that they did not create. When users who are assigned the default Operator role log into the CMA system, they see the Conference, Endpoint, Network Device, User, and Reports menus and the Ongoing conference view is displayed. They can monitor and manage all ongoing CMA system conferences; monitor all devices; delete entries from the system Guest Book; and view some system reports. When users who are assigned the default Administrator role log into the CMA system, they see the Endpoint, Network Device, User, Reports, and Admin menus and the system Dashboard is displayed. They have access to all CMA system functionality except that associated with scheduling, monitoring, or managing conferences.

Note
The role names Administrator, Operator, and Scheduler are stored in the system database and are not localized into other languages. If you wish to localized their names into your language, edit the roles and enter new names for them.

All users see these menu items:

Description Settings. Click here to display a Settings dialog box with the following information: User Name Remote Server Software Version Font Size Change the font size used in your display of the CMA system web interface. Change your password, if you are a local system user.

In this dialog box, you can also:

Downloads. Click here to display the Downloads dialog box with the downloadable applications compatible with the CMA system. Downloadable applications include: Polycom CMA Desktop client (including the path to the application) Polycom Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook Polycom Scheduling Plugin for IBM Lotus Notes

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Description Log Out. Click here to log out of the CMA system.

Note
The CMA system has an inactivity timer. If you are logged into the system but do not use the interface for a specified period of time (10 minutes by default), the system automatically logs you out. To change this inactivity timer, see Change the Polycom CMA System User Interface Timeout on page 451. Help. Links to the CMA system online help.

Field Input Requirements

While every effort was made to internationalize the CMA system, not all system fields accept Unicode entries. If you work in a language other than English, be aware that the CMA system fields that accept only ASCII characters are shaded a light yellow. For information about specific field requirements, see System Field Input Requirements on page 603.

Filter and Search a List

In the CMA system interface, information is often summarized in lists or grids. Lists that include many items may have filters or searchable fields, which allow you to view a subset of items or search for a specific entry. The available filtering options depend on the type of information in the list. For example in the conference list: If you select Custom Date as the filter, a calendar filter field appears If you select Ongoing Plus as the filter, an attribute option appears. You can select the attribute Conference Name and enter all or part of the conference name into the associated text field.

Polycom, Inc.

2
Polycom CMA System Configuration

This chapter describes the configuration tasks that may be required, based on your system design, to complete your implementation of a new Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system once First Time Setup is complete. It includes these topics: Add DNS SRV Record for Polycom CMA System Services Configure the Connection to the External Database Configure the Connection to an External Enterprise Directory Configure Redundancy Set Up Video Call Routing Set Up Automatic Provisioning Set Up Automatic Software Update Set Up Conference Templates Set Up Directory Services Set Up a Certificate for the Polycom CMA System Distribute Polycom Applications

Add DNS SRV Record for Polycom CMA System Services

You must configure your DNS, if you wish the DNS to resolve queries for the CMA system by the host name and/or IP address assigned on the Network page. The DNS should also have entries for your Active Directory server (if different from the DNS) and for the external database server being used by the CMA system.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

To dynamically manage endpoints (which includes automatic provisioning, automatic software update, and presence) right out-of-the-box, they must be able to automatically discovery the CMA system. This means you must add the DNS service record (SRV record) for the CMA system. The lookup key for this service record is _cmaconfig._tcp. So the record will resemble this:
__cmaconfig._tcp.customerdomain.com 86400 IN SRV 0 0 443 cma5000.customerdomain.com

For more information about DNS, DNS records, and how DNS works, see Microsoft Technet (http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/cc772774(WS.10).aspx).

Configure the Connection to the External Database

If during First Time Setup you did not configure your CMA system to use an external Microsoft SQL Server database, but need to do so now, see Directory Operations on page 373. Note
It is not recommended, but you can create the CMA system databases manually using Microsoft SQL scripts. Contact Polycom Global Services to request the creation scripts.

Integration with an external Microsoft SQL Server database is required for redundant CMA 5000 systems or for CMA 5000 systems supporting more than 400 concurrently registered endpoints and 240 concurrent calls.

Configure the Connection to an External Enterprise Directory

If during First Time Setup you did not configure your CMA system to use an enterprise directory, but need to do so now, see Database Operations on page 363. Connecting to an enterprise directory allows users to enter their network usernames and password to log into CMA system. It also allows users to access the enterprise directory when selecting conference participants.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Configuration

Configure Redundancy
You can install the CMA 5000 system in a fault-tolerant, high-availability, redundant configuration. The CMA 4000 system is not available in a redundant configuration. A redundant CMA system configuration requires the installation of two CMA system servers on the same network. During First Time Setup, you are instructed to assign these two servers physical IP addresses. During the redundancy process Once the two system servers are installed, see Polycom CMA System Redundancy on page 389 to finish implementing redundancy.

Set Up Video Call Routing

The video call routing setup includes the gatekeeper, site topology, gateway and MCU dial plan services, and bandwidth management. You can perform the following tasks: Handle inbound ISDN calls and route them to correct endpoints. Enable outbound IP- based calls. Connect through a firewall using an SBC device. Allow or deny calls to and from unregistered endpoints (rogue calls). When you have a third-party MCU that registers with the gatekeeper using standard H.323 protocol, add gateway and MCU dial plan services manually. Define new sites and site links. Add IP-to-ISDN call routing using least-cost routing. Define neighboring gatekeepers Enable routing of H.323 calls to neighboring gatekeepers Define a site for each physical location in which a LAN or an ISDN connection exists. If you use VPN connections, you can consolidate distinct physical locations into a single logical site to simplify management tasks. For each site, define the subnets in which the video endpoint systems are deployed. It is important that the IP addresses used by the endpoints belong to only one subnet at a site. Define least-cost routing tables only when you use the least-cost routing feature. Customize default dialing rules.

For more information, see Dial Plan Setup Operations on page 407.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Set Up Automatic Provisioning

The CMA system automatic provisioning feature allows an administrator to configure one or more endpoints with the standard set of information the registering endpoints need to operate within the network. This eliminates the need to configure each endpoint individually. Automatic provisioning is enabled at the endpoint, but the CMA system must have automatic provisioning profiles for both the endpoint and the site at which the endpoint resides. To ensure out-of-box usability, the CMA system comes with default automatic provisioning profiles. However, to create your desired user experiences, you should: Create customized automatic provisioning profiles for endpoint types. Edit provisioning profile for each site.

For more information, see Add an Automatic Provisioning Profile on page 168.

Set Up Automatic Software Update

The CMA system automatic software update feature allows an administrator to upgrade the software on one or more endpoints with a standard software package. This eliminates the need to upgrade each endpoint individually. The automatic software update feature is enabled at the endpoint. At start up and at designated intervals, endpoints in automatic software update mode automatically look for a new software update profile and package on the CMA system. To implement automatic software updates, you must create a software update package for each endpoint type you wish to support with updates. For more information, see Implement Automatic Software Updates for Endpoints on page 177.

Set Up Conference Templates

The CMA system uses conference templates and global conference settings to manage system and conference behavior. The CMA system has a Default Template and default global conference settings. You may want to create additional templates with different settings or change the global conference settings. For more information, see Conference Setup Overview on page 289.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Configuration

Set Up Directory Services

Directory services provide information about all users, endpoints, and resources on your video communication network. To set up CMA directory services, complete the following tasks: 1 Register devices. On the device, you must set the gatekeeper and/or Global Directory Server (GDS) to point to the CMA system IP address or DNS name. We recommend using the IP address to prevent data inconsistencies. It may take a device up to 5 minutes to register with the gatekeeper and indicate an online status. Most endpoint information is automatically populated in the CMA system through the gatekeeper registration or Global Address Book access. You must review the information for these devices in the CMA Directory Setup page and fill in missing information. To select endpoints when scheduling conferences, you must first associate them with a user or conference room by editing the specific user or room settings. For more information, see Endpoint Management Overview on page 75. 2 Set up users and associate them with endpoints. Unless your CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory, you must enter all user information manually including endpoint association. If your system is integrated with an enterprise directory, general user information (First Name, Last Name, UserID, Password, Email Address) is directly pulled from the directory and cannot be changed. However, you must still associate enterprise users with endpoints. For more information, see Users and Groups Overview on page 235. Set up groups, add members, and associate them with provisioning profiles. For more information, see Users and Groups Overview on page 235. Set up rooms and associate them with endpoints. Unless your CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory that includes conference rooms, you must enter all room information manually including endpoint association. For more information, see Room Overview and Operations on page 305.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Set Up a Certificate for the Polycom CMA System

Distribute Polycom Applications

IMPORTANT
On a Windows XP system, the user installing the Polycom CMA Desktop must sign in with administrative privileges. On a Windows Vista system, the user installing the Polycom CMA Desktop must sign into the Administrator account. The following procedures assumes you have implemented DNS lookup and Windows authentication for single signon.

To deploy the Polycom CMA Desktop client to users, you have at least four distribution options. Option 1: Distribute the Polycom CMA Desktop client via an email link You can copy the link for the Polycom CMA Desktop client from the Polycom CMA system Downloads page into an email that you can send to users.
http://10.47.9.136/SoftUpdate/vvl/CMADesktop_4_1_1_1010/CMADesktop.exe)

To do this, copy and paste the Polycom CMA Desktop link (for example, from the Downloads page into an email to be sent to users. Include the IP address of the Polycom CMA system and usernames and passwords (as required) in the email to users. Option 2: Distribute the Polycom CMA Desktop client via the management system You can provide users access to the Polycom CMA system, from which they can download the client. To do this, copy and paste the IP address of the Polycom CMA Desktop system into an email to be sent to users. Include usernames and passwords (as required) in the email to users and instruct them to access the Downloads link.

Option 3: Distribute the Polycom CMA Desktop client via a desktop management or group policy object Distribute the .exe installation file as a desktop management or group policy object to a location on client systems and provide directions to users on how to run the executable.
20 Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Configuration

To do this, build a desktop management or group policy object that writes the .exe installation file to a directory (for example, C:\temp) on the users local system. Include the command for executing the file in an email to be sent to users. For example:
C:\temp\CMA Desktop.exe/s /v"/qn SBSERVERTYPE=2 SBSERVERADDRESS=nnn.nnn.nnn.nnn

Include the IP address of the Polycom CMA system and usernames and passwords (as required) in the email to users. Option 4: Distribute the Polycom CMA Desktop client via a .zip file Zip the .exe installation file and send it in an email to users. Include the IP address of the Polycom CMA system and usernames and passwords (as required) in the email to users. For endpoints on the public network that will be accessing the system through a firewall, include the IP address of the Polycom VBP system rather than the Polycom CMA system.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Scheduling Overview

Conference ViewsFuture and Ongoing

The Conference list in both the Future and Ongoing view has these fields.
Field Filter Description Use the filter to display other views of the conference list, which include: Future Only - Displays scheduled conferences that have not yet started Today Only - Displays scheduled conferences (completed, active, or future) for the current day and active ad hoc conferences Custom Date - Displays scheduled conferences (completed, active, or future) for a selected day. Select the day from the calendar. Ongoing Plus - Displays active and future scheduled conferences for the day. You can further filter this request by Owner, Conference Name, Endpoint Name, and Bridge. Today Plus - Displays scheduled conferences (completed, active, or future) for the current day, current ad hoc conferences, and all future conferences. You can further filter this request by Owner, Conference Name, Endpoint Name, and Bridge. Yesterday Plus - Displays completed scheduled conferences for yesterday and earlier. You can further filter this request by Owner and Conference Name.

For information on filters, see Filter and Search a List. Export as Excel file Status Type Use this button to download the Conference list as currently displayed to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet. The state of the conference. For more information, see Conference States on page 26. The type of scheduled conference. Possible values include: Video Conference All conference participants have video endpoints. Audio Only Conference All conference participants have audio endpoints. Audio only conferences require an MCU. Recurring Conference a recurring series. The conference is one in

Multi-Bridge Conference The scheduler assigned the conference to multiple bridges and created bridge links.

Conference Name

The system- or scheduler-assigned name of the conference. By default, the system assigns a conference name and appends the day and date to that name. The scheduler can change the system-assigned name.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Web Scheduling Guide

Field Start Time

Description The user-assigned start time for the conference. The system appends the time difference between the local time and the standard time. If applicable, the user-assigned bridge for the conference. Possible values are: N/AA bridge is not required for the conference. <Bridge Name>The user assigned the conference to a single bridge. In this case, the bridge name is displayed. Multi bridge The user assigned the conference to multiple bridges and created bridge links.

Bridge

Owner

The conference creator.

Conference States
Conferences may be in the following states.
State Future Conference Completed Conference Active Conference Active Alerts Conference Description Scheduled conference that has not yet started. This conference state is possible in all views except the Yesterday Plus view. A scheduled conference that occurred in the past. This conference state is possible in all views except the Future and Ongoing Plus view. A conference that is still active/ongoing. This conference state is possible in all views except the Future and Yesterday Plus view. The bridge on which the active/ongoing conference is being hosted has sent an alert. Examples of events that will trigger a bridge alert are: Declined Conference A participant is connected in secondary mode (audio only). A conference is not yet full (i.e., not all scheduled participants have joined the conference).

Applies only to conferences scheduled through the Polycom Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook. This state indicates that most participants did not accept the conference invitation. The conference is ending, i.e., it is in its last five minutes unless someone extends it.

Conference End Warning

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Scheduling Overview

Context-Sensitive Conference Commands

Besides the constant Refresh and Add commands, the Actions section may include these context-sensitive commands depending on the type of conference selected.
Command Description

Available for future conferences only Edit Use this command to edit the selected conference. For more information, see Edit a Conference on page 38.

Available for future and past conferences Delete Use this command to delete the selected conference.

Available for future, past, and active conferences Copy Use this command to copy the selected conference.

Available for active conferences only Manage Use this command to display the Manage Conference page for the conference selected in the Conference List. Use this command to manage participants and endpoints in the selected active conference. For more information, see Manage an Active Conference on page 43. Ends the selected conference.

Terminate

User Menu and Guest Book

All users (Schedulers, Operator, and Administrators) have access to the User Menu and Guest Book. The Polycom CMA system User menu provides access to the system Guest Book. The Guest Book is a system-wide directory that includes guest participants who were added explicitly or saved during scheduling to the Guest Book. They are referred to as static entries because they are not imported through the dynamically updated enterprise directory or included in the system Global Address Book. The Guest Book is limited to 500 entries. The Guest Book has these fields.
Field Name Email Description The guests first and last name. The guests email address. The system validates the email structure only.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Web Scheduling Guide

Field Location Number

Description The location of the guests endpoint system. This is a free-form entry field that the system does not validate. (Optional) The ISDN phone number for the user. This number is constructed from the Country code + Area/City code + phone number or entered as the modified dial number. Indicates whether the guest will use an audio endpoint or video endpoint to join conferences. Indicates whether the guest will dial into conferences, or that the system should dial out to the guest. Indicates whether the guest has an IP (H.323) or ISDN (H.320) endpoint.

Join Mode Dial Options Dial Type

Context-Sensitive Guest Book Commands

The Actions section of the Guest Book page may include these context-sensitive commands depending on the type of conference selected.
Command Add Guest Edit Guest Delete Guest Description Use this command to add a new guest user. Use this command to change information for a guest user. Use this command to delete a guest from the Guest Book. Deleting a guest is a permanent operation.

Add a Guest to the System Guest Book

To add a guest to the system Guest Book 1 2 Go to User > Guest Book and click Add Guest. Configure the Guest Information section of the Add New Guest dialog box.
Field First Name Last Name Email Description The guests first name The guests last name The guests email address. The system validates the email structure only.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Scheduling Overview

Field Location

Description The guests location of the guests endpoint system. This is a free-form entry field that the system does not validate. Specify the protocol that the guests endpoint supports; either IP (H.323) or ISDN (H.320). Specify whether the guest will use an audio endpoint or video endpoint to join conferences.

Dial Type Join Mode

Note
A guest may have multiple endpoints. To create , create a separate guestbook entry for each endpoint. Dial Options Specify whether the guest will dial into conferences, or that the system should dial out to the guest.

Note
To support both options, create a separate guestbook entry for each.

If the guest has an IP (H.32.3) endpoint, click IP Viewo(H.323) and configure these settings:
Field Number Description The number the MCU must resolved to contact the guest. For example, this may be the IP address, E.164 address, or DNS address. The specific dial string for the guest. For Annex-O dialing, enter the H.323.alias@IP here, for example: [email protected] [email protected] [email protected] [email protected]

Extension

Note
Polycom endpoints must register with a gatekeeper before they'll attempt an Annex-O call. MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs that the Polycom CMA system has registered. Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services.

If the guest has an ISDN (H.320) endpoint, click ISDN Video(H.320).

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Web Scheduling Guide

If the system should use a modified dial number for the guest, click Use Modified Dial Number. a Configure these settings:
Field Number MCU Service Description The participants phone number. Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs that the CMA system has registered. Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services.

Note
The Extension field in this dialog box cannot be configured.

If the system should use a modified dial number for the guest, click Use Modified Dial Number:
Field Country Area/City Code Number MCU Service Description The country to which the system will dial out to the guest. The area code to which the system will dial out to the guest. The participants phone number. Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs that the CMA system has registered. Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services.

Note
The Extension field in this dialog box cannot be configured.

Click OK.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Scheduling Overview

Edit a Guest in the System Guest Book

To edit a guest in the system Guest Book 1 2 3 Go to User > Guest Book and select the guest of interest. Click Edit Guest. Change the Guest Information section and endpoint information sections of the Add New Guest dialog box, as needed. For more information about these fields, see Add a Guest to the System Guest Book on page 28. Click OK.

Delete a Guest from the System Guest Book

To delete a guest from the system Guest Book 1 2 3 Go to User > Guest Book and select the guest of interest. Click Delete Guest. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Web Scheduling Guide

Polycom, Inc.

4
Conference Management Operations
This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system conference management operations. It includes these topics: Add/Schedule a Conference Edit a Conference Copy a Conference Edit a Participants Settings Edit a Rooms Settings View Scheduling Information for a Conference Manage an Active Conference Add Additional Participants to an Active Conference Add a Room to an Active Conference View the Video of a Participant in an Active Conference Join an Active Conference (Operator Only) Add a Participant from a Favorites List to an Active Conference (Operator Only) Add/Save a Participant to a Favorites List (Operator Only) Manage a Participants Endpoint During a Conference View a Participants Details During a Conference Terminate an Active Conference Delete a Conference

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Add/Schedule a Conference
Only users with Scheduler Permissions or Operator Permissions can schedule conferences. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences. To add or schedule a new conference 1 2 3 Go to Conference > Future and click Add . In the conference scheduling page, enter a Conference Name and set a conference Start Date, Start Time, and either an End Time or Duration. To make the conference recurring: a Click Recurrence and in the Appointment Recurrence dialog box, set: Recurrence frequency (Daily, Weekly, or Monthly) Recurrence day (Sunday through Saturday) Recurrence range (Start date and End After occurrences or End by date)

The maximum number of recurrences is 365. b 4 Click OK. For a Video conference, you can change the template by clicking Default Template and selecting a different template.
Conference templates provide default conference settings. When you select a different template, you are changing the default conference settings for your conference. The Default Template and Default Audio Templates are stored in the system database and their names are not localized.

For an Audio Only conference: a b Change the Conference Type to Audio Only. To change the template, click Default Audio Template and select a different template.

To add conference participants from the local directory or enterprise directory: a Enter all or part of a participants Last Name or First Name into one of the name fields and click Add Participants. The Add Participants dialog box appears with the list of participant names that meet your search criteria.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Edit a Conference
Only future conferences can be edited. Active or past conferences cannot be edited. Users with Scheduler Permissions can edit their own conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can edit any conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences. To edit a future conference 1 2 3 Go to Conference > Future. Select the conference of interest and click Edit . If you select a recurring conference, a dialog box appears asking if you want to edit all conferences in the series or just the selected one. Make the appropriate choice and click Edit. The conference scheduling page appears. 4 For a Video conference, you can change the template by clicking Default Template and selecting a different template.
Conference templates provide default conference settings. When you select a different template, you are changing the default conference settings for your conference. The Default Template and Default Audio Templates are stored in the system database and their names are not localized.

For an Audio Only conference: a b Change the Conference Type to Audio Only. To change the template, click Default Audio Template and select a different template.

Make the required changes to the conference date, participants, rooms, or other settings. For information on performing these tasks, see Add/Schedule a Conference on page 34. When finished, click Schedule. The system verifies that it has a bridge with the capabilities and resources required for your conference. If it does, the conference notification email appears with a message indicating Conference Successfully Scheduled.

8 9

To exit without sending an updated email to your participants, click Skip Email. To send an updated email to your participants: a Copy additional people on the notification and/or add notes about the conference.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Management Operations

Note that the To, CC, and BCC fields are ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10. b Click Send. The system sends the updated conference notification email. The Future view appears. Your conference appears in the conference list.

Copy a Conference
Future, ongoing, or past conferences can be copied as a template for a future conference. Users with Scheduler Permissions can copy their own conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can copy any conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences. To copy a conference 1 2 3 4 Go to the appropriate conference view. Select the conference of interest and click Copy . If you used a template other than the default when you created the conference, reselect the template. Make the required changes to the conference date, participants, rooms, or other settings. For information on performing these tasks, see Add/Schedule a Conference on page 34. When finished, click Schedule. The system verifies that it has a bridge with the capabilities and resources required for your conference. If it does, the conference notification email appears with a message indicating Conference Successfully Scheduled. 6 To exit without sending an updated email to your participants, click Skip Email.

Edit a Participants Settings

Participants settings for future scheduled conferences may be edited. You cannot edit a participants settings for an active or past conference. Users with Scheduler Permissions can edit a participants settings for their own future conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can edit a participants settings for any conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

To edit a participants settings 1 2 3 Go to Conference > Future. Select the conference of interest and click Edit . If you select a recurring conference, a dialog box appears asking if you want to edit all conferences in the series or just the selected one. Make the appropriate choice and click Edit. In the conference scheduling page, select the participant of interest from the Selected Participants and Rooms list and click Edit. In the Edit Participant Settings dialog box, edit the participant settings as required. a b Select the participants endpoint, if the participant has more than one available. Specify how the participant will join the conference.
Setting In Person Description The participant will attend the conference by physically joining another participant who is attending the conference. The participant will attend the conference by telephone. The system will either call out to the participant or the participant will dial in. The participant will attend the conference using a video endpoint system. The system will either call out to the participant or the participant will dial in.

4 5

Audio Only

Use Video

c d

For a participant with an audio-only endpoint, set Dial Type to IP or ISDN as required. For a participant with a video endpoint:

Not all of these settings are applicable to all endpoint types, so some selections may be grayed out. See your endpoint documentation to understand supported settings.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Management Operations

If you select Dial Out and a Dial Type of ISDN and the system must use a specific dialing prefix to call the guest, select Use Modified Dial Number and enter the guests complete phone number including prefix, country code, area or city code, and phone number. If you select Dial Out and a Dial Type of ISDN and the system does not need to use a specific dialing prefix to call the guest, select the appropriate Country and enter the guests Area/City Code and phone Number.

Click OK.

Edit a Rooms Settings

You can edit a rooms call settings for future scheduled conferences. The changes apply only to the selected conference. Users with Scheduler Permissions can edit a rooms call settings for their own future conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can edit a rooms call settings for any conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences. To edit a rooms settings 1 2 3 4 Go to Conference > Future. To delete a past conference, select the appropriate filter (such as Yesterday Plus). Select the conference of interest and click Edit . If you select a recurring conference, a dialog box appears asking if you want to edit all conferences in the series or just the selected one. Make the appropriate choice and click Edit. In the conference scheduling page, select the room of interest from the Selected Participants and Rooms list and click Edit. In the Edit Room Settings dialog box, edit the room settings as required. a b c Select the rooms endpoint, if the room has more than one available. For a room with an audio endpoint, set Dial Type to IP or ISDN as required. For a room with a video endpoint:

5 6

Not all of these settings are applicable to all endpoint types, so some selections may be grayed out. See your endpoint documentation to understand supported settings.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Set the Bit Rate, Dial Options, and Dial Type as required. You can change the connection speed for an endpoint up to the maximum speed specified by the conference template. If you select Dial Out and a Dial Type of IP, enter the rooms phone Number. If you select Dial Out and a Dial Type of ISDN and the system must use a specific dialing prefix to call the room, select Use Modified Dial Number and enter the rooms complete phone number including prefix, country code, area or city code, and phone number. If you select Dial Out and a Dial Type of ISDN and the system does not need to use a specific dialing prefix to call the room, select the appropriate Country and enter the rooms Area/City Code and phone Number.

Click OK.

View Scheduling Information for a Conference

Users with Scheduler Permissions can view scheduling information for their own future conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can view scheduling information for any conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences. To view the scheduling information for a conference 1 To see the scheduling information for a future conference, go to Conference > Future. To see the scheduling information for an active conference, go to Conference > Ongoing. From the list of All Conferences, select the conference of interest and click View. The View conference page appears displaying the following details about the conference:
Section Start Date End Date Duration Recurrence Owner Description The date on which the conference started or will start. The date on which the conference is scheduled to end. The scheduled duration of the conference in hours and minutes. The recurrence information for the conference. The person who scheduled the conference.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Management Operations

Section Type

Description The type of conference. Possible values include: Audio Only Audio Video

Conference Password

The conference password assigned by the system to the conference. For future conferences, users with Advanced Scheduler permissions can change this conference password. See Edit Conference Settings on page 57.

Chairperson

Whether or not the conference has a chairperson. This field will include a participants name or N/A. For future conferences, users with Advanced Scheduler permissions can assign a conference chairperson. See Edit Conference Settings on page 57.

Participants List

Information for the participant, including Name Dial Mode Participant Type Access Endpoint

Manage an Active Conference

The Manage Conference page provides a detailed view of a single active conference and allows you to make some changes to your active conference. Users with Scheduler Permissions can manage their own active conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can manage any active conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences. To manage an active conference 1 2 Go to Conference > Ongoing. From the list of All Conferences, select the conference of interest and click Manage . The conference page appears in a new tab displaying the Participants list. The Participants list displays these settings:

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Section Status

Description The state of the participants connection. Possible states include: Idle Connecting/Updating Connected Connected with error Not muted Admin muted Self muted Help request Audio unavailable Video unblocked Video blocked Video unavailable

Type

The type of conference. Possible values include: Audio Only Audio Video Bridge Link VIP

Name Endpoint Access

The participants name. The name assigned to the participants endpoint when it registered or was added to the system. The endpoints network interface type. Possible values include: H323 ISDN

Address Bit Rate Dial Mode

The IP address or ISDN number of the participants endpoint (if a dial-out). The sum of the audio and video data transfer rate (in kbps) of the participants endpoint. How the participant joined the call. Possible values include: Audio or Video Dial-In Audio or Video Dial-Out

Bridge

The MCU on which the participants call resides.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Management Operations

Use these conference actions as needed:

Command Copy Use this command to... Function not available to users with Scheduler Permissions only. Schedule a new conference that duplicates the selected conference settings. View Function not available to users with Scheduler Permissions only. View information for the selected conference. Terminate Extend Duration Change Layout End an active conference. Extend the duration of an active conference. For applicable endpoints. Change the default video layout for the conference display. Choices are illustrated in the Choose Video Mode dialog box.

Add Participant Add Guest Add Room Add Favorites

Add one or more participants to the selected conference. Add a guest to the selected conference. Add one or more rooms to the selected conference. Function available to users with Operator Permissions only. Add participants from one of your Favorites lists to the selected conference.

Join Conference

Function available to users with Operator Permissions only. Join the conference, monitor the conference, and talk with participants as needed.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Use these participant actions as needed:

Command Mute or Unmute Audio Use this command to... Function available to users with Operator Permissions only. Mute or unmute the selected participants audio line into the conference. This option appears only when the conference is running on an external MCU. The Audio column in the Participants list shows the current status of this setting. Block or Unblock Video Function available to users with Operator Permissions only. Block or unblock the selected participants video line into the conference. This option appears only when the conference is running on an external MCU. The Video column in the Participants list shows the current status of this setting. Connect or Disconnect Function available to users with Operator Permissions only. Disconnect or reconnect the selected participant to the conference. A disconnected participant is still associated with the conference and cannot be scheduled for other conferences. Remove Remove the selected participant from the Participants list at which time the participant can be scheduled for another conference. Send a message to the selected participants registered Polycom endpoint. The message appears briefly on the monitor for the selected video endpoint. Function available to users with Operator Permissions only. Acknowledge a request for help and send a message to the requesting endpoint. Manage Device Function available to users with Operator Permissions only. Open the web-based user interface for the selected participants endpoint in a new browser window. Save as Favorite Function available to users with Operator permissions only and only when the selected participant has an associated endpoint to which the system can dial out. Save the selected participant to an existing Favorites List. Connect All New Function available only when the system is displaying the New Conference Participants list. Initiates the system dial out to new participants.

Send Message

Acknowledge Help

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Management Operations

Add Additional Participants to an Active Conference

You can add additional participants to an active conference. These participants can come from your local directory, enterprise directory, or guest book. Users with Scheduler Permissions can add additional participants to their own active conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can add additional participants to any active conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences.
Dial Out is the only Dial Option the system allows for adding participants to an active conferences.

To add additional conference participants to an active conference 1 2 3 Go to Conference > Ongoing. From the list of All Conferences, select the conference of interest and click Manage . To add participants from your local directory or enterprise directory: a b Click Add Participant . Enter all or part of a participants Last Name or First Name into the appropriate field and click Search. A list appears of participants names that meet your search criteria.
Depending on the search domain, the search function may return different results. See Filter and Search a List on page 10. The search results only include users associated with endpoints.

Select the participants name from the list. The participants name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants list.

d e 4

Repeat steps a and b to add all domain participants and then click Close. If necessary, edit the new participants settings. See Edit a Participants Settings on page 39. Click Add Guest. From the Guest Book dialog box, select the guests name from the list. The guests name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants list.

To add participants from the Guest Book: a b

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

c 5

Repeat step b to add all guest participants and then click Close.

To add new guest participants (participants not available from the local directory, enterprise directory, or Guest Book): a b Click Add Participant and then click Add Guest. In the Add Guest dialog box, enter the participants Name, Email address, and Location. Note that the Email address field is ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10. c Specify how the participant will join the conference.
Setting In person Description The participant will attend the conference by physically joining another participant who is attending the conference. The participant will attend the conference using a video endpoint system.

Use Video

For a guest with a video endpoint: Set the Bit Rate and Dial Type as required. You can change the connection speed for an endpoint up to the maximum speed specified by the conference template. If you select a Dial Type of IP, enter the guests phone Number. If you select a Dial Type of ISDN and the system must use a specific dialing prefix to call the guest, select Use Modified Dial Number and enter the guests complete phone number including prefix, country code, area or city code, and phone number. If you select a Dial Type of ISDN and the system does not need to use a specific dialing prefix to call the guest, select the appropriate Country and enter the guests Area/City Code and phone Number.

e f

Select Save to Guest Book to have this guest participant added to the system Guest Book. Click OK. The participants name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants list.

To initiate the system dial out to new participants, select the participants of interest from the New Conference Participants list and click Connect New Participants. The system dials out to the participants and adds them to the conference.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Management Operations

Add a Room to an Active Conference

Users with Scheduler Permissions can add rooms to their own active conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can add rooms to any active conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences. To add a room to an active conference 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Conference > Ongoing. From the list of All Conferences, select the conference of interest and click Manage . From the Conference Actions list, click Add Room. From the Add Room dialog box, select the site location of the room. The list of conference rooms at the site appears. Select the conference room of interest. The conference room name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants list. 6 7 Click Close. To initiate the system dial out to the room, select the room from the New Conference Participants list and click Connect New Participants. The system dials out to the room endpoint system and adds the room to the conference.

View the Video of a Participant in an Active Conference

Users with Scheduler Permissions can view participants video for their active conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can view participants video for any active conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with conferences. To view the video of a participant in an active conference 1 2 3 Go to Conference > Ongoing. From the list of All Conferences, select the conference of interest and click Manage . Select a participant from the Participants list. The selected participants video appears in the Conference Image section of the interface. 4
Polycom, Inc.

Click Shuffle

to shuffle to the next participants video.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Join an Active Conference (Operator Only)

Users with Operator Permissions can join an active conference to offer conference support. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot manage conferences. To join an active conference 1 2 3 4 5 6 Go to Conference > Ongoing. From the list of All Conferences, select the conference of interest and click Manage . From the Conference Actions list, click Join Conference. The Join Conference dialog box appears. If the conference uses bridge cascading, select a bridge for the call into the conference. If you have multiple endpoints, choose the endpoint you wish to use to join the conference. Click Join Conference. Youre endpoint is added to conference with your video blocked but your audio not muted.

Add a Participant from a Favorites List to an Active Conference (Operator Only)

Users with Operator Permissions can work with favorites lists. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with favorites lists. To add a participant from a favorites list to an active conference 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Conference > Ongoing. From the list of All Conferences, select the conference of interest and click Manage . From the Conference Actions list, click Add Favorites. From the Favorites List, expand the list of interest. The names of the participants in the list is displayed. Select the participant of interest from the list. The participants name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants list.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Management Operations

6 7

Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add all participants from Favorites List and then click Close. To initiate the system dial out to new participants, select the participants of interest from the New Conference Participants list and from the New Participants Action menu, click Connect New Participants. The system dials out to the participants and adds them to the conference.

Add/Save a Participant to a Favorites List (Operator Only)

Users with Operator Permissions can work with favorites lists. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot work with favorites lists. To add or save a conference participant to a favorites list 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Conference > Ongoing. From the list of All Conferences, select the conference of interest and click Manage . From the Participants list, select the participant of interest. From the Participant Actions menu, click Save as Favorite. The names of the participants in the list is displayed. From the Save as Favorite Participant dialog box, select the Favorite List to which to save the participant and click OK.

Manage a Participants Endpoint During a Conference

Users with Scheduler Permissions can manage a participants endpoint for their own future conferences. Users with Operator Permissions can manage a participants endpoint for any conference. Users with just Administrator Permissions cannot edit conferences. The Manage page also allows you to manage conference participants endpoints. Essentially, you become the conference moderator.
These context-sensitive commands only appear when the participants endpoint supports the action. These commands work for rooms on the participant list as well.

To manage a participants endpoint 1 Go to Conference > Ongoing.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

2 3 4 5

Select the conference of interest and click Manage The Participants list appears. To view participants geographically, click Double-click on the participant of interest. .

Use these participant actions as needed. These actions are also available from the View Participants Details dialog box.
Command Mute or Unmute Audio Use this command to... Function available to users with Operator permissions only. Mute or unmute the selected participants audio line into the conference. This option appears only when the conference is running on an external MCU. The Audio column in the Participants list shows the current status of this setting. Block or Unblock Video Function available to users with Operator permissions only. Block or unblock the selected participants video line into the conference. This option appears only when the conference is running on an external MCU. The Video column in the Participants list shows the current status of this setting. Connect or Disconnect Function available to users with Operator permissions only. Disconnect or reconnect the selected participant to the conference. A disconnected participant is still associated with the conference and cannot be scheduled for other conferences. Remove Remove the selected participant from the Participants list at which time the participant can be scheduled for another conference. Send a message to the selected participants registered Polycom endpoint. The message appears briefly on the monitor for the selected video endpoint. Function available to users with Operator permissions only. Acknowledge a request for help and send a message to the requesting endpoint. Manage Device (Function available to users with Operator permissions only.) Open the web-based user interface for the selected participants endpoint in a new browser window.

Send Message

Acknowledge Help

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Management Operations

View a Participants Details During a Conference

You can view details for a participants endpoint while it is in conference. To view a participants endpoint details 1 2 3 4 Go to Conference > Ongoing. Select the conference of interest and click Manage The Participants list appears. To view participants geographically, click Double-click on the participant of interest. The View Participant Details dialog box appears with the Call Properties displayed. It includes the Near End and Far End video, the Participants name, Status, Errors, Warnings, Endpoint Type, Address, Access, and Bit Rate. It also includes a list of Participant Actions. For more information about these actions, see Manage a Participants Endpoint During a Conference on page 51. 5 To view additional participant details, change the selection in the Call Properties drop-down menu. If you select Device, youll see these participant details:
Setting Endpoint Type IP Address Site Gatekeeper GDS Presence Device Managed Description Usually the endpoint model, such as Polycom HDX system. The IP address for the endpoint. The location of the endpoint as identified by its IP address and the subnet of the site. The gatekeeper with which the endpoint is registered. The Global Directory Service for the endpoint. Usually the Polycom Global Address Book. Whether or not the endpoint is registered with a Presence service, so that its availability can be reported. Whether or not the endpoint is registered with a Provisioning service, so that it can be configured automatically.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Setting ISDN Line Status

Description The status of the ISDN line. Possible values include: Operational Non-operations

This field is blank for the following device types: PVX, MGC, RMX, GW/MCU, Other, and TANDBERG. Alias Type If the endpoint has an alias designation, the type of alias. Possible types include E.164, H.323 ID, URL, Transport Address, E-mail, Party Number, and Unknown. Value for the alias type shown.

Alias Value

If you select Call Details, youll see these participant details:

Setting Video Protocol Description The video connection protocol, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the endpoint is using. Possible values include: H.261 H.261 is an ITU standard designed for two-way communication over ISDN lines and supports data rates which are multiples of 64Kbit/s. H.261 supports CIF and QCIF resolutions. H.263 H.263 is based on H.261 with enhancements that improve video quality over modems. It supports CIF, QCIF, SQCIF, 4CIF and 16CIF resolutions. Video Format Video Rate Video Rate Used Video Frame Rate Audio Rate Audio Protocol H.264

The video format, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the endpoint is using. The video bandwidth negotiated with the far site. The actual video bandwidth used in the call to the far site. Specifies the frame rate to use. The audio bandwidth negotiated with the far site The audio connection protocol, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the endpoint is using.

Notes
If the conference template has the Conference Requires Chairperson parameter enabled, then Enable Chairperson is automatically selected and cannot be changed. If a conference is scheduled on a Polycom RMX system and the RMX profile has Conference Requires Chairperson selected but the template does not, and the conference is scheduled without a chairperson, then all users will remain in the waiting room and will not be able to join the conference. Polycom RMX 1000 systems do not support the Chairperson feature.

Chairperson Password

If Enable Chairperson is selected, the system assigns an eight-digit Chairperson Password and provides this password to the video chairperson in a separate email. If Enable Chairperson is selected, the chairperson must enter this eight-digit password at his or her video endpoint to assume control of the conference. You can change this password to another fourthrough eight-digit number.

Polycom, Inc.

Advanced Scheduling Operations

Setting Dial Options

Description You have three options: To create a conference for which the same dial-in information and a PIN code are assigned to all conference participants, use the Dial-In setting. This setting allows participants to dial in from an audio or video endpoint and connect to the same conference on the MCU. To dial out to all participants in the conference, use the Dial-Out setting. To allow participants both options, select Dial-In+Dial-Out.

Note
When you change a conference from Dial-In to Dial In+Dial Out, the selected resources remain set to Dial-In. You must change them manually. Always Use MCU This setting forces the conference to an MCU and prevents video endpoints from connecting to each other directly. This setting is automatically selected and cannot be changed when Audio Only is the conference type or when Enable Chairperson is selected. Determines the initial layout on a video endpoint's monitor for a multipoint conference that requires an MCU. The options are: Switching. Indicates that the display changes each time the speaker changes, and everyone sees the current speaker. Continuous Presence. Displays several panels on the monitor, each showing a different participant, and allows you to see all conference participants at once. You can select a specific layout, with a certain number of windows open. Automatic Layout is a continuous presence layout, in which the number of participants determines the number of panels.

Video Mode

Bit Rate

Specifies the maximum connection speed for endpoints in the conference. Individual endpoints that specify a lower connection speed connect at that lower speed. Endpoints that specify a higher connection speed connect at the speed identified in the conference template. If you select a higher speed than an endpoint can support, the system reduces the speed that endpoint; however, the conference uses the default connection speed for endpoints that can match it. If you place the calls through an endpoint with an embedded MCU, the behavior depends on the capabilities of that endpoint.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Setting Bit Rate (continued)

Description When the dial speed is higher than the number of channels defined in the H.320 service for the endpoint, you receive a warning. To continue, lower the dial speed to less than or equal to the ISDN capability of the endpoint. Higher speed is important for high-quality video in a conference. Because higher speeds use greater bandwidth, scheduling a high-bandwidth conference may limit the number of conferences that you can reserve at one time.

People + Content

Controls the ability for one endpoint to send two types of dataa data stream and a video streamover the same bandwidth to display people and content. The receiving endpoint handles the two video streams differently and may display them on separate screens or through video switching mode. Endpoints that do not support the selected method connect with either video through IP or audio only through ISDN. Select from these available settings: None. Select this option when dual data streams are not required. People +Content. This enables the industry standard H.239 dual streams for endpoints that support H.239 or the Polycom proprietary People+Content dual streams for older Polycom endpoints without H.239 capabilities. The MCU requires that conferences with People + Content use a minimum speed of 192 K. People and Content VO. This Polycom proprietary technology works with PictureTel endpoints. Select this option for older endpoints. Visual Concert PC. Select this option for use with Polycom ViewStation MP/512/SP/323 endpoints. Visual Concert FX. Select this option for use with Polycom ViewStation FX/EX and VS4000 endpoints. Duo Video. This setting supports IP and ISDN and is available with TANDBERG endpoints, in which one part of the conference is set as the video conference and the other as the presentation conference.

Polycom, Inc.

Advanced Scheduling Operations

Setting T.120 Mode

Description For MGC-hosted conferences only, selects the protocols and specifications for multipoint data communication. In the T.120 menu, select the speed for the T.120 connection. See your IT department to determine the best combinations for your conferences. To disable the T.120 mode, select None. If you select T.120, these options may be available, according to the participants endpoint and software: Application Sharing. Allows two or more participants to work on the same document or application, even when only one participant has the application. In application sharing, one participant launches the application, and it runs simultaneously on all other computers. File Transfer. Enables participants to send files to each other. Chat or Whiteboard. Allows participants to communicate with each other by writing.

In all of these modes, participants can view and hear each other.

Continue adding or editing the conference, as described in Conference Management Operations on page 33.

Select a Bridge for a Conference

By default when you add a conference, the CMA system will automatically select a bridge for the conference. However, if you have advanced scheduler permissions, you can select a specific bridge for your conferences. To select a single bridge for a conference 1 When youre adding or editing a conference, after youve made all of your other conference configuration choices, click Bridge Selection and select Single Bridge. A bridge selection drop down list appears based on the template selection and conference settings. 2 3 From the MCU list, select a specific MCU to host the conference. Continue adding or editing the conference, as described in Conference Management Operations on page 33.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Create a Cascaded Conference Across Multiple Bridges

To create a cascaded conference across multiple bridges 1 When youre adding or editing a conference, after youve made all of your other conference configuration choices, click Bridge Selection and select Multi Bridge. The Schedule button changes to a Manual Cascade button and the Recurrence button is grayed out. 2 Click Manual Cascade. The People To Bridges dialog box appears displaying the selected conference participants and their bridge assignments. Bridge assignments default to Auto. These system assignments are based on bridge capacity and/or least cost routing principles. In the Selected Bridge Availability section, the system shows a count of the available ports on the available bridges for the specified time period. If the port count is within 5% of the maximum ports available, it is displayed in red. 3 To change a bridge assignment for a selected participant, click Auto and select a bridge from the pull-down menu.
A CMA system can only show port counts for conferences scheduled via the system. Ad hoc conferences are not included in the port count.

When youve completed all bridge assignments, click Next. The Bridge To Bridge Links dialog box displays a graphical view of the selected bridges.
If an MCU does not show up in the Bridge To Bridge Links dialog box, then the MCU software does not support cascading.

The rate (in kbps) at which to transfer the conference audio or video data System-assigned ID used for troubleshooting System-assigned ID used for troubleshooting The video layout for the conference: Continuous Presence or video Switching. For a conference hosted on an MCU, the video format of the conference data stream. Possible values include: Auto CIF QCIF 4CIF 16CIF VGA SVGA XGA NTSC

Video Protocol

For a conference hosted on an MCU, the video protocol of the conference data stream. Possible values include: Auto H.261 H.263 H.264

Polycom, Inc.

Conference and Participant Details

Section Audio Algorithm

Description For a conference hosted on an MCU, the audio compression ratio of the conference data stream. Possible values are: AUTO G.711 G.722 Siren 7 (16 kbps)

Conference Features
The Conference Features section has these fields.
Section Conference Password Chairperson Required Description The conference password, which is assigned either by the system or the scheduler. Indicates whether or not the conference requires a chairperson.

Note
The RMX 1000 system does not support the Chairperson feature. Chairperson Password Chairperson Lecture Mode The password the chairperson must enter to take control of the conference. Not applicable when no chairperson is designated. The name of the chairperson. Not applicable when no chairperson is designated. The type of Lecture Mode, if any, that was selected when the conference was created. Possible values are None and Presentation.

Note
The RMX 1000 system does not support Lecture Mode. Lecturer Lecture View Switching Dual Stream Mode The name of the lecturer. Not applicable when Lecture Mode is None. Indicates whether or not automatic switching between participants is enabled. Possible values are: None People+Content Duo Video Visual Concert PC Visual Concert FX Unknown

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Section T120 Rate

Description Possible values are: None HMLP - Var HMLP - 384 HMLP - 320 HMLP - 256 HMLP - 192 HMLP - 128 HMLP - 6.4 HMLP - 62.4 HMLP - 14.4 MLP - Var MLP - 64.4 MLP - 62.4 MLP - 46.4 MLP - 40 MLP - 38.4 MLP - 32 MLP - 30.4 MLP - 24 MLP - 22.4 MLP - 16 MLP - 14.4 MLP - 6.4 MLP - 4

End Time Alert Entry Tone Exit Tone

Whether or not the system alerts participants to the end of the conference by playing an end tone Whether or not an entry tone is played to all connected participants when a participant joins the conference Whether or not an exit tone is played to all connected participants when a participant disconnects from the conference

Bridge (MCU) Features

The Bridge (MCU) Features section, which applies only for conferences that use an MCU, has these fields.
Section MCU Name Description The MCU device name hosting the conference. Not applicable when the conference is not being hosted on an MCU. The unique conference identifier assigned by the MCU Whether or not the conference has an entry queue enabled

Numeric ID Entry Queue Access

Note
The CMA system enables entry queues on a per MGC basis and all conferences on an entry queue enabled MGC will be scheduled with entry queue access.

Polycom, Inc.

Conference and Participant Details

Section Meet Me per Conf

Description Whether or not the a conference is a Meet Me conference, for which a dial-in number is assigned, so that undefined participants can connect to the conference (MGC only) Indicates whether or not the MGC is set to Conference on Port, which conserves bandwidth and ports. In this case, all participants are on a single video port and use the same connection speed and video format. Displays the type of messages participants joining the conference hear. Possible values are: None Welcome (No wait) Attended (Wait) IVR

Conference on Port

Message Service Type

Message Service Name

Name on the MCU of the Message Service. So, for example, a service name IVR70 which provides the IVR service

Participants List
The Participants section has these fields.
Section Name Call Info Description The participants name How the participant joined the call. Possible values include: Video Dial-Out Audio Dial-In@<Address> Video Dial-In@<Address> In Person Room Only

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Participant Details
The Participant Details section has these fields.
Section Call Info Description How the participant joined the call. Possible values include: Video Protocol Video Dial-Out Audio Dial-In@<Address> Video Dial-In@<Address> In Person Room Only

For a conference hosted on an MCU, the video protocol of the conference data stream. Possible values include: Auto H.261 H.263 H.264

Video Format

For a conference hosted on an MCU, the video format of the conference data stream. Possible values include: Auto CIF QCIF 4CIF 16CIF VGA SVGA XGA NTSC

Audio Algorithm

For a conference hosted on an MCU, the audio compression ratio of the conference data stream. Possible values are: Siren 7 (16 kbps) Siren 14 (24 kbps) Siren 14 (32 kbps) Siren 14 (48 kbps) AUTO G.711 G.722

Local Date/Time Call ID Callee Name Callee Endpoint Callee Site

The date and time the conference started in local time. System-assigned ID used for troubleshooting. The names of the participants called The names of the endpoints for the called participants The names of the sites for the called participants

Polycom, Inc.

Conference and Participant Details

Section Callee Endpoint Status

Description The state of the participants connection. Possible states include: Connected Disconnected Help request Updating New dial-in participant New dial-out participant

Caller Name Caller Endpoint Caller Site Caller Endpoint Status

The name of the participant who placed the call The name of the endpoint from which the participant placed the call The name of the site from which the participant placed the call The state of the participants connection. Possible states include: Connected Disconnected Help request Updating New dial-in participant New dial-out participant

Content T120 Rate

None Possible values include: None HMLP - Var HMLP - 384 HMLP - 320 HMLP - 256 HMLP - 192 HMLP - 128 HMLP - 6.4 HMLP - 62.4 HMLP - 14.4 MLP - Var MLP - 64.4 MLP - 62.4 MLP - 46.4 MLP - 40 MLP - 38.4 MLP - 32 MLP - 30.4 MLP - 24 MLP - 22.4 MLP - 16 MLP - 14.4 MLP - 6.4 MLP - 4

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Participant Settings
The Participant Settings dialog box has these fields.
Section Name Devices Email Type Description The participants name. The participants managed endpoint(s) if available. The participants email address (ASCII only) for participants or guests without managed endpoints. The type of participant. Possible values include: How will this participant join the conference? Domain User Local User Domain Resource (a room) Local Resource (a room) Guest

How the participant will join the conference. Possible values include: In Person (requires no dial settings) Room Only Audio Only (Dial in) Use Video

Bit Rate Dial Options

The audio or video data transfer rate (in kbps) of the participants endpoint. Available only if the participant is joining via a video endpoint system. Possible values include: Dial-In Dial-Out

Dial Type

The CMA system Endpoint menu provides these views of the Endpoint list: Monitor ViewDisplays the list of all registered endpoints. Use this view to manage endpoints. See Monitor View on page 76. Peripherals ViewDisplays the list of all peripherals connected to registered endpoints. Use this view to see the status of peripherals. See Peripherals View on page 79. Automatic ProvisioningDisplays the list of dynamically managed endpoints eligible for automatic provisioning. See Automatic Provisioning View on page 80. Scheduled ProvisioningDisplays the list of traditionally managed endpoints eligible for scheduled provisioning. See Scheduled Provisioning View on page 82. Automatic Software UpdateDisplays the list of dynamically managed endpoints eligible for automatic software updates. See Automatic Software Update View on page 83.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Scheduled Software UpdateDisplays the list of traditionally managed endpoints eligible for scheduled software updates. See Scheduled Software Update View on page 85.

All of the Endpoint views have the following information:

Section Views Actions Description The views you can access from the page. The set of available commands. The constant command in the Endpoint views is Refresh , which updates the display with current information. The context-sensitive Endpoint list for the selected view. Information about the endpoint selected in the endpoint list including: Device Summary Information on page 197 Device Status Information on page 199 Call Information on page 201 Device Alerts Information on page 202 Provisioning Details on page 202 Software Update Details on page 203

Endpoint List Device Details

Monitor View
Use the Endpoint Monitor View to monitor and manage endpoints.

Endpoint List in the Monitor View

By default the Endpoint list in the Monitor View displays a list of all endpoints managed by the CMA system, including endpoints that registered automatically with the CMA system and endpoints that were added manually for management and monitoring purposes.

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

The Endpoint list in this view has these fields.

Field Filter Description Use the filter choices to display other views of the Endpoint list, which include: Status Type - Filters the list by type. For more information, see Endpoint Configuration/Provisioning on page 89. Alerts - Filters the list by alert type: Help, Error, or Warning. Connection Status- Filters the list by connection status: In a Call, Online, or Offline. Name - Filters the list by system name entered. IP Address - Filters the list by IP address entered. ISDN Video Number - Filters the list by ISDN video number entered. Alias - Filters the list by the E.164 alias entered. Site - Filters the list by site location entered. Area - Available only when Areas are enabled. Filters the list by the area with which the device is associated. VIP - Filters the list for VIP endpoints.

The state of the endpoint. Possible values include: Online Offline In a call All paired peripherals are connected without alerts One or more paired peripherals are turned off or no longer connected One or more paired peripherals has an error

Mode

The management mode for the endpoint. Possible values include: Dynamic management mode Standard management mode (no icon)

For a description of these modes, see Endpoint Configuration/Provisioning on page 89. Name Model IP Address Area Alias Site The assigned name of the endpoint. The type of endpoint. For valid endpoint types, see Endpoint Types on page 87. The IP address assigned to the endpoint. Available only when Areas are enabled. The area with which the endpoint is associated. The alias assigned to the endpoint. The site to which the endpoint belongs.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Owner

Description The user associated with the endpoint.

Commands in the Monitor View

Besides providing access to the endpoint views, the Actions section of the Monitor View may also include these context-sensitive commands depending on the selected endpoint type.
Command Use this command to...

Available for all endpoint types Add View Details Edit Manually add an endpoint to the CMA system or find a endpoint on the network. Display all of the Device Details for the selected endpoint. Change connection settings for the selected endpoint. Note that if this is a managed endpoint, the endpoint may overwrite settings entered manually. Delete the selected endpoints. Search the list of endpoints by IP range. Manually associate a user with the selected endpoint. Available only when Areas are enabled. Associate the selected endpoint to an area so that only specified users can manage it.

Delete Search Devices Associate User Associate Area

Available for only selected endpoint types Manage Open the selected endpoints management interface in a separate browser window. This command is not available for the following endpoint types: iPower, PVX, and Other. Send a text message (ASCII only, 100 characters maximum) to the selected endpoints video monitor. This command is not available for the following endpoint types: TANDBERG, iPower, and Other. Clear help for the selected endpoint on the CMA system. Reboot the selected endpoint. This command is only available for HDX-Series, V-Series and VSX-Series endpoints with a Connection Status of Online. Edit information for the user (owner) of the selected device. This command is applicable only when a user is associated with the endpoint.

Send Message

Clear Help Reboot Device

Manage Owner

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

Command View Peripherals

Use this command to... View information about peripherals. This command is only available when one or more peripherals is connected to an HDX-Series endpoint.

For information about these endpoint commands, see Endpoint Management Operations on page 151.

Peripherals View
Use the Peripherals View to monitor peripherals connected to dynamically managed endpoints.

Endpoint List in the Peripherals Monitor View

By default the Endpoint list in the Peripherals View displays a list of all peripherals that are connected or have been connected to endpoints managed by the CMA system. The Endpoint list in this view has these fields.
Field Filter Description Use the filter choices to display other views of the Endpoint list, which include: Status Type - Filters the list by type. For more information, see Endpoint Configuration/Provisioning on page 89. Paired HDX - Filters the list by the HDX to which the peripherals are connected. IP Address - Filters the list by IP address entered. Hardware Version - Filters the list by hardware version entered. Software Version - Filters the list by software version entered.

The state of the peripheral. Possible values include: Connected - Peripheral is connected to the endpoint. Disconnected - Peripheral is turned off or no longer connected to the endpoint. Error - Endpoint reports an error with the peripheral. Blank - Endpoint is not reporting that the peripheral is connected.

Paired HDX

Name of the endpoint to which the peripheral is connected or Not Paired. The Not Paired designation means the peripheral was connected to an endpoint, but it is not connected to one now.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Type Serial Number IP Address Area

Description The type of peripheral. The serial number of the peripheral. The IP address assigned to the peripheral, if applicable. Available only when Areas are enabled. The area with which peripheral is associated. The peripheral inherits its area from the endpoint to which the peripheral is connected. The hardware version of the peripheral. The software version of the peripheral.

Hardware Version Software Version

Commands in the Peripheral View

Besides providing access to the peripherals, the Actions section of the Peripheral View may also include these context-sensitive commands depending on the selected peripheral type and its status.
Command Delete Peripheral Use this command to... Available only when the peripheral is no longer paired with an endpoint. Delete the peripheral from the Peripheral View list. Available only for peripherals on which you can install multiple applications. Display a list of installed applications and their version.

Display Applications

Automatic Provisioning View

Use the Automatic Provisioning View to see the list of endpoints that are registered to the system for automatic provisioning.

Endpoint List in the Automatic Provisioning View

By default the endpoint list in the Automatic Provisioning View displays the list of Polycom HDX system endpoints registered to the CMA system for automatic provisioning.

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

The endpoint list in the Automatic Provisioning View has the following information.
Field Filter Description The filter choice for endpoint types that can be automatically provisioned. Possible values include: Status AllDisplays all dynamically managed systems together HDX SeriesDisplays just the Polycom HDX systems deployed in dynamic management mode. CMA DesktopDisplays just the Polycom CMA Desktop systems. VVXDisplays just the Polycom VVX systems.

The status of the endpoints last provisioning process. Possible values include: Success Failed Clear

Name

The assigned name of the endpoint.

Note
The system assigns Polycom CMA Desktop systems a user name of LastName_Firstname_CMADesktop. Type The type of endpoint. Automatic provisioning is only available for these endpoint types: IP Address Last HDX SeriesPolycom HDX system endpoints deployed in dynamic management mode. CMA DesktopPolycom CMA Desktop clients. VVXPolycom VVX systems.

The IP address assigned to the endpoint. The date and time of the endpoints last provisioning.

Note
Polycom CMA Desktop systems are provisioned at the start of each session.

Commands in the Automatic Provisioning View

Because automatic provisioning is managed by the endpoint, there are no context-sensitive commands available in the Automatic Provisioning View.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Scheduled Provisioning View

Use the Scheduled Provisioning View to: View the list of endpoints that are eligible for scheduled provisioning Schedule one or more endpoints for provisioning Cancel a scheduled provisioning

Endpoint List in the Scheduled Provisioning View

By default the endpoint list in the Scheduled Provisioning View displays the list of Polycom HDX system endpoints registered to the CMA system that are eligible for scheduled provisioning. The Endpoint list in this view has the following information.
Field Filter Description The filter choice for endpoint types that can be scheduled for provisioning. Possible values include: Viewstation FX & EX HDX SeriesDisplays the Polycom HDX systems operating in standard/traditional management mode. V and VSX Series Viewstation TANDBERG QDX Series

Status

The status of the endpoints last provisioning process. Possible values include: Success Pending Failed Clear

Name Type

The system name of the endpoint. The type of endpoint. Scheduled provisioning is only available for the endpoints types listed previously as Filter selections. The IP address assigned to the endpoint. The date and time of the endpoints last provisioning, unless its status has been cleared. When the endpoint is scheduled for provisioning, this field shows the provisioning profile to be used for the scheduled provisioning process.

IP Address Last Pending

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

Field Scheduled

Description When the endpoint is scheduled for provisioning, this field shows the date and time for the next scheduled provisioning process.

Commands in the Scheduled Provisioning View

Besides providing access to the endpoint views, the Commands section of the Scheduled Provisioning View also includes these commands:
Command Provision Cancel Provision Clear Status Use this command to... Schedule provisioning for the selected endpoint(s). Cancel a previously scheduled provisioning operation. Change the status column for a endpoint to the Clear state.

You can perform these operations on multiple endpoints at the same time. To select multiple endpoints, hold the control key while you select the endpoints. For information about these endpoint commands, see Endpoint Provisioning Operations on page 167.

Automatic Software Update View

Use the Automatic Software Update View, available from the Endpoint menu, to view the list of endpoints that have registered to the system for automatic software updates.

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Endpoint List in the Automatic Software Update View

By default the Endpoint list in the Automatic Software Update View displays all endpoints eligible for automatic software update. It has the following information.
Field Filter Description Filter choices for this view include: Status TypeFilters the list by endpoint type. NameSearches the list by the endpoints system name. IP AddressSearches the endpoint list by IP address. ISDN Video NumberSearches the endpoint list by ISDN video number. AliasSearches the endpoint list by alias. SiteSearches the endpoint list by site location.

The status of the endpoints last software update. Possible values include: Success Failed Clear

Name Type

The system name of the endpoint. The type of endpoint. Automatic software update is only available for these endpoint types: AllDisplays all dynamically managed systems together. HDX SeriesDisplays just the Polycom HDX systems deployed in dynamic management mode. CMA DesktopDisplays just the Polycom CMA Desktop systems. VVXDisplays just the Polycom VVX systems.

IP Address Current Version

The IP address assigned to the endpoint. The version of software installed during the last successful software update procedure.

Commands in the Automatic Software Update View

Because automatic (pull) software update is managed by the endpoint, there are no commands available in the Automatic Software Update View.

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

Scheduled Software Update View

Use the Scheduled Software Update View, available from the Endpoint menu, to: View the list of endpoints that are eligible for a scheduled software update Schedule one or more endpoints for a software update Cancel a software update.

Endpoint List in the Scheduled Software Update View

By default the Endpoint list in the Scheduled Software Update View displays all endpoints eligible for scheduled software update. The Endpoint list in the Scheduled Software Update View has the following information.
Field Filter Description Filter choices for this view include: Status TypeFilters the list by endpoint type. NameSearches the list by the endpoints system name. IP AddressSearches the list by endpoints IP address. ISDN Video NumberSearches the list by endpoints ISDN video number. AliasSearches the list by endpoints alias. SiteSearches the list by site location.

The status of the endpoints last scheduled software update. Possible values include: Success Failed Clear

Name Type

The system name of the endpoint The type of endpoint. Scheduled software update is only available for these endpoint types: Viewstation FX & EX HDX SeriesDisplays the Polycom HDX systems operating in standard/traditional management mode. V and VSX Series Viewstation TANDBERG QDX Series

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field IP Address Current Version Scheduled

Description The IP address assigned to the endpoint. The version of software installed during the last successful software update procedure. When the endpoint is scheduled for software update, this field shows the date and time for the scheduled software update process.

Scheduled Software Update View Commands

Besides providing access to the endpoint views, the Command section for the Scheduled Software Update View will also include these commands:
Command Software Update Cancel Update Clear Status Use this command to... Schedule software update for the selected endpoints. Cancel a scheduled or in progress software update operation. Change the status column for an endpoint to the Clear state.

For information about these endpoint commands, see Endpoint Software Update Operations on page 175.

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

Endpoint Types
The following table describes the CMA system support for endpoints based on endpoint type and category of support.

Monitoring (Standard CMA monitoring)c

Scheduling (Dial in and Dial out)b

Global Address Book Access

Polycom Endpoint Type CMA Desktop HDX Series (dynamic management mode) HDX Series (standard management mode) VVX Series ViewStation Series ViewStation FX and EX Series V and VSX Series QDX Series QDX Series PVX

Versions 1.0 or greater 2.5 or greater All 3.3.0 or greater All All All 4.0 or greater Less than 4.0 All

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

N N Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y N Y N N N N N N

N N Y N Y Y Y Y N N

N N N Y N N N N N Y

Y Y Y N Y Y Y Y N N

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N Y

N Y Y N Y Y Y Y N N

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y N N N Y Y N N

Y Y N Y N N N N N N

a. Dynamic Management and Standard Management are mutually exclusive functionality. b. Scheduling (Dial In Only) and Scheduling (Dial In and Dial Out) are presented as mutually exclusive functionality. Some endpoints, such as Polycom VVX systems do not have interfaces that can be ask to perform dialing. Some endpoints, such as CMA Desktop clients and VVX systems require external MCU resources for dial-in conferences. c. Standard CMA monitoring does not involve using SNMP. It includes endpoint monitoring (online/offline status) and alerts. d. Command and Control means the CMA system can send a command like Send Message and Reboot, and the endpoint can receive and act on the command. e. Reports for IP Calls are generated as part of standard gatekeeper functionality. Reports for ISDN Calls are additional system functionality. Devices that aren't registered with the gatekeeper or ISDN calls send an alert to the device management function to record CDR information. Some legacy endpoints do not send this alert so the CDRs are not written. f. Supported behind a Polycom VBP device with Access Proxy enabled.

Polycom, Inc.

Supported Behind a Firewallf

Scheduling (Dial In only)b

Gatekeeper Registration

Command and Controld

Reports for ISDN Callse

Standard Managementa

Dynamic Managementa

Reports for IP Callse

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Standard Managementa (Scheduled Provisioning and Software Update)

Dynamic Managementa (Automatic Provisioning and Software Update)

Monitoring (Standard CMA monitoring)c

Scheduling (Dial in and Dial out)b

Global Address Book Access

Scheduling (Dial In only)b

Gatekeeper Registration

Command and Controld

Endpoint Type TANDBERG 150 MXP TANDBERG 990/880/770 MXP TANDBERG C Series and Other TANDBERG Models LifeSize Team and Express 200 Other LifeSize Models Other third-party endpoints: Sony PCS Aertha Maia Starr VCON (Galaxy and Vigo) VTEL

Versions L5.1 F8.2, F9.0

Y Y Y

Y Y N

N N N

Y Y N

N N Y

Y Y N

Y Y Y

N Y N

Y Y Y

Y N N

N N N

Y N N

N Y Y

Y N N

Y Y Y

Y N N

a. Dynamic Management and Standard Management are mutually exclusive functionality. b. Scheduling (Dial In Only) and Scheduling (Dial In and Dial Out) are presented as mutually exclusive functionality. c. Standard CMA monitoring does not involve using SNMP. It includes endpoint monitoring (online/offline status) and alerts. d. Command and Control means the CMA system can send a Reboot command, and the endpoint can receive and act on the command. e. Reports for IP Calls are generated as part of standard gatekeeper functionality.

Some notes about the TANDBERG connection to the Global Address Book: TANDBERG endpoints do not need to register with the CMA gatekeeper to access the Global Address Book.

Polycom, Inc.

Reports for ISDN Callse

Reports for IP Callse

Endpoint Management Overview

Even if the Global Address Book is password protected, TANDBERG endpoints are not required to provide a password. They have unrestricted access to the Global Address Book. Any third-party endpoint, including TANDBERG endpoints, that are registered to the CMA system gatekeeper are displayed in the Global Address Book.

A CMA system may also list an endpoint type of Other. The CMA system cannot control endpoints with a type of Other and cannot direct these endpoints to initiate point-to-point calls. A scheduled point-to-point call between two endpoint systems with an endpoint type of Other requires the use of an MCU.

Endpoint Configuration/Provisioning
Polycom endpoint systems can be configured in three ways: In the room by using the systems remote control to navigate the screens and enter information. From a remote location by using the systems web interface to navigate the screens and enter information. From a remote location by using a management systems web interface to provision configuration settings to the endpoint system.

The CMA system can provision several types of endpoints. Endpoint provisioning, which requires provisioning profiles, allows an administrator to remotely configure multiple endpoints of the same type with a standard set of settings. This eliminates the need to configure each endpoint individually either through the hand-held remote or the endpoints web interface. The CMA system supports two exclusive types of endpoint provisioning: automatic and scheduled. Automatic and scheduled endpoint provisioning are exclusive management scenarios. Endpoints enabled for automatic provisioning should not be scheduled for provisioning through the CMA system. Note
Polycom recommends that all endpoints in a region (that is, a gatekeeper zone) be managed by a single management system.

For more information, see: Automatic Provisioning Scheduled Provisioning

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Automatic Provisioning
The CMA system is a gatekeeper; it manages video and audio endpoints. However, the system also manages users, because endpoints are only useful when they provide access to users. Automatic provisioning, which controls the automatic configuration of endpoints and the management of video resources, is also tied to users and groups. Thats because some users and groups may require significantly more video resources than others. Currently, automatic provisioning is available for: Polycom VVX systems deployed in dynamic management mode Polycom HDX systems deployed in dynamic management mode Polycom CMA Desktop clients

Note
Polycom CMA Desktop provisioning occurs on a session by session basis.

How Automatic Provisioning Works

In dynamic management mode, when an endpoint starts up and at designated intervals thereafter, it automatically polls for new provisioning information from the CMA system. The provisioning information is sent in XML format over a secure HTTPS connection. Endpoints do not poll for provisioning information if they are in a call. They restart polling after the call ends. When you add an automatic provisioning profile, the CMA system immediately rolls it out. If it rolls it out first thing in the morning, people who need to attend a start the day conference will have to first wait for their endpoint to be provisioned. Better to implement profiles in the middle of the work day and then let the provisioning occur at the designated polling interval.

Automatic Provisioning Profiles

Automatic provisioning is enabled at the endpoint, but the CMA system must have automatic provisioning profiles for both the endpoint and the site at which the endpoint resides. So to ensure out-of-box usability, the CMA system comes with Default Provisioning Profiles for both. However, you can edit these default profiles to meet your needs or add additional provisioning profiles to assign different video resources to different groups of users.

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

Notes
If an automatic provisioning profile provisions a setting that the endpoint is not capable of fulfilling, the endpoint will ignore those settings. The name of the Default Provisioning Profile is stored in the system database and is not localized into other languages. If you wish to localized it into your language, edit the profile and give it a new profile name.

The following table show the fields you can define when adding a new automatic provisioning profile. You may find more implementation details about these fields in the endpoint system documentation.
CMA Desktop Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

Field System Settings Language

For the endpoint systems being provisioned...

VVX
93

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

CMA Desktop N N N N N N

HDX Series

Field Meeting Reminder Time Microsoft Lync Settings Select method to find Server

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Specifies the number of minutes before the meeting an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will display a reminder.

Specifies how the CMA system will locate the Lync server that it will provision to endpoints. Possible values are: Disable IntegrationThe CMA system will not provision a Lync or Office Communication Server. DNS SRV RecordThe CMA system will issue a DNS query to locate the Lync or Office Communication Server and provision that information to endpoints. Server NameThe CMA system will use the specified Server Address. Enter the Lync or Office Communication Server address or DNS name.

Transport Protocol

Specifies the transport protocol for communications with the Office Communications Server. Possible values are: AutoThe communication protocol will be auto-negotiated. TCPThis protocol has error-recovery services, message delivery is assured, and messages are delivered in the order they were sent. UDPThis protocol does not provide error-recovery services, message delivery is not assured, and messages are not necessarily delivered in the order they were sent. TLSThis protocol transfers communications over an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection.

Group Name VVX Settings Configuration Server URL Logging Server URL

Specifies the group name for which the endpoint system should be provisioned.

Specifies the IP address for the system that will provide provisioning service. All addresses can be followed by an optional directory and optional filename. Specifies the directory to use for log files, if required. A URL can also be specified. This field is blank by default.

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

CMA Desktop N

HDX Series

Field Configuration Data

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Enter XML data for a custom configuration. Allows the CMA system administrator's to provision settings that the CMA system does not normally provide.

Profile Order and Priority

Automatic provisioning profiles are associated with groups, but what about those users who belong to more than one groupwhat determines their experience? When you add new profiles, you assign a Profile Order. The Profile Order determines which provisioning profile takes priority. Consider the following example: Jason Smith is part of the Support group and also part of the Executive group. The Support group is assigned an automatic provisioning profile named Low-Bandwidth, which allows a maximum speed for receiving calls of 128kbps. The Executive group is assigned an automatic provisioning profile called High-Bandwidth, which allows a maximum speed for receiving calls of 1920kbps The Low-Bandwidth profile is assigned a profile order of 1, while the High-Bandwith profile is assigned a profile order of 2.

In this example, Jasons endpoint is provisioned with the Low-Bandwidth provisioning profile, because it has the higher priority. So when you add provisioning profiles, you may want to assign provisioning profiles with more robust privileges a higher priority than those providing less privileges.

Scheduled Provisioning
Scheduled provisioning is enabled at the CMA system. To schedule a endpoint for provisioning, the CMA system must already have a scheduled provisioning profile created for the endpoint.

Polycom, Inc.

VVX
95

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

How Scheduled Provisioning Works

In this standard/traditional management mode, administrators with System Setup permissions can schedule provisioning for one endpoint or a group of endpoints; and they can schedule provisioning to occur immediately or for a date and time in the future. The provisioning data is sent in XML format over a secure HTTPS connection. Scheduled provisioning is available for these endpoint types: ViewStation endpoints ViewStation FX & EX endpoints V and VSX Series endpoints Selected TANDBERG endpointsTANDBERG 150, 990, 880, and 770 endpoints HDX Series--Polycom HDX systems deployed in standard/traditional management mode

Scheduled Provisioning Profiles

The CMA system does not include a default profile for scheduled provisioning. You must create a profile before you can schedule a endpoint for provisioning. Create a different profile for each endpoint type (Polycom HDX system or Polycom CMA Desktop) and group of users. Some examples of when to use scheduled provisioning profiles follow. To apply a standard set of options to each new endpoint By creating templates of standard settings for different types of endpoints, or for the needs of different users, you can have the CMA system apply all the settings at once. After the endpoint is connected and registered with the CMA system, you can use a provisioning profile that defines a range of other options. To update the password for all endpoints of a particular type For security purposes, you can create a provisioning profile to update the password for endpoints on a regular basis and reuse the same profile quarterly. You might have several profiles, one for each type of endpoint to update. To change the IP address of the CMA system gatekeeper when the CMA system is moved

Scheduled Provisioning of Polycom Endpoints The following table show the fields you can provision when adding a new scheduled provisioning profile for the supported Polycom endpoints.

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Applies to:

General Settings > System Settings > System Settings 1 OR General Setup Maximum Time in Call (minutes) Allow Mixed IP and ISDN calls Allow Dialing Allow Directory Changes Confirm Directory Additions Confirm Directory Deletions Allow Access to User Setup

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y

Specifies the maximum number of minutes allowed for a call. Enter 0 to remove any limit. Specifies whether users can make multipoint calls that include both IP and H.320 sites. Allow users to place calls. You can still place calls from the web interface. Specifies whether users can save changes to the directory or contacts/favorites list. Specifies whether users are prompted to confirm deletions of directory entries. Specifies whether users are prompted to confirm new directory entries when saving the information for the last site called. Specifies whether the User Settings screen is accessible to users via the System screen. Select this option to allow users to change limited environmental settings.

General Settings > System Settings > System Settings 2 OR General Setup Far Site Name Display Time Display Time in Call Keypad Audio Confirmation Call Detail Report Recent Calls Display IP and ISDN Information

Y Applies to: Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y

Specifies how long the far site name to appear on the screen when the call is first connected. Displays time that the current call has been connected Allows the user to hear a voice confirmation of the numbers selected with the remote control. Collects call data. Provides navigational tool for call history. Both Displays both number types on the systems Home screen. IP only Display the system IP number on the Home screen. ISDN only Displays the system ISDN number on the Home screen. None The system will not display contact numbers on the Home screen.

Polycom, Inc.

VVX
97

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Show Speed Dial Color Scheme Screen Saver Wait Time

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Allow the user to disable the Speed Dial page and go directly to the Address Book. Enables the customization of the look of the system with five different color schemes. The time the system will delay before going into standby mode after nonuse

Y Y

Y Y Y

General Settings > Home Screen Settings > Home Screen Settings 1 Applies to: Dialing Display Dialing entry field - Includes the dialing entry field on the Home screen. Display Marquee - Allows the addition of text to the dialing entry field of the Home screen. Enter Marquee Text Call Quality Display H.323 Extension Directory System Multipoint Enter the Marquee text that will appear in the Dialing entry field when Display Marquee is selected. Allow users to select the speed/bandwidth of the call. Displays the IP dialing extension on the main call screen Includes the Directory button on the Home screen. Includes the System button on the Home screen. Includes the Multipoint navigational item on the Home screen. Applies to:

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

General Settings > Home Screen Settings > Home Screen Settings 2 IP or ISDN Information Local Date and Time Enable Availability Control

Both Displays both number types on the systems Home screen. IP only Display the system IP number on the Home screen. ISDN only Displays the system ISDN number on the Home screen. None The system will not display contact numbers on the Home screen.

Displays the local time on the Home screen. Displays availability icons on the Home screen.

Y Y

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Sites Last Number Dialed

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Displays icons created for frequently called sites on the Home screen. Displays the last number dialed on the Home screen. Applies to:

Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

General Settings > Security OR Security Remote Access Password

Specifies the password for administrator access when logging in to the system remotely. When the remote access password is set, users must enter it to manage the system from a computer. The remote access password must not contain spaces.

Meeting Password

Specifies the password users must supply to join multipoint calls on this system if the call uses the internal multipoint option, rather than a bridge. The meeting password must not contain spaces. Do not set a meeting password if multipoint calls will include audio-only endpoints. Audio-only endpoints cannot participate in password-protected calls.

Software Update Password Enable FTP Access

Specifies the password users must enter to update the software on their endpoint system. Specifies that the endpoint system can be accessed via an FTP session. Note: The system restarts if you change the remote access settings. This setting does not deactivate the associated port, only the application. Use Web Access Port to disable the port. Y

Y Y

Enable Web Access

Specifies that the endpoint system can be accessed via its web interface. Note: The system restarts if you change the remote access settings. This setting does not deactivate the associated port, only the application. Use Web Access Port to disable the port.

Enable Telnet Access

Specifies that the endpoint system can be accessed via a telnet session. Note: The system restarts if you change the remote access settings. This setting does not deactivate the associated port, only the application. Use Web Access Port to disable the port.

Polycom, Inc.

VVX
99

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Enable Encryption

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Specifies how to encrypt calls with other sites that support AES encryption. OffAES Encryption is disabled. When AvailableAES Encryption is used with any endpoint that supports it, even if the other endpoints in the call dont support it. Required for Video Calls OnlyAES Encryption is used for all video endpoints in the call. Analog phone and voice over ISDN connections are allowed. Video endpoints must support AES Encryption to participate in the call. Required for All CallsAES Encryption is used for all video endpoints in the call. Analog phone and voice over ISDN connections are not allowed. All endpoints must support AES Encryption to participate in the call.

Enable SNMP Access

Specifies that the endpoint system can be accessed via an SNMP monitoring system. Note: The system restarts if you change the remote access settings. This setting does not deactivate the associated port, only the application. Use Web Access Port to disable the port.

General Settings > Location > Date and Time 1 Date Format Time Format Month Day Year Hour Minute AM/PM General Settings > Location > Date and Time 2 OR Global Management > GMS Setup Auto Adjust for Daylight Saving Time Time Difference from GMT
100

Applies to:

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Specifies the preferred format preference for the date and time display and lets you enter your local date and time.

Applies to:

Y Y

Specifies the daylight savings time setting. When this setting is enabled, the system clock automatically changes for daylight saving time. Specifies the time difference between GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and the endpoint systems location.

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Time Server Time Server Address

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Specifies connection to a time server for automatic system time settings. Specifies the address of the time server to use when Time Server is set to Manual. Applies to:

Y Y Y Y Y

Video Network > IP Network > H.323 Settings Enable IP H.323 Enable H.239 Allows the system to make IP calls

Specifies standards-based People+Content data collaboration. Enable this option if you know that H.239 is supported by the far sites you will call. If callers experience issues when sharing content with other Polycom systems, disable this setting. Specifies whether the system allows each far-site system to connect at the best possible call rate and audio/video algorithm. If transcoding is disabled, the Polycom HDX system down-speeds all connections to the same call rate. Allows users to place IP-to-ISDN calls through a gateway. Allows users to place ISDN-to-IP or IP-to-IP calls through a gateway. Applies to:

Enable Transcoding

ISDN Gateway IP Gateway

Y Y

Video Network > IP Network > Gatekeeper OR LAN/H.323 > H.323 > Gateway/Gatekeeper Use Gatekeeper

Y Y

Specifies whether to use a gatekeeper. Gateways and gatekeepers are required for calls between IP and ISDN. Off Calls do not use a gatekeeper. Auto System attempts to automatically find an available gatekeeper. Specify Calls use the specified gatekeeper. Enter the gatekeepers IP address or name (for example, gatekeeper.companyname.usa.com, or 10.11.12.13).

Gatekeeper IP Address

If you chose to use an automatically selected gatekeeper, this area displays the gatekeepers IP address. If you chose to specify a gatekeeper, enter the IP address.

Outbound Call Route

Choices: Gateway ISDN

Polycom, Inc.

101

VVX

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Use Gatekeeper for Multipoint Calls

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Specify whether multipoint calls use the systems internal multipoint capability or the Conference on Demand feature. Applies to:

Video Network > IP Network > Gateway Number OR LAN/H.323 > H.323 > Gateway Number Country Code Area Code Gateway Number Gateway Number Type

Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y

Specifies the country code for the systems location Specifies the area or city code for the systems location Specifies the gateways number Specifies the number type users enter to call this system: Direct Inward Dial Users enter an internal extension to call this system directly.

Note
If you choose this setting, you must also register the number with the gatekeeper as an E.164 alias. Number + Extension Users enter the gateway number and the systems extension to call this system. Y Y Y Y

Number of digits in DID Number

Specifies the number of digits in the DID number. The national or regional dialing plan for your location determines the standard number of digits. For instance, the US standard is 7 digits. Specifies the number of digits in the extension used when Direct Inward Dial is selected. Your organizations dial plan determines this number.

Number of digits in Extension

Video Network > IP Network > Gateway Setup OR LAN/H.323 > H.323 > Gateway Setup Speed Prefix Suffix

Applies to:

Y Y Y Y

Enter a prefix or suffix for each bandwidth allowed for gateway calls. Associating prefixes and suffixes with particular bandwidths on your gateway can optimize the use of bandwidth by your organization. Be sure the gateway is configured to use the same prefixes and suffixes you define for the system.

102

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Applies to:

Video Network > IP Network > Quality of Service Settings OR LAN/H.323 > H.323 > Quality of Service & Firewall Settings Type of Service Field

Y Y

Specifies the service type and the priority of IP packets sent to the system for video, audio, and far-end camera control: IP Precedence Represents the priority of IP packets sent to the system. The value can be between 0 and 5. DiffServ Represents a priority level between 0 and 63. If this setting is selected, enter the value in the Type of Service Value field.

This Type of Service value does not apply to the Polycom CMA Desktop system. Its Type of Service value is set by the clients operating system. Type of Service Value Video Type of Service Value Audio Type of Service Value FECC Type of Service Value Enable Dynamic Bandwidth Enable PVEC Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for Video, Audio, and Control. Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for video packets. Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for audio packets. Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for Far End Camera Control packets. Specifies whether to let the system automatically find the optimum line speed for a call Allows the system to use PVEC (Polycom Video ErrorConcealment) if packet loss occurs. Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Polycom, Inc.

103

VVX

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Applies to:

Video Network > IP Network > Firewall Settings OR LAN/H.323 > H.323 > Firewall Settings Use Fixed Ports

Y Y

Y Y Y

Specifies whether to define the TCP and UDP ports. If the firewall is H.323 compatible or the endpoint systems are not behind a firewall, disable this setting. If the firewall is not H.323 compatible, enable this setting. The endpoint systems will assign a range of ports starting with the TCP and UDP ports you specify. The endpoint system defaults to a range beginning with port 3230 for both TCP and UDP.

Note
You must open the corresponding ports in the firewall. You must also open the firewalls TCP port 1720 to allow H.323 traffic. Start TCP Port Allows you to specify the beginning value for the range of TCP ports used by the endpoint systems. The endpoint systems will automatically assign a range of ports starting with the port you specify. Y Y Y Y

Note
You must also open the firewalls TCP port 1720 to allow H.323 traffic. Start UDP Port Allows you to specify the beginning value for the range of TCP ports used by the endpoint systems. The endpoint systems will automatically assign a range of ports starting with the port you specify. Specifies whether the endpoint systems are behind a NAT firewall. Specifies whether the endpoint systems should determine the NAT Public WAN Address automatically. If the endpoint systems are behind a NAT that allows HTTP traffic, select Auto. If the endpoint systems are behind a NAT that does not allow HTTP traffic, select Manual. Then specify a NAT Public (WAN) Address. If the endpoint systems are not behind a NAT or are connected to the IP network through a virtual private network (VPN), select Off. Y Y Y Y

System is Behind a NAT NAT Configuration

104

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field NAT Public (WAN) Address NAT is H.323 Compatible Auto Discover NAT Address Address Displayed in Global Directory

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... When NAT Configuration is set to Manual, specifies the address that callers from outside the LAN should use to call the endpoint systems. Specifies that the endpoint systems are behind a NAT that is capable of translating H.323 traffic. Specifies whether to allow the system to automatically discover the NAT firewall address through the domain name server. Specifies whether or not to include the endpoint systems information in the global directory Applies to:

Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y

Video Network > ISDN BRI Protocol Enable ISDN H.320 Number of ISDN Channels to Dial in Parallel

Allows this system to make H.320 (ISDN) calls. Specifies how many channels to dial at one time. You can specify up to eight channels. If you experience network problems, decrease the number. Set this value to 1 for serial dialing. Serial dialing is not recommended unless you have trouble connecting calls using parallel dialing.

ISDN Switch Protocols Outside Line Dialing Prefix

Specifies the protocol used by your networks switch. Specifies the ISDN dialing prefix used to call outside the network. Applies to:

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Video Network > Preferred Speeds Preferred Speed for Placing Calls (Kbps) IP Calls ISDN Video Call (H.320) International ISDN calls Maximum Speed for Receiving Calls (Kbps) IP Calls ISDN Video Call (H.320)

Determines the speeds that will be used for IP, ISDN, or International ISDN calls from this endpoint system when: The Call Quality selection is either unavailable or set to Auto on the Place a Call screen The call is placed from the directory

If the far-site endpoint system does not support the selected speed, the endpoint system automatically negotiates a lower speed. Allows you to restrict the bandwidth used when receiving IP or ISDN calls. If the far site attempts to call the system at a higher speed than selected here, the call is re-negotiated at the speed specified in this field.

Polycom, Inc.

105

VVX

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Monitors Monitor 1 Options Monitor 1

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Applies to: Applies to: Specifies the monitors aspect ratio. 4:3 Select if you are using a regular TV monitor.

Y Y Y

Video Format

Specifies the monitors format: DVI Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI connector using a DVI or HDMI cable. VGA Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI connector using a VGA cable. Component YPbPr Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI connector using component cables. Polycom HDX 8000 series and Polycom HDX 7000 series systems do not support 720p Component format for 50 Hz monitors. S-Video (Polycom HDX 9000 series only) Select if the monitor is connected to the BNC connectors using an S-Video cable. Composite (Polycom HDX 9000 series only) Select if the monitor is connected to the BNC connectors using a composite video cable.

Display Icons in Call Snapshot Timeout Dual Monitor Emulation Output Upon Screen Saver Activation

Specifies whether to display all on-screen graphics, including icons and help text, during calls. Lets you choose whether to have slides and snapshots time out after a period of four minutes. Specifies whether the system can show multiple views on a single display. Specifies whether black video or no signal is sent to the monitor when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates. Select Black to display black video. This is the recommended setting to prevent burn-in for TV monitors. Select No Signal to have the display react as if it is not connected when the system goes to sleep. This is the recommended setting for VGA monitors and projectors.

Y Y Y

106

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Monitor 2 Options Monitor 2

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Applies to: Specifies the second monitors aspect ratio: Off Select if you do not have a second monitor. 4:3 Select if you are using a regular TV monitor as the second monitor.

Y Y

Video Format

Output Upon Screen Saver Activation

Specifies whether black video or no signal is sent to the monitor when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates. Select Black to display black video. This is the recommended setting to prevent burn-in for TV monitors. Select No Signal to have the display react as if it is not connected when the system goes to sleep. This is the recommended setting for VGA monitors and projectors.

Polycom, Inc.

107

VVX

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Monitor 3 Options Monitor 3

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Applies to: Specifies the aspect ratio for recording. Off Select if you do not have a VCR or DVD player connected to record video conferences. 4:3 Select to record for playback on a standard monitor. 16:9Select to record for playback on a wide-screen monitor, if your recording device has this capability.

Y Y

See the endpoint product documentation for more information about these selections. Video Format Specifies the VCR or DVD players format: S-Video Select if the VCR or DVD player is connected to a Polycom HDX system using an S-Video cable. Composite Select if the VCR or DVD player is connected to a Polycom HDX system using a composite video cable and S-Video to RCA adapter. Y Y

Output Upon Screen Saver Activation

Specifies whether black video or no signal is sent to the VCR or DVD player when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates. Select Black to send black video. Select No Signal to have the VCR or DVD player react as if it is not connected when the system goes to sleep.

VCR/DVD Record Source Near Far Content

Specifies the video source to be recorded to videotape or DVD. If Far is enabled, the recorded video will switch to the current far site speaker. If both Near and Far are enabled, the recorded video will switch between near and far sites depending on the current speaker. If Content is enabled, any content sent during the call is recorded. Applies to:

Y Y Y Y

Cameras > Camera Settings Camera 1 Name Camera 1 Icon Camera 2 Name Camera 2 Icon Specifies a name for camera 1. Specifies an icon for camera 1. Specifies a name for camera 2. Specifies an icon for camera 2.

Y Y Y Y Y

108

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Camera 3 Name Camera 3 Icon

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Specifies a name for camera 3. Specifies an icon for camera 3. Applies to:

Y Y Y Y Y Y

Cameras > Video Quality Camera 1 Camera 2 Camera 3

Specifies Motion or Sharpness for the video input. The default is Sharpness. Motion This setting is for showing people or other video with motion. Sharpness The picture will be sharp and clear, but moderate to heavy motion at low call rates can cause some frames to be dropped. Sharpness is available in point-to-point H.263 and H.264 calls only. It is recommended for HD calls between 1 Mbps and 2 Mbps.

Video/Camera > Cameras 1 OR Cameras > Cameras 1 Snapshot Camera Far Control of Near Camera

Applies to:

Y Y Y Y

Specifies whether the far site can pan, tilt, or zoom the near-site camera. When this option is selected, a user at the far site can control the framing and angle of the camera for the best view of the near site. Specifies whether the camera should automatically adjust for a bright background. Backlight compensation is best used in situations where the subject appears darker than the background. Specifies which camera is the main camera. Specifies the direction the camera moves when using the arrow buttons on the remote control. Applies to:

Backlight Compensation

Primary Camera Camera Direction

Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y

Video/Camera > Monitor Setup Snapshot Timeout

Lets you choose whether to have slides and snapshots time out after a period of four minutes. Applies to:

Audio Settings > Audio Settings 1 OR Phone/Audio Sound Effects Volume

Y Y

Y Y Y

Sets the volume level of the ring tone and user alert tones.

Incoming Video Call User Alert Tones

Specifies the ring tone used for incoming calls. Specifies the tone used for user alerts.

Y Y

Polycom, Inc.

109

VVX

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Mute Auto Answer Calls

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Specifies whether to mute incoming calls. Incoming calls are muted by default until you press the mute on the microphone or on the remote control.

Line Input (Red) Line Input Level (Red) Line Input (White) Line Input Level (White) Line Outputs

Specifies the type of equipment that is connected to audio input 1. Sets the volume level for audio input 1. Specifies the type of equipment that is connected to audio input 2. Sets the volume level for audio input 2. Specifies how the audio output behaves. The default selection, Monitor - Far Site Audio, supplies audio to the Monitor 1 audio outputs only when the system is receiving audio from the far site. If you have connected a VCR to record the conference, select Monitor - Far and Near Audio to supply audio from both the far site and the systems microphones.

Y Y Y Y Y

Line Output Level

Sets the volume level for audio output Applies to:

Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y

Audio Settings > Audio Settings 2 Master Audio Volume Midrange Speakers

Sets the volume level for audio from the far site. Specifies whether to use the systems built-in midrange speaker. You may prefer to turn off the midrange speaker if you connect the audio output to Monitor 1 or if you connect an external speaker system. Sets the volume level for the low frequencies without changing the master audio volume. Sets the volume level for the high frequencies without changing the master audio volume. Applies to:

Bass Treble

Y Y Y Y Y

LAN Properties > LAN Properties 1 Connect to My LAN IP Address Enables connection to the local area network

Specifies how the system obtains an IP address. Obtain IP Address Automatically Select if the system gets an IP address from the DHCP server on the LAN. Enter IP Address Manually Select if the IP address will not be assigned automatically.

110

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Use the Following IP Address

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... If you selected Enter IP Address Manually, enter the IP address here. Applies to:

Y Y Y

LAN Properties > LAN Properties 2 DNS Servers

Displays the DNS servers currently assigned to the system. If the system does not automatically obtain a DNS server address, enter up to four DNS servers here. Changing this setting causes the system to restart.

Default Gateway

Displays the gateway currently assigned to the system. If the system does not automatically obtain a gateway IP address, enter one here. Changing this setting causes the system to restart.

Subnet Mask

Displays the subnet mask currently assigned to the system. If the system does not automatically obtain a subnet mask, enter one here. Changing this setting causes the system to restart.

WINS Server WINS Resolution LAN Speed

Displays the server running the Windows Internet Name Service Enables connection to the WINS Server for URL resolution Specify the LAN speed to use. Note that the setting you choose must be supported by the switch. Choose Auto to have the network switch negotiate the speed automatically. In this case, the switch must also be set to Auto. Choosing Auto automatically sets Duplex Mode to Auto. If you choose 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, or 1000 Mbps you must set Duplex Mode to Half or Full. Changing this setting causes the system to restart.

Y Y Y

Note
Mismatches with the network switch settings may lead to unexpected behaviors.

Polycom, Inc.

111

VVX

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Duplex Mode

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Specify the duplex mode to use. Note that the Duplex mode you choose must be supported by the switch. Choose Auto to have the network switch negotiate the Duplex mode automatically. In this case, the switch must also be set to Auto. Choosing Auto automatically sets LAN Speed to Auto. Changing this setting causes the system to restart.

Global Services > Directory Servers OR LAN/H.323 > Global Directory (GDS) > Server Global Directory (GDS) Password Display Name in Global Directory Display Global Addresses Register Save Global Directory to System

Applies to:

Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y

Specifies the IP address or DNS address of the Global Directory Server. Lets you enter the global directory password, if there is one. Specifies whether to display the systems name in the global directories of other registered systems. Global Address Displays other registered systems in the global directory. Registers this system with the Global Directory Server. Copies the global directory to this local system. When this setting is disabled, the system can display no more than 1,000 global directory entries. When this setting is enabled, the system can display up to 4,000 global directory entries. Applies to:

Y Y Y

Y Y

LAN/H.323 > Global Directory (GDS) > Preferences Show Addresses in Address Book Preferred Speed for Placing Calls (Kbps) ISDN Video Call (H.320) International ISDN calls IP Calls

Y Y Y Y Y Y

If the far-site endpoint system does not support the selected speed, the endpoint system automatically negotiates a lower speed.

112

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Applies to:

LAN/H.323 > Global Directory (GDS) > Preferred Alias Preferred Alias Possible values include: Gateway Number ISDN Number Called Party Line Identifier Extension

Y Y

Global Services > Dialing Rules 1 OR LAN/H.323 > Global Directory (GDS) > Dialing Rules 1 Number of digits in Extension International Dialing Prefix Public Network Access Public Network Dialing Prefix Public Network (same area code) Prefix Private Network Access Private Network Dialing Prefix Always Dial Area Code Dial 1+ for all USA Calls

Applies to:

Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y

Specifies the number of digits in the extension. Your organizations dial plan determines this number. Specifies the dialing prefix needed for international calls Specifies if calls can be made to the public network Specifies the dialing prefix used to call out to endpoints on the public network when the endpoint is not in the same area code as the system Specifies the dialing prefix used to call out to endpoints on the public network when the endpoint is in the same area code as the system Specifies if calls can be made to the private network Specifies the dialing prefix used to call outside the network Specify whether the phone number must always include an area code Specify whether to preface calls within the United States with 1 Applies to:

Y Y

Y Y Y Y

Y Y

Global Services > Dialing Rules 2 OR LAN/H.323 > Global Directory (GDS) > Dialing Rules 2 If Area Code Equals/ Dial Prefix Pairs

Y Y

Create additional dialing rules and routing based on area code Applies to:

Global Services > Account Validation OR Global Management > GMS Setup Require Account Number to Dial

Specify whether to require an account number for placing calls and whether that number should be validated by the system.

Polycom, Inc.

113

VVX

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

V\VSX Series

ViewStation

QDX Series Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

HDX Series

FX/EX

Field Validate Account Number

For the endpoint systems being provisioned... Specify whether to require an account number for placing calls and whether that number should be validated by the system. Applies to:

Global Services > My Information OR Global Management > Contact Information Contact Person Contact Number Contact Email Contact Fax Tech Support City State/Province Country

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Y Y Y Y Y

Specifies the name of the person responsible for this system Specifies the phone number of the person responsible for this system Specifies the email address of the person responsible for this system Specifies the Fax number of the person responsible for this system Specifies the contact information for Technical Support for this system Specifies the location of the person responsible for this system

Y Y Y

Scheduled Provisioning Notes Some notes about scheduled provisioning profiles and the scheduled provisioning of endpoints: Each page in the scheduled Provisioning Fields dialog box has a Provision This Page option. When this option is selected, the system provisions all of the values on that page. When this option is not selected, the system does not provision any of the values on that page. At least one page must be provisioned, or the system returns an error stating, No data to save in profile. Either press Cancel or add pages. Until the CMA system successfully provisions an endpoint scheduled for provisioning, provisioning remains in the Pending state and the system attempts to provision the endpoint until it succeeds or until the provisioning is cancelled. If an endpoint scheduled for provisioning is In a Call, the system waits until the call ends before provisioning the endpoint. The system checks the endpoint at 15 minute intervals.

114

Polycom, Inc.

VVX

Endpoint Management Overview

Provisioned for supported Tandberg models? Field Name Switch LogicalInput 5 Mode 1 Switch Source SystemUnit Multiway SystemUnit Password T1 Interface CableLength Telnet Modea TelnetChallenge Mode TelnetChallenge Port Time DateFormat Time DaylightSavings Time TimeFormat Time Zone UseAsLocalPCMonitor Video 1 Outputs Animation Video 1 Outputs Testpattern Video Inputs Source 1 through 6 Name Quality Video Outputs DVI 1 and 2 Mode OSD VirtualMonitor Video Outputs DVIResolution Video Outputs Letterbox Video Outputs ScreenFormatPC Video Outputs ScreenFormatTV Video Outputs TV 1 and 2 Mode OSD MXP Models 990/880/770 Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y MXP Model T150 N N Y Y N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N C Series N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N

Polycom, Inc.

131

Provisioned for selected LifeSize Models? Field Name DVI_I Input Contrast DVI-I Input Scaling Team 200 Y Y

Endpoint Gatekeeper Registration Policies

If the CMA system gatekeeper registration policy allows endpoints to register automatically (that is, a primary gatekeeper setting of Allow Registration of All Endpoints, Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites, or Allow Registration of Endpoints with Defined E.164 Prefixes), those registered endpoints are automatically added to the endpoint list. If the CMA gatekeeper registration policy does not allow endpoints to register automatically (that is, a gatekeeper setting of Allow Registration of Predefined Endpoints Only), you must manually add all endpoints to the CMA system. No matter what the gatekeeper registration policy, any endpoint that is automatically provisioned, any endpoint that is registered with the Global Address Book, and any endpoint that is added manually to the CMA system can automatically register with the gatekeeper. Note
You can also manually add endpoints to the CMA system for monitoring purposes only.

For more information, see Device Registration on page 335.

Endpoint Software Updates

The CMA system software update feature, which requires a software update profile for the endpoint type and model, allows an administrator to upgrade the software on one or more endpoints with a standard software package. This eliminates the need to upgrade each endpoint individually. The CMA system supports two exclusive software update processes: automatic and scheduled. Automatic and scheduled software update are exclusive endpoint management scenarios. Endpoints enabled for automatic software update should not be scheduled for software updates through the system.

Polycom, Inc.

139

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Note
Polycom recommends that all endpoints in a region (that is, a gatekeeper zone) be managed by a single management system.

For more information, see: Automatic Software Updates Scheduled Software Updates

Automatic Software Updates

Automatic software update, which controls the endpoints software version level, is tied to the endpoint type. Currently, the automatic software update feature is only available for these endpoint types. Polycom HDX system endpoints deployed in dynamic management mode Polycom CMA Desktop systems

How Automatic Software Update Works

In dynamic management mode, when a endpoint starts up and at designated intervals thereafter, it automatically polls the CMA system for a newer software update package. If a software update is necessary, the package is sent in XML format over a secure HTTPS connection. Endpoints do not poll for software update packages if they are in a call. They restart polling after the call ends.

Automatic Software Update Profiles

Automatic software update is enabled at the endpoint, but the CMA system must have an automatic software update profile for the endpoint type to fulfill the process. A default automatic software update profilewith the description CMA Desktop - shipped versionis available for the Polycom CMA Desktop client. Default automatic software update profiles are not available for other endpoint systems. To create an automatic software update profile, you upload the software package and create a profile for the update.

Automatic Software Update Versions

After creating an automatic software update profile, you can use the Version to use and Allow this version or newer selections to manage the roll out of software update packages. These selections also allow you to manage the release of multiple software packages for the same endpoint type.

140

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

Heres how it works: All endpoints have a current version of software. To automatically overwrite that current software with a different software version on all dynamically managed endpoint systems: 1 2 You first create a new automatic software update profile that includes the new software update package. Then to activate the roll out, you change the Version to use selection from the current value (None by default) to the new version number and Update the page.

The next time a dynamically managed endpoint polls the CMA system, it will detect that it has a different software version than the Version to use selection, so it will automatically download and install the identified software update package. Use this method to force users to use a specific software version. Note
Until the Version to use selection is enabled, the automatic software update is not activated.

If you also enable the Allow this version or newer selection, anytime you package a newer version of software into an automatic software profile that package will be automatically installed on all dynamically managed endpoint systems. Some important things to note about software versions Newer software is identified by the version number. If the Allow this version or newer selection is enabled, when a dynamically managed endpoint polls the CMA system, the system will compare the current software version number with the packaged software version numbers. The CMA system will send the software package with the highest version number to the endpoint. You can also use the Version to use selection to roll endpoints back to older software versions. If you change the Version to use selection to an older software version and clear the Allow this version or newer selection, the CMA system will send the specifically identified software package to the endpoint even if it is an older version.

Note
Currently to roll back a Polycom CMA Desktop client to an older version, you must first remove the existing Polycom CMA Desktop client via the Windows Add or Remove Software selection. Then you can install the older software package.

Polycom, Inc.

141

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Peripheral Software Updates

You can update the platform (operating system) and applications (if applicable) for peripherals connected to endpoints. Peripheral software updates can be in any of the following states: Production - The software update is configured for one or more groups that are using the software in production. Trial - The software update is configured for one or more groups that are trialing the software. Both - The software update is configured for one or more groups that are trialing the software and for one or groups are using the software in production.

Scheduled Software Updates

The scheduled software update feature is enabled at the CMA system. An administrator with System Setup permissions can schedule software updates for one endpoint or a group of endpoints to occur immediately or for a date and time in the future. Scheduled software updates are available for these endpoint types. ViewStation ViewStation FX & EX V and VSX Series TANDBERG MXP series HDX Series--Polycom HDX systems operating in standard management mode Until the CMA system successfully updates an endpoint scheduled for updating, the update remains in the Pending or In Progress state and the CMA system attempts to update the endpoint until it succeeds or until the update is cancelled. If an endpoint scheduled for update is In a Call, the CMA system waits until the call ends before updating the endpoint. The system checks the endpoint at 15 minute intervals. If an endpoint scheduled for update is Offline, the CMA system attempts to connect to the endpoint every hour until the endpoint is Online. A software update may reboot the endpoint.

Some notes about scheduled software updates:

142

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Overview

Endpoint Passwords
A CMA system can manage Polycom endpoints only when the password in the device record matches the password in the endpoint. Matching passwords are required to: Schedule provisioning of an endpoint through a CMA system Use the Scheduled Software Update feature Monitor the endpoint from the Endpoint > Monitor View

You can update the password for certain endpoint systems through scheduled provisioning only after you have entered the matching password in the CMA system. In this case, you must instruct end-users not to change the password. Note
Some companies select an administrative password that is used for all endpoints and regularly updated through provisioning.

For third-party endpoints, passwords may be required to access the endpoint management software. For information about restrictions in changing passwords for a specific endpoint, see the documentation for the endpoint.

Polycom, Inc.

143

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

144

Polycom, Inc.

8
Endpoint Installation, Integration, and Management Overview

This appendix describes the process for integrating endpoints into a video conferencing network that is managed by a Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. The process for integrating and managing endpoints with the CMA system includes these tasks: Identify CMA System Functions to Implement Install the Endpoints and CMA System on the Network Evaluate Password Options (Optional) Register Endpoints with the CMA System Configure Endpoints with Directory Information Manage Endpoints Integrated the Polycom CMA System

Identify CMA System Functions to Implement

Before you begin integrating the CMA system with endpoints, identify which functions the CMA system will perform for endpoints on the video network. The CMA system can perform these functions for endpoints: Gatekeeper Most often the CMA system will act as the gatekeeper for endpoints on the video network. Directory Often the CMA system will also be the source of the directory for endpoints. Management Finally, the CMA system may be the primary endpoint management system because it can be used to configure, upgrade, monitor, and schedule endpoints into conferences.

Polycom, Inc.

145

Polycom CMA System Deploying Visual Communications Administration Guide

The following sections describe how to integrate endpoints with the CMA system so that it can perform these functions.

Install the Endpoints and CMA System on the Network

Ensure the endpoints and CMA system are installed as documented in the product installation instructions that shipped with the systems. For supported endpoint types, including third-party endpoint types, see Endpoint Types on page 87.
To successfully integrate with the CMA system, LifeSize endpoints must have ssh and http enabled. For TANDBERG endpoints, the CMA system always provisions Telnet Mode to ON, because provisioning this setting to OFF would make the endpoints unmanageable.

Evaluate Password Options (Optional)

To manage (configure, upgrade, monitor, and schedule) endpoints, the CMA system requires administrative access to the endpoints. You can configure endpoints with an individual Admin ID and Password. However, it may be more convenient for Polycom endpoints to implement a common password for all your endpoints. To do so, go to the Admin > Management and Security > Endpoint Management Settings page and enable the Common Password option and complete the required fields. Also, when integrating multiple LifeSize endpoints to the CMA system, you may decide to enter Default Passwords for LifeSize Endpoint Management rather than managing passwords individually. This option is also on the Admin > Management and Security > Endpoint Management Settings page. To do so, go to the page and enable the Use Default Password option and complete the required fields for both the auto and web UI users.
The CMA system requires both the Lifesize auto and UI passwords even if the UI password is blank. These passwords can either be entered for each individual LifeSize endpoint when adding it to the system (Endpoint > Monitor View > Add) or for all LifeSize endpoints as the default password for Lifesize endpoints (Admin > Management and Security > Endpoint Management Settings).

Register Endpoints with the CMA System

Generally, Polycom endpoints can be added to a CMA system using the following methods: 1 They can register with the CMA system through the CMA system gatekeeper function.

146

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Installation, Integration, and Management Overview

They can be manually added to the CMA system Device List via the CMA system web interface. The CMA system will then locate the device on the network. They can register with the CMA system through the CMA system Global Address Book.

Enable the Automatic Registration Synchronization option on the CMA system to synchronizes the registration of Polycom HDX, VSX, and QDX endpoints (and selected models of TANDBERG and LifeSize endpoints), no matter which method was used to register them. In general, use the first and second methods to register endpoints to the system, as most third-party endpoints can only be added to the CMA system using these methods. However, if the CMA system gatekeeper registration policy does not allow all endpoints to register automatically (see Primary Gatekeeper Settings), you may need to manually add all endpoints to the CMA system. The sections that follow describe the important considerations when registering endpoints using the first two methods.

Register Endpoints with the CMA System Gatekeeper

To register endpoints with the CMA system gatekeeper, enter the CMA system IP address as the Gatekeeper IP Address directly on the endpoint or via the endpoint web interface. Generally this can be done on the page where the H.323 settings are configured. See the endpoint documentation for more information on where to designate the CMA system as the gatekeeper.

Manually Add Endpoints

To manually add endpoints to the CMA system, on the CMA system administration interface, go to Endpoint > Monitor View and click Add. For each endpoint, fill in the required identifying information and features. For more information on adding a new device to the CMA system, see The Polycom CMA System Operations Guide.

Configure Endpoints with Directory Information

Once endpoints are installed and registered to the CMA system, you can configure or provision the CMA system as the source of their directory. For Polycom endpoints, you have two CMA system directory options. These options (and associated configurations) can be provisioned by the CMA system or entered on the endpoint directly.

Polycom, Inc.

147

Polycom CMA System Deploying Visual Communications Administration Guide

If on the endpoints Directory Servers page, the Polycom GDS option is enabled, the endpoint receives the proprietary Global Address Book from the CMA system. If on the endpoints Directory Servers page, the LDAP option is enabled and configured, the endpoint receives the enterprise or corporate directory from the CMA system.

For TANDBERG endpoints, you have only one CMA system directory option. On TANDBERG endpoints, if the Corporate Directory option is enabled, enter or provision the CMA system as the address for the corporate directory. You must also enter or provision the following case sensitive path: TMS/Public/external/phonebook/PhoneBookService.asmx For some TANDABERG endpoints, you may need to include the full URL in the path.

http://<CMA IP address>/TMS/Public/external/phonebook/PhoneBookService.asmx For LifeSize endpoints, you have only one CMA system directory option. On LifeSize endpoints, if the LDAP option is enabled, enter or provision the CMA system with the following information. LDAP Hostname: CMA system IP address LDAP Username: uid=ldapgab, ou=system LDAP Password: GAB password LDAP Base: ou=devices,dc=polycom,dc=com LDAP Filter: objectclass=*

Manage Endpoints Integrated the Polycom CMA System

Endpoint management tasks for supported endpoint models includes configuring, scheduling, monitoring, and upgrading endpoints.

148

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Installation, Integration, and Management Overview

Scheduling and monitoring Polycom and third-party endpoints is essentially the same. See the Polycom CMA System Operations Guide for more information about scheduling and monitoring endpoints.
If you received a Credentials" error in the CMA system when monitoring LifeSize endpoints, the usual cause is that the one of the passwords (auto or ui) set for the endpoint was changed at the endpoint.

The following sections describe what issues you must consider when configuring and upgrading endpoints.

Configure Endpoints Using Provisioning Profiles (Optional)

Once endpoints are installed and registered to it, the CMA system can provision configuration settings to many endpoint models. Endpoint provisioning, which requires provisioning profiles, allows you to remotely configure multiple endpoints of the same type and model with a standard set of settings. The CMA system supports two exclusive types of endpoint provisioning for Polycom endpoints: automatic and scheduled. Automatic and scheduled endpoint provisioning are exclusive management scenarios. The CMA system supports only scheduled provisioning for selected third-party and Polycom traditionally managed endpoints. Consider creating provisioning profiles to standardize endpoint configurations rather than configuring endpoints individually. For more information about creating and implementing provisioning profiles and the items you can provision for each endpoint model, see the Polycom CMA System Operations Guide.

Update Endpoints
Once endpoints are installed and registered to it, the CMA system can update the software on many endpoint models. To perform software updates you must upload software update packages for the specific endpoint type and model. The CMA system supports two types of endpoint provisioning for dynamically managed Polycom endpoints: automatic and scheduled. The CMA system supports only scheduled software updates for selected third-party and Polycom traditionally managed endpoints. The process for Polycom endpoints is: 1 2 3
Polycom, Inc.

List the serial numbers for the endpoints to be updated. Download the required software package from the Polycom support site. If required, request activation keys from the Polycom support site.
149

Polycom CMA System Deploying Visual Communications Administration Guide

4 5 6

Upload the software package to the CMA system and create a complete software update package on the CMA system. For dynamically managed endpoints, determine whether or not to implement the software update in a maintenance window. For traditionally managed endpoints, schedule the software update.

For more information about these steps, see the Polycom CMA System Operations Guide. The process for third-party endpoints is: 1 2 3 List the serial numbers for the endpoints to be updated. Download the required software package from the endpoint manufacturers support site. If supported and required, request activation keys from the endpoint manufacturers support site. For TANDBERG endpoints, the key file should be in a .txt format with the following content:
U<tab>Serial_Number<tab>Activation_Key U<tab>Serial_Number<tab>Activation_Key U<tab>Serial_Number<tab>Activation_Key

For example:
U U U

F1AN29B00123 F1AD26C00020 B1AC34C00012

1TC002-1-7E811555 1TC002-1-053D2FA7 1TC002-1-668E9469

Note that the CMA system cannot perform software updates that require an activation key on LifeSize endpoints. 4 5 Upload the software package to the CMA system and create a complete software update package on the CMA system. Schedule the software update.

150

Polycom, Inc.

9
Endpoint Management Operations

This chapter describes how to perform the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system endpoint management tasks. It includes these topics: Endpoint Monitor View View Device Details Add an Endpoint or Find an Endpoint on the Network Edit an Endpoint Delete an Endpoint View an Endpoints Video Feed Clear an Endpoint Help Request Send a Message to an Endpoint Reboot an Endpoint Associate a User with an Endpoint Search for Endpoints in a Range of IP Addresses Enable TANDBERG Endpoints Global Address Book Access View Peripherals Peripheral View Delete Peripheral Display Applications

Endpoint Monitor View

The follow topics describe the commands available in Endpoint > Monitor View:
Polycom, Inc.

View Device Details Add an Endpoint or Find an Endpoint on the Network

151

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Edit an Endpoint Delete an Endpoint View an Endpoints Video Feed Clear an Endpoint Help Request Send a Message to an Endpoint Reboot an Endpoint Associate a User with an Endpoint Search for Endpoints in a Range of IP Addresses Enable TANDBERG Endpoints Global Address Book Access View Peripherals

View Device Details

To view detailed information about a managed endpoint 1 2 3 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View. As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest and click View Details. The Device Details dialog box for the selected endpoint appears.
Field Identification System Name The name of the endpoint. Endpoint names must be unique. The name must be in ASCII only and may have an unlimited number of characters. Spaces, dashes, and underscores are valid. When retrieved from a video endpoint system, the name is taken from the H.323 ID if the endpoint registered with the gatekeeper and it is a third-party system. In other cases, it is the system name, which might be different than the H.323 ID. Description

Device Type IP Address Owner Site

The type of endpoint. For valid types, see Endpoint Types on page 87. The assigned IP address of the endpoint The person to whom the endpoint is assigned. The network site for the endpoint. By default, endpoints are added to the Primary Site.

152

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Operations

Field Product ID Description Serial Number

Description

A free-form text field (Extended ASCII only) in which information about the endpoint can be added The serial number (ASCII only) of the endpoint.The endpoint provides the serial number if it registered successfully or is managed. The version of the software installed on the endpoint (ASCII only). The endpoint provides the version number if it registered successfully or is managed. The management URL for the endpoint, if available (ASCII only). This URL allows the CMA system to start the endpoint s management system using the Manage function. All Polycom endpoints allow device management through a browser. For these endpoints, this field is completed when the endpoint registers with the CMA system. For third-party endpoints that do not register using an IP address, you must enter the URL.

Software Version

HTTP URL

HTTP Port

The HTTP port number for the endpoint. The endpoint provides the port number if it registered successfully and is managed.

Addresses Aliases The aliases that allow you to connect to the endpoint. The CMA system converts the aliases to the IP address associated with the endpoint. Alias Type. Possible types include E.164, H.323 ID, URL, Transport Address, E-mail, Party Number, and Unknown. Alias Value. Value for the alias type shown. The value for the H.323 ID is the endpoint name if the endpoint registered with the gatekeeper and it is a third-party system. In other cases, the endpoint name is the system name, which might be different from the H323 ID. The value of the E.164 alias is the extension dialed to reach this endpoint.

Notes
To add aliases for the endpoint, edit the endpoint. The following Alias Values are ASCII only: H323 ID, URL, Transport Address, and Unknown.

Polycom, Inc.

153

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field ISDN Video Number

Description For ISDN endpoints only, the country code + city/area code + phone number for the endpoint. When you add an endpoint without native ISDN, the ISDN gateway, country code, and area code are not captured. The CMA system only supports native ISDN.

LAN Host Name

The host name of the endpoint on the LAN. This can be different from the system name of the endpoint. It is an ASCII only name. The port on which the CMA system gatekeeper sends call signaling information. The port on which the CMA system gatekeeper sends RAS addressing information.

Call Signaling Address RAS Address Capabilities Supported Protocols

The communications protocols that the endpoint can support. Possible values include: IP (H.323) - A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on packet-based networks, such as IP. ISDN (H.320) - A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on switched networks, such as ISDN.

For endpoints with the type Unknown, select H.323. The endpoint automatically provides the protocols if it registered successfully or is managed. Required MCU Service Capabilities Enabled Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs that the CMA system has registered. Capabilities to enable on this endpoint. Options are: MCU - The endpoint can act as a control unit for multipoint conferences Gateway - The endpoint can act as a gateway for call management

The MCU provides the capability if it registered successfully or is managed. Monitoring Level The monitoring level for the endpoint. Possible values include: Standard. This endpoint is monitored. VIP. This endpoint is monitored closely. The VIP identifier and filters are available to operators to monitor and manage conferences.

Admin ID Available to Schedule

The ID for the endpoint administrator Select this option to make the endpoint available when users are scheduling conferences

154

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Operations

Field Call Info > Sites Connection Status Call type

Description

State of the endpoint. Possible values include: In a Call, Online, or Offline The connection protocol for the call in which the endpoint is participating. Possible values include: H.323, H.320, and SIP Site NameThe H.323ID of the far site endpoint to which the selected endpoint is connected. When multiple endpoints are connected through the endpoint's embedded MCU, this field displays a concatenation of each endpoint's H.323ID separated by ' | ', for example 'ISDN-CO1-7-1 | Vsfx-9-1'. NumberThe address of the far site endpoint to which the selected endpoint is connected. The address value for the calling endpoint appears to be the dialed address. The address value for the called endpoint appears to be the IP Address. EncryptionThe type of encryption the far site uses.

Far Site Info

Call Info > Call Details Video Protocol The video connection protocol, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the endpoint is using. Possible values include: H.261 H.261 is an ITU standard designed for two-way communication over ISDN lines and supports data rates which are multiples of 64Kbit/s. H.261 supports CIF and QCIF resolutions. H.263 H.263 is based on H.261 with enhancements that improve video quality over modems. It supports CIF, QCIF, SQCIF, 4CIF and 16CIF resolutions. Video Format Video Rate Video Rate Used Video Frame Rate Video FEC Errors Cause Code H.264

The video format, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the endpoint is using The video bandwidth negotiated with the far site The actual video bandwidth used in the call to the far site Specifies the frame rate to use The number of Forward Error Correction (FEC) errors that have been corrected in the current call. The cause code showing how the call ended

Polycom, Inc.

155

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Audio Protocol

Description The audio connection protocol, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the endpoint is using. Possible values include: G.711 G.722 G.728

Audio Rate System Alerts Errors Warnings

The audio bandwidth negotiated with the far site

Device error message text, for example, GK Registration error Device warning message text, for example, Low Battery

Add an Endpoint or Find an Endpoint on the Network

This section describes how to manually add endpoints and how to find endpoints on the same network as the CMA system. For most endpoints, you enter basic information. The CMA system then locates the endpoint and retrieves its device details. To add an endpoint to a Polycom CMA system or find an endpoint on the network 1 2 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View and click Add . In the Add New Device dialog box, select the Device Type of interest. For valid types, see Endpoint Types on page 87. For third-party endpoints, select a Device Type of Other. Enter the IP Address of the endpoint. If necessary, enter the Admin ID and Password for the endpoint. Some endpoints may not require this information. Other endpoints may require only a password. Click Find Device. If the CMA system can find the endpoint on the network, the Add New Device dialog box is populated with information retrieved from the endpoint. Review any information retrieved from the endpoint. If the CMA system cannot find the endpoint on the network, a Device Not Found dialog box appears.

3 4

156

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Operations

Note
If you enter an invalid Admin ID or Password for an endpoint that requires that information, the CMA system may still find the endpoint. It depends upon the endpoint type. V-Series, VSX-Series, and Viewstation endpoints allow the CMA system to detect the endpoint type and complete the registration. The endpoint appears in the Endpoint list with an alert indicating Incorrect Password. Polycom HDX systems and ViewStation FX systems wont allow the CMA system to detect the endpoint type and complete the registration. You can manually add the endpoint, but the CMA system cannot communicate with it until youve entered a valid Admin ID or Password for the endpoint. In this case, the CMA system records an error message in a device error log.

6 7

Click OK. Complete the Identification, Addresses, and Capabilities sections of the Add New Device dialog box. (For more information, see View Device Details on page 152.) At a minimum, assign the endpoint a System Name. Pay particular attention to the Capabilities options, because the settings on it determine how the endpoint is used throughout the CMA system. For example, you can select it as a VIP endpoint and determine whether it will be Available to Schedule through the scheduling interface. Note that many fields in this dialog box are ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10.

Click Add. The endpoint appears in the Endpoint list. By default, the system: Adds the endpoint to the applicable site Sets the HTTP Port to 80 Adds an Alias for the endpoint Makes the endpoint Available to Schedule Sets the Monitoring Level to Standard Note
For third-party endpoints, the HTTP URL, serial number, and DNS name are not captured during endpoint registration.

Once youve added an endpoint, you can associate it with a user. See Assign Users Roles and Devices on page 251.

Polycom, Inc.

157

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Edit an Endpoint
The CMA system automatically detects IP address changes and updates its database with the new information for Polycom and third-party endpoints that are registered with the CMA system. To edit an endpoint in the Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest and click Edit . As required, edit the Identification, Addresses, and Capabilities sections of the Edit Device dialog box. (For more information, see View Device Details on page 152.) Note that many fields in this dialog box are ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10. 5 Click Update. Note
Editing information for endpoint management by the CMA system does not change the information in the endpoint. To make changes in the endpoint information, use Provisioning or change it at the endpoint interface. Note that for managed endpoints, the endpoint may overwrite settings entered manually.

Delete an Endpoint
To delete an endpoint from the Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest and click Delete. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The Endpoint list is updated. Note
If your gatekeeper registration policy allows endpoints to register automatically with the CMA system (that is, a gatekeeper setting of Allow Registration of All Endpoints or Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites or Allow Registration of Predefined Prefixes Only) a endpoint that you delete may re-appear in the Endpoint list.

158

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Operations

View an Endpoints Video Feed

Note
This procedure is available on the following endpoint types: Polycom HDX system TANDBERG V-Series and VSX-Series ViewStation

To view the video feed for an endpoint (near site or far site) 1 2 3 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View As needed, use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest and click View Details. The Device Details dialog box appears. For information about these fields, see View Device Details on page 152. 4 Click Call Info to expand the Call Info options and select Video Feed. The Endpoint Video section shows the video feed from the near and far site.

Clear an Endpoint Help Request

To clear an endpoint help request from the Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 4 5 6 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View As needed, use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest and click Clear Help. The Confirm Endpoint Help Clear dialog box appears. To send a message to the endpoint as well as clear the help request, check Also send message to endpoint. Click Clear. If you selected the Also send message to endpoint check box, enter the text message to send the endpoint in the Send Message to Endpoint dialog box and click Send. (Note that the text-message field is ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10.) The Endpoint list is updated and alerts for the endpoint are cleared.

Polycom, Inc.

159

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Note
If the reason for the original alert still exists on the endpoint, the alert will likely reappear in the Endpoint list.

Send a Message to an Endpoint

In some situations, such as in response to a help request, you can send a message to some types of endpoints. To send a message to an endpoint from the Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View As needed, use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest. If the endpoint can receive text messages, a Send Message option appears in the Command menu. 4 5 Click Send Message. In the Send Message to Endpoint dialog box, enter a text message and click Send. (Note that the text-message field is ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10.) The message is sent to the endpoint.

Reboot an Endpoint
In some situations, for example when a remote device is unresponsive, you may need to reboot an endpoint remotely through the CMA system. To reboot an endpoint from the Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View As needed, use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest. Click Reboot Device. To confirm the request, click Reboot.

160

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Management Operations

Associate a User with an Endpoint

To associate an endpoint with a user within the Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View As needed, use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest. Click Associate User. In the Last Name field of the Associate User dialog box, enter all or part of the users last name and click Search. The system displays the list of users who meet your search criteria. 6 Select the user of interest and click Close.

Search for Endpoints in a Range of IP Addresses

To search for a set of endpoints within a range of IP addresses 1 2 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View and click Search Devices. In the Search Devices dialog box, enter the starting IP address and ending IP address for the search range and click Search. The system begins searching for endpoints. A progress bar displays the status of the search and a results message displays the number of endpoints searched and the number of endpoints found within the IP range.

Considerations for Third-Party Endpoints

Enable TANDBERG Endpoints Global Address Book Access Command and Control Monitoring Scheduled Provisioning of Selected TANDBERG Endpoints Scheduled Provisioning of Selected Endpoints Reporting

Enable TANDBERG Endpoints Global Address Book Access

165

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

166

Polycom, Inc.

10
Endpoint Provisioning Operations

This chapter discusses Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system automatic and scheduled endpoint provisioning operations. For automatic endpoint provisioning, it includes these topics: View the Automatic Provisioning List and Details Add an Automatic Provisioning Profile Edit an Automatic Provisioning Profile Edit the Profile Order for an Automatic Provisioning Profile Clone an Automatic Provisioning Profile Delete an Automatic Provisioning Profile View the Scheduled Provisioning List and Details Add a Scheduled Provisioning Profile Edit a Scheduled Provisioning Profile Clone a Scheduled Provisioning Profile Delete a Scheduled Provisioning Profile Schedule an Endpoint for Provisioning Check the Status of a Scheduled Provisioning Clear the Status of Scheduled Provisioning Cancel a Scheduled Provisioning

For scheduled endpoint provisioning, it includes these topics:

Polycom, Inc.

167

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Automatic Provisioning Operations

View the Automatic Provisioning List and Details
To view the automatic provisioning list and details about an automatic provisioning operation 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint > Automatic Provisioning. As needed, use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest. Expand the Provisioning Details tab in the Device Details section.

Add an Automatic Provisioning Profile

This section describes how to add automatic provisioning profiles. TIP
Add provisioning profiles in the middle of the work day, not first thing in the morning.

When you add an automatic provisioning profile, the CMA system immediately rolls it out. If it rolls it out first thing in the morning, people who need to attend a start the day conference will have to first wait for their endpoint to be provisioned. Better to implement profiles in the middle of the work day and then let the provisioning occur at the designated polling interval. To add an automatic provisioning profile 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Automatic Provisioning Profiles. In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page, click Add . In the Add Profile dialog box, enter a name for the profile and click Next. Complete the System Settings, Home Screen Settings, H.323 Settings, Call Settings, Audio Settings, and (if applicable) CMA Desktop Settings sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box. For information about these fields, see Automatic Provisioning on page 90. The sections may differ depending on the endpoint type selected. 5 Click OK. The provisioning profile appears at the bottom Automatic Provisioning Profiles list.
168 Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Provisioning Operations

To change the priority order of the automatic provisioning profiles: a b Click in the Profile Order text box preceding the provisioning profile of interest and enter the priority for the profile. Click Update Profile Order. The system assigns the provisioning profile the selected priority and shuffles and reassigns priorities to the other provisioning profiles.

Edit an Automatic Provisioning Profile

To edit an automatic provisioning profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Automatic Provisioning Profiles. In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Edit . Edit the System Settings, Home Screen Settings, H.323 Settings, Call Settings, Audio Settings, and (if applicable) CMA Desktop Settings sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box. For information about these fields, see Automatic Provisioning on page 90. The sections may differ depending on the endpoint type selected. 4 Click OK. The provisioning profile is updated.

Edit the Profile Order for an Automatic Provisioning Profile

To edit the profile order for an automatic provisioning profile 1 2 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Automatic Provisioning Profiles. In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page, select the profile of interest, click in the Profile Order text box preceding the provisioning profile of interest, and enter the priority for the profile. Click Update Profile Order. The system assigns the provisioning profile the selected priority and shuffles and reassigns priorities to the other provisioning profiles.

Polycom, Inc.

169

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Clone an Automatic Provisioning Profile

To clone an automatic provisioning profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Automatic Provisioning Profiles. In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Clone . In the Clone Profile dialog box, enter a name for the new profile and click Save. The provisioning profile appears last in the Automatic Provisioning Profiles list. 4 As needed, edit the profile. See Edit an Automatic Provisioning Profile on page 169.

Delete an Automatic Provisioning Profile

To delete an automatic provisioning profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Automatic Provisioning Profiles. In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Delete . Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The profile is deleted from the CMA system.

Scheduled Provisioning Operations

View the Scheduled Provisioning List and Details
To view the automatic provisioning list and details about a scheduled provisioning operation 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint > Scheduled Provisioning. As needed, use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest. Expand the Provisioning Details tab in the Device Details section.

170

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Provisioning Operations

Add a Scheduled Provisioning Profile

To add a scheduled provisioning profile 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Scheduled Provisioning Profiles. In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles page, click Add . In the Add Profile dialog box, select the Endpoint Type for the provisioning profile, enter a name for the profile, and click Next. As needed, select Provision This Page and complete the General Settings, Video Network, Monitors, Cameras, Audio Settings, LAN Properties, and Global Services sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box. For information about these fields, see Scheduled Provisioning on page 95. The sections may differ depending on the endpoint type selected. 5 Click OK. The provisioning profile appears in the updated Scheduled Provisioning Profiles list.

Edit a Scheduled Provisioning Profile

To edit a scheduled provisioning profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Scheduled Provisioning Profiles. In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles list, select the profile of interest and click Edit Profile. As needed, select Provision This Page and complete the General Settings, Video Network, Monitors, Cameras, Audio Settings, LAN Properties, and Global Services sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box. For information about these fields, see Scheduled Provisioning on page 95. The sections may differ depending on the endpoint type selected. 4 Click OK. The provisioning profile is updated.

Polycom, Inc.

171

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Clone a Scheduled Provisioning Profile

To clone a scheduled provisioning profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Scheduled Provisioning Profiles. In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Clone Profile. In the Clone Profile dialog box, enter a name for the new profile and click Save. The provisioning profile appears first in the updated Scheduled Provisioning Profiles list. 4 Edit the sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box. The sections and fields differ depending on the endpoint type selected. For more information on these fields, see the product documentation for the selected endpoint. Review each page of the scheduled provisioning profile and determine if you want the parameters on the page provisioned. If you do want the parameters on the page provisioned, select Provision This Page. Click OK. The provisioning profile is updated.

Delete a Scheduled Provisioning Profile

To delete a scheduled provisioning profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Scheduled Provisioning Profiles. In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Delete Profile. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The profile is deleted from the CMA system.

Schedule an Endpoint for Provisioning

To schedule an endpoint for provisioning 1 2 Go to Endpoint > Scheduled Provisioning. As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list.

172

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Provisioning Operations

3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Select the endpoints of interest. Click Provision. In the Schedule Endpoint Provisioning dialog box, select the appropriate provisioning profile. In the Schedule field, select Now or Later. If you select Later, enter a Date and Time for the provisioning. Select either Use Server Date/Time or Use Endpoint Date/Time as these may differ. Click Schedule. The Scheduled Provisioning View reappears. and check the Pending column for the provisioning

10 Click Refresh status.

For each endpoint you selected, the name of the profile appears in the Pending column, and the date and time you entered appears in the Scheduled column.

Check the Status of a Scheduled Provisioning

To check the status of a scheduled provisioning 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint > Scheduled Provisioning. As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the endpoint of interest. Expand the Provisioning Details tab in the Device Details section. For information about the fields in this section, see View the Scheduled Provisioning List and Details on page 170.

Clear the Status of Scheduled Provisioning

To clear the status of a scheduled provisioning 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint > Scheduled Provisioning. As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the endpoints of interest. Click Clear Status. The endpoint provisioning status returns to Clear.

Polycom, Inc.

173

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Cancel a Scheduled Provisioning

You can only cancel provisioning of a Pending process. You cannot cancel the provisioning of an endpoint while it is In Progress. To cancel a pending scheduled provisioning 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint > Scheduled Provisioning. As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the endpoints of interest. Click Cancel Provision. The provisioning operation is cancelled and the provisioning status returns to Clear.

174

Polycom, Inc.

11
Endpoint Software Update Operations

This chapter describes how to use Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system to update the software on Polycom endpoints when a new software package is available. For automatic software update, it includes these topics: View Automatic Software Update Information View Automatic Software Update Packages Set Maintenance Window for Automatic Software Updates Implement Automatic Software Updates for Endpoints View and Implement Software Updates for Peripherals View Scheduled Software Update Information View List of Software Update Packages Implement Scheduled Software Updates for Endpoints

For scheduled software update, it includes these topics:

Automatic Software Update Operations

View Automatic Software Update Information
To view information for endpoints that are eligible for automatic software updates 1 Go to Endpoint > Automatic Software Update. The Automatic Software Update page appears.

Polycom, Inc.

175

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

2 3 4

As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Filter choices include Type, Name, IP Address, ISDN Video Number, Alias, and Site. Select the endpoint of interest. In the Device Details section, expand the Software Update Details tab. For more information, see Software Update Details on page 203.

View Automatic Software Update Packages

To view the list of automatic software update packages 1 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. The Automatic Software Updates page appears and the Polycom HDX Series automatic software update packages are displayed. The Automatic Software Updates page includes this information.
Field Version to use Description Displays the default automatic software update profile to be used for the endpoint type and model When checked, indicates that when a newer automatic software update package for the endpoint type and model is added, that package should be used as the default package The type of endpoint system. For valid endpoint system types, see Endpoint Configuration/Provisioning on page 89. The version of the software package associated with the automatic software update package The meaningful name given to the automatic software update package when it was created The date and time when the automatic software update package was created The trial group assigned to the software update package, if applicable.

Allow this version or newer

Endpoint Type

Version Description Uploaded Trial Group

To view the Polycom CMA Desktop automatic software update packages, click the CMA Desktop tab.

176

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Software Update Operations

Set Maintenance Window for Automatic Software Updates

You can restrict automatic software updates of dynamically-managed Polycom HDX endpoint systems to a scheduled maintenance window. Typically, automatic software updates occur as specified by the Software Update Polling Interval (Admin > Site > Edit Site Provisioning Details > Provisioning Settings). Enabling the maintenance window feature in the CMA system overrides the Software Update Polling Interval. The CMA system provisions the maintenance window to the HDX systems, and the endpoints hold their automatic software update requests until the maintenance window starts. Some notes about this feature: It applies to dynamically-managed Polycom HDX systems only. To avoid automatically updating the software on all HDX systems at the start of the maintenance window, the HDX systems randomize their automatic software update requests.

To restrict automatic software updates to a scheduled maintenance window 1 2 Go to Admin > Software Update > Automatic Software Update > Maintenance Window. In the Maintenance Window dialog box, click Enable Maintenance Window and set a maintenance window Start Time and either an End Time or Duration. Set the maintenance window start time to the HDX system local time, not the CMA system local time. For example, if you set the maintenance window start time to 3am, the maintenance window for each HDX system will start at 3am local time. Therefore, the maintenance window for HDX systems in Buffalo, NY will start at 3am EST; the maintenance window for HDX systems in Denver, CO will start at 3am MST; and the maintenance window for HDX systems in San Francisco, CA will start at 3am PST. 3 Click Save.

Implement Automatic Software Updates for Endpoints

To implement automatic software updates, complete the following tasks: 1 2 3 4 List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated on page 178. Download the Required Software Package on page 179. Request Update Activation Keys on page 179. Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Package on page 180. For more information on software update packages, see View Automatic Software Update Information on page 175. Set an Automatic Software Update Policy on page 181.
177

5
Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated

To list the serial numbers for the endpoints to be updated 1 2 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. Click Get Serial Numbers . The Endpoint Serial Number List appears listing the endpoints eligible for automatic software update. Endpoints without serial numbers and endpoints that are not actively managed by the system are excluded. 3 4 5 6 As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the specific endpoints to be updated. To select all endpoints in the list, click the check box in the column header. Click Get Serial Numbers. The serial number(s) appear in the text box on the page. When updating a single endpoint: a b c 7 a Record the serial number:____________________________________ Click Close. The Automatic Software Updates list reappears. Go to Download the Required Software Package on page 179. Copy and paste the serial numbers from the list to a .txt file that you can submit to the Polycom Product Activation site. Put one serial number per line as shown in the following example.
82071007E1DACD 82070407E010CD 820418048078B2 82040903E00FB0

When updating multiple endpoints:

b c

Return to the Endpoint Serial Number List and click Close. The Automatic Software Updates list reappears. Repeat steps 2 through 7 for the each endpoint or set of endpoints to be updated. You may include all of the serial numbers for all of the different endpoint types in the same .txt file. Save the .txt file. Go to Download the Required Software Package on page 179.

d e

178

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Software Update Operations

Download the Required Software Package

To download the software package required to update the devices 1 2 On your local system, create a directory to which to save the software package (if one does not already exist). For Polycom endpoints: a b c d Open a web browser and go to www.polycom.com/support. In the Downloads section, select the Product and Category for the required software package. Select the software package and save it to the directory created in step 1. Repeat steps b through c for each device type to be updated. Note that the software package may contain the software for different models of the same device type.

For third-party endpoints, follow the companys recommended procedure for downloading a software package. Save it to the directory created in step 1.

Request Update Activation Keys

Note
In general, you need an activation key when updating to a major release (for example, 3.x to 4.x) or minor release (for example, 3.1 to 3.2). You do not need an activation key when updating a point release (for example, 3.1.1 to 3.1.2). However, you should read the product release notes for specific information about whether or not youll need an activation key.

Polycom, Inc.

179

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Enter the version number to which you are upgrading and click Retrieve. The key code is returned on the screen. Record the key code and create a .txt file with the Serial Number - Key Code combination to be updated. Close the Product Activation screens.

When updating multiple devices from a prepared .txt file (step 7 on page 178): In the Multiple Upgrade KeyCode section, click Add Attachment. Browse to the location of the .txt file you created in step 7 on page 178 and click Upload. A file containing the Serial Number - Key Code combinations will be emailed to the specified email account. When you receive the .txt file, save it to your local system. Close the Product Activation screens.

For third-party endpoints, follow the companys recommended procedure for requesting an upgrade activation key.

Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Package

After you receive notification about a new software package for a Polycom endpoint, upload the software update to the CMA system and create a software update profile to use for the update. To upload the software package and create an automatic software update profile 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. Select the tab for the endpoint type of interest. Click Upload Software Update. In the Upload Software Update dialog box, verify the endpoint type and model. If an activation key code is required to activate the software update, click the Update Requires Key check box and in the Software Update Key File field browse to the .txt key file received in Request Update Activation Keys on page 179.

180

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Software Update Operations

Note
The key is generated from the endpoint serial number and version number, and Polycom sends it as a text (.txt) file to the customer when new software is available. Customers can review their key history at http://www.polycom.com/support.

Enter a meaningful description that will help other users to understand the purpose of the software update. (Note that the field is ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10.) Click OK. An automatic software update profile for the endpoint type and model type appears in the Automatic Software Updates list. If you receive a message that indicates This version is the first for its endpoint type, so it will be assumed to be the policy for this endpoint type, the software update profile also appears in the Version to use field.

Set an Automatic Software Update Policy

To set an automatic software update policy for an endpoint type 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. Select the tab for the endpoint type of interest. Choose one of these policies: To specify a minimum version of automatic software update package, make that version the Version to use and select Allow this version or newer. To require a specific version of automatic software update package, make that version the Version to use and clear Allow this version or newer. To turn automatic software update off for an endpoint type, change the Version to use value to (none). 4 Click Update.

Polycom, Inc.

181

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Trial a Software Update Package

To trial a software update package: 1 Get the things you need to create the package. Complete these tasks: a b c 2 a b List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated on page 178. Download the Required Software Package on page 179. Request Update Activation Keys on page 179. Create a Local Trial Group on page 182. Upload the Software Package and Create a Trial Software Update Package on page 183. For more information on software update packages, see View Automatic Software Update Information on page 175.

Set up testing. Complete these tasks:

Once your testing of the trial software package is complete, do one of these tasks: Promote the Trial Software Update Package to Production on page 183 Delete the Trial Software Update Package on page 184.

Create a Local Trial Group

To trial a software update with a specific group of local and/or enterprise users, create a local group that includes these users, as described in Add a Local Group on page 248. The people in this group will receive the trial software update package when their endpoint goes through its normal, automated software update process. Notes
You can use an existing enterprise group as a trial group, but you will not be allowed to change the enterprise group in any way. If the trial software group is a parent group with children, all of its children will inherit trial permissions.

182

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Software Update Operations

Upload the Software Package and Create a Trial Software Update Package
To upload the software package and create a trial automatic software update package 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. Select the tab for the endpoint type of interest. Click Upload Software Update. In the Upload Software Update dialog box, verify the endpoint type and model. If an activation key code is required to activate the software update, click the Update Requires Key check box and in the Software Update Key File field browse to the .txt key file received in Request Update Activation Keys on page 179. Note
The key is generated from the endpoint serial number and version number, and Polycom sends it as a text (.txt) file to the customer when new software is available. Customers can review their key history at http://www.polycom.com/support.

Enter a meaningful description that will help other users to understand the purpose of the software update. (Note that the field is ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10.) To trial the software with the group created previously, select Trial Software and from the Select Trial Group menu, select the trial group created in Create a Local Trial Group on page 182. Click OK. A trial automatic software update package for the endpoint type and model type appears in the Automatic Software Update list. You can tell it is a trial package, because the Trial Group column includes your entry. The next time members of the trial group log into the system, their systems will be upgraded with the trial software package.

Promote the Trial Software Update Package to Production

If you determine that the trial software update package is acceptable for production, you can then promote it to production. To promote a trial software update package to production 1
Polycom, Inc.

Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates.

183

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

2 3 4

Select the tab for product to update. Select the software update package of interest and click Promote to Production. Click Yes to confirm the promotion. The package becomes a production automatic software update package.

Delete the Trial Software Update Package

If you determine that the trial software update package is unacceptable for production, you can delete it. To delete a trial software update package 1 2 3 4 5 6 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. Select the tab for product to update. Select the software update package of interest and click Delete Software Update. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The package is removed from the Automatic Software Updates list. To return your trial group to the last production version of software, clear the Allow this version or newer option and click Update. When all endpoints are back to the last production version of software, reset your automatic software update policy. See Set an Automatic Software Update Policy on page 181.

View and Implement Software Updates for Peripherals

For peripherals that permit software updates from the CMA system, you can download the updates from support.polycom.com and make them available from the CMA system web server. You also configure which updates are for trial or production use. The following topics describe software updates for peripherals: View Software Updates for Peripherals Upload Peripheral Software Updates to the CMA Web Server Configure Peripheral Updates for Production Configure Peripheral Updates for Trial

184

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Software Update Operations

View Software Updates for Peripherals

To view software updates for peripherals 1 2 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. Select the tab for a peripheral. The tab includes this information.
Field Production URL Description URL where the peripheral can access software updates configured for production use. The URL consists of the IP dress of the CMA system plus /repo. URL where the peripheral can access software updates configured for trial use. The URL consists of the IP dress of the CMA system plus /repotrial. Displays the name of the software update package. Updates listed as platform are updates to the peripherals operating system. Other updates are for specific applications. The meaningful name given to the software update package when it was created The version of the software package The status of the software update. Possible values are: None - The software update has not been configured for production or trial. Production - The software update is configured for production. It is available only from the Production URL. Trial - The software update is configured for trial. It is available only from the Trial URL. Both - The software update is configured for both production and trial. It is available from both the Production URL and the Trial URL.

Trial URL

Package Name

Description Version Status

Uploaded

The date and time when the software update package was uploaded

Polycom, Inc.

185

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Upload Peripheral Software Updates to the CMA Web Server

After you download the software updates from support.polycom.com and save them on your hard drive, you can upload them to the CMA system web server. To upload software updates to the CMA system web server 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. Select the tab for the peripheral. Click Upload Software Update. In the Select File to Upload dialog box, navigate to and select the software update that you saved to your hard drive. Click Open. The update is added to the list on the peripheral tab. Note
If this is the first update for the platform or an application, the update is automatically configured for production.

Configure Peripheral Updates for Production

To configure software updates for production 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Automatic Software Updates. Select the tab for the peripheral. Click Configure Production. The Configure Production dialog box includes the following information.
Field Configure Platform Platform Description The meaningful name given to the platform software update package when it was created Description

186

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Software Update Operations

Field Status

Description The current status of the platform software update. Possible values are: None - The software update has not been configured as production or trial. Production - The software update is configured as production. It is available only from the Production URL. Trial - The software update is configured as trial. It is available only from the Trial URL. Both - The software update is configured as both production and trial. It is available from both the Production URL and the Trial URL.

Configure Application Application Description Platform Compatible The meaningful name given to the application software update package when it was created Column title shows the version of the currently selected platform. Use the drop-down list to select available application versions that match the platform version. The current status of the application software update. Possible values are: None - The software update has not been configured as production or trial. Production - The software update is configured as production. It is available only from the Production URL. Trial - The software update is configured as trial. It is available only from the Trial URL. Both - The software update is configured as both production and trial. It is available from both the Production URL and the Trial URL.

Status

From the Configure Platform section, select the platform version to configure for production. You can select only one platform version for production. Click Configure Application. For each application, select the version to configure for production from the Platform Compatible drop-down list. The version selected must be compatible with the platform version listed in the column heading. If the application is not selected (no check mark), the application will not be configured for production.

6 7

Click Get Serial Numbers. The serial number(s) appear in the text box on the page. When updating a single endpoint: a b Record the serial number:_____________________________________ Click Close. The Scheduled Software Updates list reappears.

When updating multiple endpoints: a Copy and paste the serial numbers from the endpoint serial number list to a .txt file that you can submit to the Polycom Product Activation site. Put one serial number per line as shown in the following example.
82071007E1DACD 82070407E010CD 820418048078B2 82040903E00FB0

b c

Return to the endpoint serial number list and click Close. The Scheduled Software Updates list reappears. Repeat steps 2 through 8 for the each endpoint or set of endpoints to be updated. You may include all of the serial numbers for all of the different endpoint types in the same .txt file. Save the .txt file.

Download the Required Software Package

Polycom, Inc.

191

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

For third-party endpoints, follow the companys recommended procedure for downloading a software package. Save it to the directory created in step 1.

Request Update Activation Keys

To request upgrade activation keys 1 For Polycom products a b c d e Go to http://www.polycom.com/activation. Log in or Register for An Account. Select Product Activation. In the Software Upgrade KeyCode section, click Retrieve Software KeyCode. When upgrading a single device: f Enter the serial number of the device to be updated into the Serial Number field of the Single Upgrade Key Code section. Enter the version number to which you are upgrading and click Retrieve. The key code is returned on the screen. Record the key code and create a .txt file with the Serial Number - Key Code combination to be updated. Close the Product Activation screens.

For third-party endpoints, follow the companys recommended procedure for requesting an upgrade activation key.

192

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Software Update Operations

Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Profile

To upload the software package and create an automatic software update profile 1 2 Go to Admin > Software Updates > Scheduled Software Updates. On the Software Update Profiles list, click the check box to select the appropriate Endpoint Type and Endpoint Model combination for the endpoints to be updated. To select all endpoints in the list, click the check box in the column header. In the Upload Software Update dialog box, verify the endpoint type and model. If an activation key code is required to activate the software update, click Update Requires Key and in the Software Update Key File field browse to the .txt key file (received in Request Update Activation Keys on page 179). Note
The key is generated from the endpoint serial number and version number, and Polycom sends it as a text (.txt) file to the customer when new software is available. Customers can review their key history at http://www.polycom.com/support.

3 4

In a redundant configuration, repeat steps 1 through 6 on the redundant server.

Schedule the Software Update for Endpoints

To schedule one or more endpoints for software update 1 2 3 Go to Endpoint > Scheduled Software Update. As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the endpoints of interest and click Software Update.

Polycom, Inc.

193

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

In the Schedule Software Update dialog box, specify when the update should occur. a b c In the Schedule field, select Now or Later. If you select Later, enter a Date and Time for the update. Select either Use Server Date/Time or Use Endpoint Date/Time as these may differ.

Select from these options.

Fields Remove address book entries Remove system files Description Select this check box to have all local address book entries removed after the update. Select this check box to have all endpoint settings removed after the update. You must then reconfigure the endpoint. Select this check box to allow the endpoint to be a DHCP server. Applies to V-Series, VSX-Series, and ViewStation endpoints only. For more information, see the endpoints user guide. Passive mode Select this check box to perform a software update in passive FTP mode. Applies to V-Series, VSX-Series, and ViewStation endpoints only. For more information, see the endpoints user guide.

Allow endpoint to be a DHCP server

Note
You may apply a single software update request to multiple endpoint models. If the request includes one or more scheduling options that are not valid for a selected endpoint model, the system applies only the options that are valid.

Click Schedule. For each endpoint selected, the status changes to Pending and the date and time for the software update appears in the Scheduled column.

Cancel Software Updates

You can cancel scheduled software updates for an endpoint. You cannot explicitly cancel automatic software updates for an endpoint. You must do that at the endpoint.

194

Polycom, Inc.

Endpoint Software Update Operations

To cancel scheduled software updates 1 2 3 Go to Endpoint > Scheduled Software Update. As needed, use the Filter to customize the endpoint list. Select the endpoint or endpoints of interest and click Cancel Update. A confirmation dialog box appears. The dialog box may indicate that one or more of the selected endpoints had a software update in progress. 4 Click Ok to cancel in progress and future software updates for the selected endpoints and clear their status. You can cancel software update operations that are in progress, but you may wish to check the endpoint afterward to verify it was left in a operational state.

Polycom, Inc.

195

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

196

Polycom, Inc.

12
Device Details

This chapter lists the fields found in the Device Detail section of the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system interface. It includes these topics: Device Summary Information Device Status Information Call Information Device Alerts Information Provisioning Details Software Update Details

Device Summary Information

The Device Summary information in the Device Details section includes the following fields.
Field Name Type ID Owner IP Address Area Description The name of the device The type of device. For valid device types, see Endpoint Configuration/Provisioning on page 89. The system-generated ID for the device. (Endpoints only) The user associated with the device The assigned IP address of the device Area with which the device is associated

Polycom, Inc.

197

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field ISDN Video Number

Description For ISDN devices only, the country code + city/area code + phone number for the device. When you add an endpoint without native ISDN, the ISDN gateway, country code, and area code are not captured. The CMA system only supports native ISDN.

Site Software Version

The network site for the device. By default, devices are added to the Primary Site. The version of the software installed on the device (ASCII only). The device provides the version number if it registered successfully or is managed. The serial number (ASCII only) of the device.The device provides the serial number if it registered successfully or is managed. Select this option to make the device available when users are scheduling conferences

Serial Number

Available to Schedule

Note
The Available to schedule field is disabled for MGC and RMX devices. Monitoring Level (Endpoints onlygrayed out for MCU devices.) The monitoring level for the device. Possible values include: Standard. This device is monitored. VIP. This device is monitored closely. The VIP identifier and filters are available to operators to monitor and manage conferences.

Supported Protocols

The communications protocols that the device can support. Possible values include: IP (H.323) - A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on packet-based networks, such as IP. ISDN (H.320) - A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on switched networks, such as ISDN.

For devices with the type Unknown, select H.323. The device automatically provides the protocols if it registered successfully or is managed.

Notes
If an endpoint is configured as a gateway (ISDN), only the H.323 check box is selected. If the endpoint supports true ISDN, the H.323 and ISDN check boxes are selected. RMX MCUs support only the H.323 protocol.

198

Polycom, Inc.

Device Details

Field Capabilities Enabled

Description Capabilities to enable on this device. Options are: MCU - The device can act as a control unit for multipoint conferences Gateway - The device can act as a gateway for call management

The MCU provides the capability if it registered successfully or is managed.

Note
Currently, RMX MCUs cannot be Gateway devices. Alias (type) The alias to connect to the device. The Polycom CMA system converts the aliases to the IP address associated with the device. Alias Type. Possible types include E.164, H.323 ID, URL, Transport Address, E-mail, Party Number, and Unknown. Alias Value. Value for the alias type shown.

Device Status Information

The Device Status information in the Device Details section includes the following fields.
Field Gatekeeper Registration Description The status of the devices registration with the gatekeeper service. Possible values include: Directory Registration Registered Unregistered

The status of the devices registration with the Global Directory Service. Possible values include: Registered Unregistered

Presence Registration

The status of the devices registration with the presence service. Possible values include: Registered Unregistered

Exchange Registration SIP Registration

The status of the devices registration with the Microsoft Exchange service. The status of the devices registration with the SIP service.

Polycom, Inc.

199

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Device Managed Last GK Registration Device Local Time

Description Indicates whether or not the CMA system is managing the device. The date and time of the devices last gatekeeper registration in a default format of mm-dd-yyyy hh:mm:ss AM | PM with adjustment to the client-machine GMT offset The local time as set within the device in a default format of hh:mm:ss AM | PM. This field is blank for the following device types: MGC, RMX, GW/MCU, Other, and TANDBERG. The status of the ISDN line. Possible values include: Operational Non-operations

ISDN Line Status Type

This field is blank for the following device types: PVX, MGC, RMX, GW/MCU, Other, and TANDBERG. ISDN Assignment Type How the ISDN type was assigned to the device. Possible values include: Administrator, when the ISDN type was assigned manually by an administrator Endpoint, when the ISDN type was natively assigned in the endpoint Auto-Assigned, when the ISDN type was automatically assigned by the CMA system based on the site configuration From Network, when the ISDN type was derived from the gateway and extension Undefined, when the CMA system cannot identify the source for the ISDN type assignment

This field is blank for the following device types: PVX, MGC, RMX, GW/MCU, Other, and TANDBERG. Device ISDN Type The ISDN network interface type installed in the device. Possible values include: ISDN_QUAD_BRI ISDN_PRI_T1 ISDN_BRI ISDN_UNKNOWN

This field is blank for the following device types: PVX, MGC, RMX, GW/MCU, Other, and TANDBERG.

200

Polycom, Inc.

Device Details

Call Information
The Call Info in the Device Details section includes the following fields.
Field Call Type Description The connection protocol for the call in which the device is participating. Possible values include: H.323, H.320, and SIP The video connection protocol, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the device is using. Possible values include: H.261 H.261 is an ITU standard designed for two-way communication over ISDN lines and supports data rates which are multiples of 64Kbit/s. H.261 supports CIF and QCIF resolutions. H.263 H.263 is based on H.261 with enhancements that improve video quality over modems. It supports CIF, QCIF, SQCIF, 4CIF and 16CIF resolutions. Video Format Audio Protocol H.264

Video Protocol

The video format, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the device is using. The audio connection protocol, both transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx), the device is using. Possible values include: G.711 G.722 G.728

Far Site Name

The H.323ID of the far site device to which the selected endpoint is connected. When multiple endpoints are connected through the device's embedded MCU, this field displays a concatenation of each endpoint's H.323ID separated by ' | ', for example 'ISDN-CO1-7-1 | Vsfx-9-1'. The address of the far site device to which the selected endpoint is connected. The address value for the calling device appears to be the dialed address. The address value for the called device appears to be the IP Address. Standard H.323 cause code that reflects normal call termination or the nature of an internal failure, for example, '16' or '211'. The status of encryption for the call. Possible values include: Off, Disabled, AES, and DH-1024

Far Site Number

Cause Code

Encryption

Polycom, Inc.

201

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Device Alerts Information

The Device Alerts information in the Device Details section includes the following fields.
Field Errors Warnings Description Device error message text, for example, GK Registration error Device warning message text, for example, Low Battery

Provisioning Details
The Provisioning Details information in the Device Details section includes the following fields.
Field Last Profile Applied Description The name of the last provisioning profile that was or was not successfully applied to the device. The Provisioning Status will be either Success or Failed. The devices current provisioning status. Possible values include: Clear. No provisioning has been done. Pending. Provisioning is scheduled for this device. In Progress. The device is currently being provisioned. Success. Provisioning has been completed successfully on this device. Failed. Provisioning was not completed on this device.

Provisioning Status

Some endpoint systems expect all configuration fields to be provisioned. If any of the fields are not provisioned, the status will indicate failed. However, the endpoint will often function successfully. Pending Profile The name of the provisioning profile that is scheduled to be applied to the device. In this case, the Provisioning Status will be either Pending or In Progress. This field is blank if the device is not scheduled for provisioning. Scheduled The date and time, in the default format of yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm, when the device is schedule to be provisioned. This field is blank if the device is not scheduled for provisioning.

202

Polycom, Inc.

Device Details

Field Last Attempt Date/Time Failure Reason

Description The date and time, in the default format of yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss, of the last provisioning message exchanged with the device. A text description of the reason the provisioning failed. Causes for failure include: The provisioning profile does not exist The provisioning profile does not include provisioning information The CMA system no longer manages the device A password for the device is set in the video endpoint system, and you must enter it in the CMA system The device is busy A network error occurred An incomplete transfer of provisioning information occurred Provisioning has timed out An internal error occurred on the device, and you must reboot it An unknown error occurred. Reboot the device.

Log Message

A read-only text box that contains messages related to the device provisioning status

Software Update Details

The Software Update Details information in the Device Details section includes the following fields.
Field Software Update Status Description The devices software update status. Possible values include: Scheduled Clear. A software update has not been done. Pending. A software update has been scheduled and is pending. The device may be offline or in a call. In Progress. The software update is in progress. Success. A software update has completed successfully. Failed. A software update could not be performed.

The date and time, in the default format of yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm, when the device software is schedule to be updated. This field is blank if the device is not scheduled for provisioning.

Polycom, Inc.

203

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Last Attempt Date/Time Failure Reason

Description The date and time, in the default format of yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss, of the last software update message exchanged with the device. A text description of the reason the software update failed. Causes for failure may include: The software update file location does not exist. A password for the device is set in the video endpoint system, and you must enter it in CMA. A network error has occurred. The update has timed out. An internal error occurred on the device, and you must reboot it. A profile has not been configured. An endpoint is offline. An incorrect activation key is in the key file. An unknown error has occurred. Reboot the device

Log Message

A read-only text box that contains the log message text recorded during the execution of the software update. Note that there are no log messages displayed for dynamically-managed endpoints.

204

Polycom, Inc.

13
Network Device Management Overview

This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) systems network device management functions. It includes these topics: Network Device Types Network Device Menu, Views, and Lists Device Gatekeeper Registration Policies Cascading MCUs

Network Device Types

A CMA system supports these network device types: Polycom MGC conferencing bridges Polycom RMX conferencing bridges

Notes
If you have one or more MCUs, you must add a device record for each unit, even when you use the open gatekeeper policy for registration. This process creates a device record for the controller unit. Some features such as Lecture Mode, Presentation Mode, Conference on Demand and Chairperson are not available on Polycom RMX 1000 MCUs.

Polycom Distributed Management Application (DMA) systems Polycom Video Border Proxy (VBP) systems

In the Network Device > Monitor View, a CMA system displays MCUs as two separate Device Types, the MCU type and a GW/MCU device.

Polycom, Inc.

205

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

If automatic registration is allowed, individual H.323 cards and/or IP blades in Polycom MCUs are assigned the device type of GW/MCU during registration. This device type represents the cards network interface. If automatic registration is not allowed, you must add a GW/MCU device record for each H.323 card and IP blade.

Network Device Menu, Views, and Lists

The CMA system Network Device menu provides these views of the network device list: Monitor ViewDisplays the list of all manageable and registered network devices. Use this view to manage network devices. VBPs (Video Border Proxy systems)Displays the list of Polycom VBP systems registered to the CMA system. Use this view to add, edit, or delete VBP systems. MCUs (Microprocessing Control Units)Displays the list of Polycom MCUs (Polycom RMX or MGC conferencing platforms) registered to the CMA system. Use this view to add, edit, or delete MCUs. DMAs (Distributed Management Application systems)Displays the list of Polycom DMA systems) registered to the CMA system. Use this view to add, edit, or delete DMA systems.

All of the Network Device views have the following information:

Section Views Actions Description The views you can access from the page The set of available commands. The constant command in the Network Device views is Refresh , which updates the display with current information. The context-sensitive Network Device list for the selected view Information about the network device selected in the network device list including: Device Summary Information on page 197 Device Status Information on page 199 Call Information on page 201 Device Alerts Information on page 202 Provisioning Details on page 202 Software Update Details on page 203

Network Device List Device Details

206

Polycom, Inc.

Network Device Management Overview

Monitor View
Use the Network Device > Monitor View to monitor the network devices.

Network Device List in the Monitor View

By default the Network Device list in the Monitor View displays a list of network devices the CMA system monitors, including those devices that registered automatically with the CMA system and those devices that were added manually for management and monitoring purposes. The Network Device list in the Monitor View includes MCUs and Polycom DMA nodes. It does not include Polycom VBP devices. The Network Device list has these fields.
Field Filter Description Use the filter choices to display other views of the Network Device list, which include: Status Type- Filters the list by device type. For more information, see Network Device Types on page 205. Alerts- Filters the list by alert type: Help, Error, or Warning Connection Status- Filters the list by connection status: In a Call, Online, or Offline Name - Filters the list by system name entered IP Address - Filters the list by IP address entered Alias - Filters the list by the alias entered Site - Filters the list by site location entered Area - Available only when Areas are enabled. Filters the list by the area with which the device is associated.

The state of the network device. Possible values include: Online Offline In a call Unknown Device alert Gatekeeper registration error

Name Type IP Address

The system name of the network device The type of network device. For valid device types, see Network Device Types on page 205. The IP address assigned to the network device

Polycom, Inc.

207

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Site Alias Area

Description The site to which the network device belongs The alias assigned to the network device Available only when Areas are enabled. The area with which the network device is associated.

Commands in the Monitor View

Besides providing access to the network device views, the Actions section of the Monitor View may also include these context-sensitive commands depending on the selected device type.
Command Use this command to...

Available for all device types Add View Details Edit Manually add a network device to the CMA system or find a network device on the network Display all of the Device Details for the selected network device Change connection settings for the selected network device. Note that if this is a managed device, the device may overwrite settings entered manually. Delete the selected network devices Available only when Areas are enabled. Associate the selected network device to an area so that only specified users can manage it.

Delete Associate Area

Available for only selected network device types Manage Open the selected network devices management interface in a separate browser window. This command is not available for the following device types: MGC, GW/MCU, and Other.

VBP View
Use the VBP View to manage Polycom Video Border Proxy (VBP) firewall devices on the network. Polycom VBP devices, when installed at the edge of the operations center, secures critical voice, video, and data infrastructure components including VoIP softswitches, video gatekeepers, gateways, media servers, and endpoints.

208

Polycom, Inc.

Network Device Management Overview

The VBP list has the following information.

Field Name Model Provider-side IP Subscriber-side IP Description A unique name to identify the Polycom VBP device The model of Polycom VBP device The private network IP address for the Polycom VBP device The public network IP address for the Polycom VBP device

MCU View
Use the MCU View to manage Polycom MCU conferencing platforms on the network. The MCU list has the same fields as the Network Device > Monitor view. For more information, see Monitor View on page 207.

DMA View
Use the DMA View to manage Polycom Distributed Media Application (DMA) systems on the network. The Polycom DMA system is a multipoint conferencing solution that uses advanced routing policies to distribute audio and video calls among multiple MCUs, creating a single resource pool. The Polycom DMA system acts much like a virtual MCU, greatly simplifying video conferencing resource management and improving efficiency. Note
Although it can distribute conferences among a pool of MCUs, the Polycom DMA system doesnt currently support cascading of MCUs. Each conference is limited to the capacity of the MCU on which it resides.

Logically, the Polycom DMA system is a cooperative two-node cluster. Both nodes register with the gatekeeper and can accept and process calls. In the Polycom Visual Communications experience, the CMA system is the gatekeeper. It recognizes that the H.323 gatekeeper registration requests from the DMA nodes are part of a two-node cluster. When both nodes are registered and the systems completely configured, the CMA system routes calls destined for the Polycom DMA system to the first node that it finds available. If the first node isnt available, it automatically routes the call to the second node. You may wish to implement both scheduled multipoint conferencing (enabled by a CMA system) and ad hoc multipoint conferencing (enabled by a Polycom DMA system) using your Polycom RMX MCUs. If so, you should identify two
Polycom, Inc. 209

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

pools of RMX MCUs. To do this, add all of the bridges to the CMA system, because it will act as the gatekeeper for all of the bridges. However, for those bridges that you wish to reserve for ad hoc conferencing, disable the Available to Schedule option (enabled by default) on the CMA system. You can also manually add DMA nodes to a CMA system. Once the two nodes are registered to a CMA system, finish the integration of the Polycom DMA system by completing the following tasks: Add the logical Polycom DMA system, as described in Add a Polycom DMA System on page 229. Change the Available to Schedule setting for the RMX MCUs that the Polycom DMA system incorporates. See Edit an MCU Bridge on page 219.

In this initial release, a CMA system does not provide provisioning, software update, monitoring, alerts or control for a Polycom DMA system. The DMA list has the following information.
Field Name Virtual IP Address H.323 Alias Description Description A unique name for the Polycom DMA system The virtual IP address for the Polycom DMA system The alias used to identify both nodes in the Polycom DMA system A useful description for the Polycom DMA system

Device Gatekeeper Registration Policies

If the CMA system gatekeeper registration policy allows devices to register automatically (that is, a primary gatekeeper setting of Allow Registration of All Endpoints, Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites, or Allow Registration of Endpoints with Defined E.164 Prefixes), those registered devices are automatically added to the either the endpoint list or the network device list. If the CMA system gatekeeper registration policy does not allow devices to register automatically (that is, a gatekeeper setting of Allow Registration of Predefined Endpoints Only), you must manually add all devices to the CMA system. No matter what the gatekeeper registration policy, any device that is automatically provisioned, any device that is registered with the Global Address Book, and any device that is added manually to the CMA system can automatically register with the gatekeeper.

210

Polycom, Inc.

Network Device Management Overview

Note
You can also manually add devices to the CMA system for monitoring purposes only.

For more information, see Device Registration on page 335.

Cascading MCUs
To enable multi-bridge conferences, you must complete the following steps: 1 Configure entry queues on the participating MCUs. Only bridges with entry queues are display in the list of available bridges to schedule on the people-to-bridge or bridge-to-bridge scheduling page. Configure MCU Cascading for each bridge on the CMA system by editing each MCU and referencing the appropriate entry queue ID and ISDN numbers. A Polycom RMX 1000 MCU cannot be used for cascading. All devices (MCUs and endpoints) in a cascaded conference must be registered to the same CMA system gatekeeper. All systems (the CMA system, MCUs, and endpoints) must be time synchronized.

Some notes about cascading MCUs:

Configuring Cascading on a Polycom MGC MCU

When using a Polycom MGC MCU for cascading, version 8.0.2 or greater is required. Polycom recommends creating a cascade entry queue on every Polycom MGC MCU on the network. To create a cascade entry queue on a Polycom MGC system, create an Entry Queue Service that has the Cascade check box enabled. If the cascade link is to be IP only, check the IP Only check box under Target Conferences. If the cascade link is to support ISDN, leave this box unchecked and configure the dial-in numbers. Also, enable the Use Entry Queue selection. See the Polycom MGC Manager User Guide for additional information on configuring entry queues on a Polycom MGC system.

Polycom, Inc.

211

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Configuring Cascading on a Polycom RMX MCU

When using a Polycom RMX MCU for cascading, Polycom recommends version 3.0 or greater. Earlier versions may cause a tunneling effect. To configure cascading using a Polycom RMX MCU, you must create two cascading entry queuesone for which the Master option on the Cascade menu is selected and one for which the Slave option on the Cascade menu is selected. Also, enable the Use Entry Queue selection. The primary purpose for the Master and Slave designation is to determine which Polycom RMX MCU is responsible for managing People+Content for the conference. However, since ISDN cascade links on Polycom RMX MCUs are not supported, do not select Enable ISDN/PSTN Access. The CMA system only supports cascaded IP links on Polycom RMX MCUs. It does not support cascaded ISDN links on Polycom RMX MCUs. Also, Polycom RMX systems enforce a 1x1 layout for the cascaded link between bridges, so only one participant on each bridge is displayed at any time. To change this on a Polycom RMX system, go to Setup > System Configuration and on the MCMS_PARAMETERS_USER page add a new flag called FORCE_1X1_LAYOUT_ON_CASCADED_LINK_CONNECTION with a Value of NO.

Polycom RMX Systems in Secure Mode

The CMA system automatically detects when a Polycom RMX system is operating in secure (HTTPS) mode. By default, in non-secure (HTTP) mode, the Polycom RMX system uses port 80 for its communications and in secure (HTTPS) mode, the Polycom RMX system uses port 443 for its communications. You can determine via the CMA system interface whether or not a Polycom RMX system is operating in secure mode by viewing the HTTP port number for the MCU (see View Device Details on page 213). If an administrator changes the secure mode setting on a Polycom RMX system, the CMA system will lose connection to the RMX, but will automatically regain it using the correct protocol. The CMA system may take up to a minute to restore the connection.

212

Polycom, Inc.

14
MCU Bridge Management Operations

This chapter describes how to perform the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system MCU bridge management tasks. It includes these topics: View Device Details Add an MCU Manually Edit an MCU Bridge Delete an MCU Bridge View Bridge Hardware View Bridge Services View Bridge Conferences View Bridge Ports View Bridge Meeting Rooms View Bridge Entry Queues View Bridge Gateway Conferences

View Device Details

To view detailed information about a managed MCU bridge 1 2 3 Go to Network Device > MCUs. As needed, use the Filter to customize the MCU list. Select the MCU of interest and click View Details . The Device Details dialog box for the selected MCU appears.

Polycom, Inc.

213

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Identification System Name

Description

The name of the MCU. MCU names must be unique. The name must be in ASCII only and may have an unlimited number of characters. Spaces, dashes, and underscores are valid. When retrieved from the MCU, the name is taken from the H.323 ID if the MCU registered with the gatekeeper and it is a third-party system. In other cases, it is the system name, which might be different than the H.323 ID.

Device Type IP Address Site Product ID Description Serial Number

The type of MCU. For valid types, see Network Device Types on page 205. The assigned IP address of the MCU The network site for the MCU. By default, MCUs are added to the Primary Site.

Field

Description

Alerts (RMX MCUs only) Category Lists the type of error. The following categories may be listed: File indicates a problem in one of the files stored on the MCUs hard disk. Card indicates problems with a card. Exception indicates software errors. General indicates a general error. Assert indicates internal software errors that are reported by the software program. Startup indicates errors that occurred during system startup. Unit indicates problems with a unit. MPL - indicates an error related to a Shelf Management component (MPL component) other than an MPM, RTM or switch board.

Level

Indicates the severity of the problem, or the type of event. There are three fault level indicators: Major Error System Message Startup Event

Code

Indicates the problem, as identified by the error category

Card Alerts (MGC MCUs only) Slot Displays an icon according to the HW component type and the slot number. The icon displays the hardware status as follows: Type An exclamation point (!) indicates errors in the HW component. Card icon with the reset button () indicates that the HW component is currently resetting. Card icon with diagnostic tools () indicates that the HW component is in diagnostic mode.

The type of hardware card

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Complete the Identification, Addresses, Capabilities, MCU Services, MCU Resources, and MCU Cascading sections of the Edit Device dialog box. (For more information, see View Device Details on page 213.) At a minimum, assign the MCU a System Name. Click Update.

Enable Cascading Conferences

To enable cascading conferences 1 On the MCUs, configure entry queues as required and record the entry queue number(s). For more information, see Cascading MCUs on page 211 or the product documentation for the MCU. Go to Network Device > MCUs. As needed, use the Filter to customize the MCU list. Select the MCU of interest and click Edit . Go to the MCU Resources section of the Edit Device dialog box and select Use Entry Queue. Go to the MCU Cascading section of the Edit Device dialog box. For a Polycom RMX MCU: a b 8 Enter the Master Entry Queue Number ID and Slave Entry Queue Number ID. (Optional) Enter the Master Entry Queue ISDN Number and Slave Entry Queue ISDN Number. Enter the Cascade Entry Queue Number ID. (Optional) Enter the Cascade Entry Queue ISDN Number.

2 3 4 5 6 7

For a Polycom MGC MCU: a b

Click Update.

Delete an MCU Bridge

To delete an MCU from the Polycom CMA system 1 2 3
220

Go to Network Device > MCUs. As needed, use the Filter to customize the MCU list. Select the MCU of interest and click Delete.
Polycom, Inc.

MCU Bridge Management Operations

Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The MCU list is updated.

View Bridge Hardware

To view the hardware configuration of a bridge 1 2 3 Go to Network Device > MCUs. As needed, use the Filter to customize the MCU list. In the MCU list, select the bridge of interest and click View Hardware. A Hardware pane appears below the bridge list. It lists the hardware for the selected bridge and displays the Slot number, Card Type, Status, Temperature, and Voltage for each piece of hardware.

View Bridge Services

To view the network services available on the bridge 1 2 3 Go to Network Device > MCUs. As needed, use the Filter to customize the MCU list. In the MCU list, select the bridge of interest and click View Services. A Services pane appears below the bridge list. It lists the network services for the selected bridge and identifies the Service Type, Service Name, and the default setting for the network service.

View Bridge Conferences

To view information about the conferences resident on the bridge 1 2 3 Go to Network Device > MCUs. As needed, use the Filter to customize the MCU list. In the MCU list, select the bridge of interest and click View Conferences. A Conferences pane appears below the bridge list. It lists the conferences for the selected bridge and identifies the conference Status, Type, Name, Start Time, Bridge, and Owner.
Polycom, Inc. 221

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

View Bridge Ports

To view information about the bridge ports 1 2 3 Go to Network Device > MCUs. As needed, use the Filter to customize the MCU list. In the MCU list, select the bridge of interest and click View Ports. A Ports pane appears below the bridge list. It lists the ports for the selected bridge and identifies the Audio Ports Available, Video Ports Available, Audio Ports in Use, and Video Ports in Use.

View Bridge Meeting Rooms

To view information about meeting rooms on a bridge 1 2 3 Go to Network Device > MCUs. As needed, use the Filter to customize the MCU list. In the MCU list, select the bridge of interest and click View Meeting Rooms. A Meeting Rooms pane appears below the bridge list. It lists the meeting rooms for the selected bridge and identifies the meeting room by Name, ID, Duration, Conference, Chairperson, Profile.

The Polycom Video Border Proxy (VBP) device management operations include these topics: Add a Polycom VBP Device Edit a Polycom VBP Device Delete a Polycom VBP Device Identify Endpoints Using the Polycom VBP Device Identify Endpoints Using the Polycom VBP Device

Polycom, Inc.

225

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Add a Polycom VBP Device

IMPORTANT
When you add a new Polycom VBP device, the CMA system will restart the user interface web service. This will interrupt others using the CMA system user interface.

To add a Polycom VBP device to a Polycom CMA system 1 2 Go to Network Device > VBPs and click Add . Configure these settings in the Add VBP dialog box.
Column Name Provider-side IP Subscriber-side IP Description A unique name to identify the Polycom VBP device The Private Network IP address for the Polycom VBP device The Public Network IP address for the Polycom VBP device

Click OK. A system dialog box appears indicating that you must restart Apache for the settings to take affect. You also have the opportunity to add another Polycom VBP device.

Click Restart Apache. The Polycom VBP device is added to the Polycom CMA system. However, more configuration may be necessary for the device to operate in your network. For example, you will probably need to Copy the Polycom CMA System Certificate to a Polycom VBP Device as described in the next topic.

Copy the Polycom CMA System Certificate to a Polycom VBP Device

To copy the Polycom CMA system certificate to a Polycom VBP device 1 2 Go to Network Device > VBPs Select the Polycom VBP device of interest and click Copy Certificate to VBP. In the Copy Certificate to VBP dialog box, the system automatically populates the Filename field with the filename of the CMA system certificate and the Username field with root.

226

Polycom, Inc.

Management Operations for Other Network Devices

Enter the SSH or console Password for the root user and click OK. The Polycom VBP device appears in the Network Device list.

Edit a Polycom VBP Device

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Edit a Polycom DMA System

To edit a Polycom DMA system 1 2 3 Go to Network Device > DMAs. Select the Polycom DMA system of interest and click Edit . Configure these settings as needed in the Edit DMA dialog box.
Column Name Description Virtual IP Address Admin ID Admin/Confirm Password H.323 Alias Description A unique name for the Polycom DMA system A useful description for the Polycom DMA system The virtual IP address for the Polycom DMA system The administrator ID for the Polycom DMA system The administrator password for the Polycom DMA system The alias used to identify both nodes in the Polycom DMA system

Click OK.

Delete a Polycom DMA System

To delete a Polycom DMA system from a Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 Go to Network Device > DMAs. Select the Polycom DMA system of interest and click Delete Click Yes to confirm the deletion. .

230

Polycom, Inc.

16
MCU Bridge Device Details

This chapter lists the fields found in the MCU Device Detail section of the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system interface. It includes these sections: MCU H.320 Services MCU H.323 Services MCU Gateway Services MCU ResourcesPolycom MGC Platform MCU ResourcesPolycom RMX Platform

MCU H.320 Services

Field MCU H.32O Service Service Name Channels Number Range Name of the H.320 ISDN service Number of 64K channels dedicated to the MCU Dial-in number range of service. These ISDN numbers are available on an MCU for all endpoints to use. Also called direct inward dialing (DID). The least-cost routing table for calls made through this gateway The prefix required to place a call to a local number outside the enterprise. For example, if you dial 9 to reach an outside line, the Local Prefix is 9. The prefix required to dial long distance. For example, in certain states in the United States, you must dial 1 before you can dial a non-local number. Description

LCR Table Local Prefix

Note
Up to 10 blocks of RMX video ports can be converted to 50 audio-only ports, up to a maximum of 200 audio-only ports. Max CP Resolution Set this to the highest available video format. Choices are: HD1080, CIF, SD15, SD30, and HD720. Refer to the RMX 2000/4000 Administrators Guide for more information about this field. Max Bandwidth Capacity (Kbps) The maximum bandwidth to the Polycom RMX system.

234

Polycom, Inc.

17
Users and Groups Overview

This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system users and groups management structure. It includes these topics: Groups, Users, and User Roles Roles and Permissions Device Associations and Presence User Management

Groups, Users, and User Roles

The CMA system allows an administrator with System Setup permissions to manage users, groups, user roles, permissions, and areas (if applicable). Most often a CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory from which users are imported. However, the CMA system also allows an administrator with System Setup permissions to add local users (that is, users added manually to the system) and associate them with devices and roles.

Users
Local Users
When you manually add local users, the CMA system manages all user information and associations. At a minimum, when you manually add users, you must enter a users First Name or Last Name, User ID, and Password. When you enter the minimum information, the CMA system automatically assigns local users the basic Scheduler role. They can then schedule conferences, be scheduled into conferences, and call into conferences. However, the system cannot call out to them until they are associated with devices.

Polycom, Inc.

235

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

You should associate local users with one or more roles and associate them with one or more devices. Alternatively, you can associate local users with roles by associating them with local groups. If your company has implemented Areas, you can also associate local users with areas for which you are an administrator. For more information about areas, see Chapter 25, Area Overview and Operations.

Enterprise Users
When the CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory, the CMA system manages only the following pieces of an enterprise users information: the devices, roles, alert profiles, and areas assigned to them. The remaining information is pulled from the enterprise directory. Notes
Currently, the CMA system supports only a Microsoft Active Directory implementation of an LDAP directory. You cannot have more than 18 users with the same first and last name in the CMA system, and their user IDs must be unique across all users and rooms and across all domains. The CMA system displays a users City, Title, and Department to help distinguish between users with the same name.

When the CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory, users imported into the system through the enterprise directory are by default added to the system without a role. This default set up allows users to log into the CMA system with their enterprise user IDs and passwords. They can then be scheduled into conferences and call into conferences. However, the system cannot call out to them until they are associated with devices. To be fully functional, you must associate enterprise users with one or more roles to control their access to system functions and associate them with one or more devices. Alternatively, you can associate enterprise users with roles by associating them with local or enterprise groups. If your company has implemented Areas, you can also associate enterprise users with areas for which you are an administrator. For more information about areas, see Chapter 25, Area Overview and Operations. If you want the CMA system to, by default, to automatically assign enterprise users the basic Scheduler role, you must change the appropriate system Security Settings. See Give Enterprise Users Default Scheduler Permissions for the Polycom CMA System on page 451.

236

Polycom, Inc.

Users and Groups Overview

Groups
Groups provide a more efficient and consistent use of the CMA system, because they allow you to assign roles and provisioning profiles to sets of users rather than to individual users.

Local Groups
The CMA system allows you to add local groups (that is, groups added manually to the system) and associate them with provisioning profiles and roles. For local groups, the CMA system manages all group information and associations.

Enterprise Groups
When the CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory, groups defined to the enterprise directory are not automatically added to the CMA system, but you can import them into the system. When the CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory, the system manages only three pieces of group information: the provisioning profile assigned to the group, the roles assigned to the group, and whether or not the group is Directory Viewable (that is, displayed in endpoint directories). The remaining group information is pulled from the enterprise directory. To take full advantage of the CMA system, the enterprise Microsoft Active Directory must: Have Global Catalog turned ON. The Global Catalog enables searching for Active Directory objects in any domain without the need for subordinate referrals, and users can find objects of interest quickly without having to know what domain holds the object. Use universal groups. The Global Catalog stores the member attributes of universal groups only. It does not store local or global group attributes. Have a login account that has read access to all domains in the Active Directory that the CMA system can use. We recommend an account with a administrative username and a non-expiring password. Have the Active Directory Domain Name Service correctly configured. For more information about Active Directory design and deployment, see the Microsoft best practices guides at http://technet.microsoft.com.

For system and endpoint directory performance purposes, two best practices in regards to enterprise groups are: Do not import more than 500 enterprise groups into a CMA system Do not mark more than 200 enterprise groups as Directory Viewable

Polycom, Inc.

237

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Favorites List
The CMA system allows operators with Monitoring permissions to create one or more Favorites list, which they can use to quickly select participants to participate in conferences.

Roles and Permissions

The CMA system is a role and permissions based system. Users are assigned one or more user roles either directly or through their group associations User roles are assigned a set of permissions Users see only the pages and functions available to their roles and associated permissions. Permissions are cumulative, so users see all of the pages and functions assigned to all of their roles and associated permissions.

Notes
Users inherit roles from their parent groupslocal or enterprise. They cannot inherit roles from groups more distantly removedfor example, from their grandparent groups. The role names Administrator, Operator, and Scheduler are stored in the system database and are not localized into other languages. If you wish to localized their names into your language, edit the roles and enter new names for them.

If your company has implemented Areas, users only see devices assigned to the same area the user is assigned to. Implement only the system default user roles of Administrator, Operator, and Scheduler and keep the standard permissions assigned to these roles. Implement only the system default user roles of Administrator, Operator, and Scheduler but change the permissions assigned to the Operator, and Scheduler roles.

An administrator has several options when implementing user roles. 1

Note
To ensure CMA system access and stability, the default roles cannot be deleted and the Administrator role cannot be edited.

238

Polycom, Inc.

Users and Groups Overview

Implement either option 1 or 2, but also create additional unique, workflow-driven user roles and determine which permissions to assign to those user roles. As a best practice, we recommend you create an Advanced Scheduler role and associate it with just advanced scheduling permissions.

Some important notes about user roles and permissions: Users (local and enterprise) may be assigned more than one role. In this case, the permissions associated with those roles are cumulative; a user has all of the permissions assigned to all of his roles. Users (local and enterprise) may be assigned roles as an individual and as part of a group. Again, the permissions associated with those roles are cumulative; a user has all of the permissions assigned to all of his roles no matter how that role is assigned. Users assigned a role with any one of the Administrator Permissions are generally referred to as administrators. Users assigned a role with any one of the Operator Permissions and none of the Administrator Permissions are referred to as Operators. Users assigned a user role with Scheduler Permissions and none of the Administrator or Operator Permissions are referred to as Schedulers.

Scheduler Role, Permissions, and Functions

A scheduler who is assigned the default Scheduler role with the default permissions has access to the following functions:

Conference Future Ongoing User Guest Book

Polycom, Inc.

239

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Operator Role, Permissions, and Functions

An operator who is assigned the default operator role with the default permissions has access to the following functions:
Conference Future Ongoing User Guest Book Favorites Reports IP Call Detail Records Endpoint Usage Report Conference Usage Report Gatekeeper Message Log

Administrator Role, Permissions, and Functions

An administrator who is assigned the default administrator role with the default permissions has access to the following functions:

Endpoint Monitor View Peripherals View Automatic Provisioning Scheduled Provisioning Automatic Softupdate Schedules Softupdate Network Device Monitor View VBPs MCUs DMAs User Users Groups User Roles Guest Book Reports Site Statistics Site Link Statistics IP Call Detail Records Endpoint Usage Report Conference Usage Report Conference Type Report Gatekeeper Message Log System Log Files

Admin Dashboard Conference Templates Conference Settings Provisioning Profiles Automatic Provisioning Profiles Scheduled Provisioning Profiles Software Updates Automatic Software Updates Scheduled Software Updates Rooms Global Address Book Areas Server Settings Network System Time Database LDAP Calendaring Management Microsoft OCS Integration Licenses Redundant Configuration Custom Logo Directory Setup Remote Alert Setup E mail SNMP Settings

240

Polycom, Inc.

Users and Groups Overview

Device Associations and Presence

The CMA system assumes that users will be associated with devices. You can associate a user with more than one device, but one device is designated as the primary device. When scheduling a user in a conference, the CMA system will, by default, schedule the users primary device. The scheduler can choose to change the request to schedule one of the users other devices. The CMA system is also a presence service, which is the part of the system that maintains online status information for the users of dynamically managed devices. The presence service allows users to access information about the online status of other users. This is important, because when you make a video call or start a chat, that action only takes you to a device. It doesnt ensure that you will reach the person you want to reach. The presence service provides information about the users availability, which improves your chances of getting the person.

User Management
The Polycom CMA system manages the following user, group, and room management entities:
Name Users list Description Displays local and enterprise user accounts. Local users are added to the system manually. Enterprise users appear in the Users list when you associate the Polycom CMA system with an enterprise directory. Displays local and enterprise groups. Local groups are added to the system manually. Enterprise groups appear in the Groups list when you associate the Polycom CMA system with an enterprise directory and then import the enterprise groups. Displays local and enterprise rooms. Local rooms are added to the system manually. Enterprise rooms appear in the Rooms list when you associate the Polycom CMA system with an enterprise directory and then search for the room in the enterprise directory. Automatically populated by devices that register with the gatekeeper function of the Polycom CMA system. You can edit a device in this list and associate the device with a user.

Groups list

Rooms list

Global Address Book

Polycom, Inc.

241

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Name Guest Book

Description Static user entries, which can be added to the Guest Book in two ways: From the User menu or when Polycom CMA system schedulers select the Save to Guest Book option when adding a guest participant to a conference. For dynamically-managed endpoint systems only. Presence service contacts are XMPP buddy entries saved as contacts by both buddies and stored with the presence service. Entries saved as contacts by both buddies and stored with the presence service share presence status.

Presence service contacts

Some additional settings may affect whether or not entries appear in an endpoints directory: When Directory Viewable is enabled for a local or enterprise group (the default setting), the group appears in the endpoint systems directory. When Allow Directory Changes is enabled at the endpoint, Polycom HDX systems users can save changes to their local directory or Contacts list.

The following illustration shows the relationship between the Polycom CMA system user management entities and those of the dynamically managed endpoints.

242

Polycom, Inc.

18
User Management Operations

This chapter includes information on managing users and groups within the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. It includes these topics: Search for a User Add a Local User Edit a User Delete a User Add a Local Group Import Enterprise Groups Edit a Group Delete a Group Manage User Roles View the List of User Roles Add a User Role Edit Permissions for a User Role Delete a User Role View the Groups and Users Associated with a User Role Add a Favorites List Edit a Favorites List Delete a Favorites List

Polycom, Inc.

243

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Manage Users
In the CMA system, only administrators with Directory Setup permissions can view, add, edit or delete system users.

Search for a User

To search for a user 1 Go to User > Users and in the Search Users field, enter the name of the user of interest. Note
Searches for a user are case-insensitive, prefix searches of the Username, First Name, and Last Name fields.

2 3

To search for a local user, press Enter. To search both local and enterprise users, first clear the Local Users Only check box and then press Enter. Note
If you are not in an enterprise domain, you will not have the option of searching for enterprise users.

The first 500 users in the database that match your search criteria are displayed in the Users list. 4 If the list is too large to scan, further refine your search string.

Add a Local User

To add a local user 1 2 Go to User > Users, and click Add. Configure the General Info section of the Add New User dialog box.
Column First Name Last Name Description The users first name The users last name

244

Polycom, Inc.

User Management Operations

Column User ID

Description The users unique login name. This user ID must be unique across all rooms and users and across all domains. The users assigned password. This password must be a minimum of eight characters in length. The users email address. (The Email address is an ASCII-only field.)

Password Email Address

Note
The CMA system identifies plugin users and their associated devices by email address, so this is required information for the plugin to work. Title Department City Phone Number The users professional title The users department within the enterprise The city in which the users office is located The contact phone number for the user

In the Associated Devices section, select and move the required device(s) to Selected Devices list. Move the unwanted device(s) to the Available Devices list. Press Shift-click or Ctrl-click to select multiple items in the list. In the Associated Roles section, select and move the required role(s) to Selected Roles list. Move the unwanted role(s) to the Available Roles list. Press Shift-click or Ctrl-click to select multiple items in the list. Note
If the user has multiple devices, list the devices in order of priority, with the primary device first.

To associate the user with an area, in the Associated Areas section, select one of the following options. NoneDoes not allow access to any devices. All AreasGives the user access to all devices, regardless of the area the devices are assigned to. Specific AreasGive the user access to only devices assigned to the areas selected below. Select one or more areas in the list below and click the right arrow.

Polycom, Inc.

245

Description The list of roles that you assign users when adding them to the system. Users have all of the permissions associated with all of the roles assigned to them (that is, permissions are cumulative).

Group Members (Local Users Only) Search Available Members Search Results Search field for finding users The users and groups identified to the system that you can add to the local group. This list can include both local and enterprise users and groups. The users and groups selected as part of the group

Group Members

4 5

In the Search Available Members field of the Group Members dialog box, search for the users and groups to add to this local group. In the Search Results section, select and move the users and groups of interest to the Group Members list. To select all users and groups listed, click the check box in the column header. Click OK. The group appears in the Groups list. It is identified as a LOCAL group.

Import Enterprise Groups

To import one or more enterprise groups 1 2 3 Go to User > Groups. In the Groups page, click Import Enterprise Group. In the Search Available Groups field of the Import Enterprise Group dialog box, type all or part of the group name (with wildcards) and press ENTER. Note
Searches for a group are case-insensitive, exact-match searches of the Group Name field. Use wildcard characters to perform substring searches.

4 5

In the Search Results list, select the enterprise groups to add. To select all enterprise groups, click the check box in the column header. Click the right arrow to add the enterprise groups to the Groups to Import list.

Polycom, Inc.

249

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Click OK. The enterprise group appears in the Groups list. Now you can edit the group and associate it with an automatic provisioning profile, user roles, and specify whether or not the group directory is viewable. You can also search for enterprise users.

Edit a Group
To edit a local or enterprise group 1 2 3 Go to User > Groups. In the Groups page, select the group of interest and click Edit. As required, edit the General Info, Associated Roles, and Group Members sections of the Edit Local Groups dialog box. Notes
The Group Members section is only available for Local groups. If you remove a user from a group or a role from a group, the user no longer has the roles associated with the group.

Click OK.

Delete a Group
To delete a local or enterprise group 1 2 3 Go to User > Groups. In the Groups page, select the group of interest and click Delete Group. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The group is deleted from the CMA system. Note
An enterprise group is only deleted from the CMA system, not the enterprise directory, so it can be reimported.

250

Polycom, Inc.

User Management Operations

Manage User Roles

Assign Users Roles and Devices
You can assign roles to both local and enterprise users and associate them with devices. To assign a role and endpoint to a user 1 2 Go to User > Users. To search for a user: a Note
Searches for a user on the CMA system Users page are case-insensitive, prefix searches of the Username, First Name, and Last Name fields.

In the Search field of the Users page, type a search string.

To search both local and enterprise users, clear the Local Users Only check box and press Enter. The first 500 users in the database that match your search criteria are displayed in the Users list.

c 3 4

If the list is too large to scan, further refine your search string.

Select the user of interest and click Edit. In the Devices section of the Edit User dialog box, select the device to associate with the user and move it to the Selected Devices column. If a user has multiple devices, the first device listed is the users default device. Click Finish.

View the List of User Roles

To view the list of User Roles Go to User > User Roles. The User Roles list appears. It can be filtered by Name and Description.
Column Name Description
Polycom, Inc.

Description The unique name of the user role An optional description of the role
251

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Add a User Role

When you add a user role, you also specify permissions for the role. To add a new user role 1 2 3 Go to User > User Roles. On the User Roles page, click Add. Complete the Name and Description fields of the Add Role dialog box and assign permissions to the new role. The following table describes the fields of the Add Role dialog box.
Field Name Description Administrator Permissions Operator Permissions Scheduler Permissions Description The unique name (ASCII only) of the user role (Optional) A useful description (ASCII only) of the user role Identifies which CMA system administrator pages and functions are available to the user role. Identifies which CMA system operator pages and functions are available to the user role. Identifies which CMA system scheduling pages and functions are available to the user role. Scheduling Level. This setting determines the level of scheduling available through this role. Possible values are: Basic. Users can schedule conferences using the conference templates defined for them. They cannot access or edit the advanced Conference Settings. Advanced. Users can schedule conferences using the conference templates defined for them. They can also access and edit the advanced Conference Settings.

Click Save. The new user role appears in the CMA system.

Edit Permissions for a User Role

You can change permissions for the default Operator and Scheduler roles, as well as for other user roles that were created manually. You cannot change permissions for the default Administrator role. To edit the permissions for a user role 1 Go to User > User Roles.

252

Polycom, Inc.

User Management Operations

2 3 4 5

As needed, use the Filter to customize the User Roles list. In the User Roles list, select the role of interest and click Edit. Edit the Description field of the Edit Role dialog box and edit permissions for the role. Click Save.

Delete a User Role

You can delete a user role from the CMA system, provided no users are currently assigned to it. To delete a user role 1 2 3 4 Go to User > User Roles. As needed, use the Filter to customize the User Roles list. In the User Roles list, select the role of interest and click Delete. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The user role is deleted from the CMA system.

View the Groups and Users Associated with a User Role

To view which groups and users are associated with a specific user role 1 2 3 Go to User > User Roles. As needed, use the Filter to customize the User Roles list. In the User Roles list, select the role of interest and click View Associated Groups and Users. The View Associated Groups and Users dialog box appears.

Polycom, Inc.

253

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Manage Favorites
The CMA system allows operators with Monitoring permissions to create one or more Favorites list, which they can use to quickly select participants to participate in conferences. The operations associated with managing favorites include: Add a Favorites List Edit a Favorites List Delete a Favorites List

In the CMA system, only operators with Monitoring permissions can view, add, edit, delete, or use Favorites lists and these Favorites lists cannot be shared with other operators.

Add a Favorites List

To add a Favorites list 1 2 3 Go to User > Favorites. On the Favorites page, click Add. Complete the Favorites List Name and Description fields of the Add Favorites List dialog box. Note
The Favorites List Name must be unique within the system.

In the Search Available Members field enter all or part of the persons last name or first name and click Search. The system searches the Users list (local and domain) for users who are associated with devices and who meet your search criteria. The results appear in the Search Results column. Notes
Depending on the search domain, the search function may return different results. See Filter and Search a List. The search results only include users associated with devices.

Select the user(s) of interest from the list and move them to the Favorite List Members column.

254

19
System Reports

This chapter describes the reports available through the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system and how to view and export them. Use these reports to identify return on investment, troubleshoot problems, provide information about network traffic, and ensure accurate billing for Polycom video calls. This chapter includes these topics: Site Statistics Report Site Link Statistics Report IP Call Detail Records Report Endpoint Usage Report Conference Type Report Gatekeeper Message Log Click Start Log to restart logging.software updateSystem Log Files

Site Statistics Report

Use the Site Statistics report to check call rate and call quality statistics for the sites. You can view the data in a grid or graphically. To view Site Statistics 1 Go to Reports > Site Statistics. The Site Statistics appear with the statistics displayed in a grid. The grid shows a snapshot of the current statistics. The data is updated automatically every 15 seconds
Column Site Name Description Specifies the site to which the statistics apply.

Polycom, Inc.

257

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Column Num of Calls Bandwidth Used Avg Bit Rate

Description Specifies the number of currently active calls for the site. Specifies the cumulative bandwidth used by the currently active calls. Specifies the average bit rate for the currently active calls that is, the total bit rate for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls. Specifies the average percentage of packet loss for the currently active calls that is, the total percentage of packet loss for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls. Specifies the average jitter for the currently active calls that is, the total jitter for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls. Specifies the average delay for the currently active calls that is, the total delay for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls.

% Packet Loss

Avg Jitter

Avg Delay

To view the Site Statistics graphically and over a selected period of time: a b c d Click View Chart. In the Site Name list, select the site(s) to chart. In the Y-Axis list, select the statistic(s) to chart. In the Data Limit field, enter the time frame in minutes for which to chart the data. The default is 60 minutes. The charts are dynamically updated for your selections.
Column Site Name Num of Calls Bandwidth Used Avg Bit Rate Description Specifies the site to which the statistics apply. Specifies the number of calls for the site over the selected time frame. Specifies the cumulative bandwidth used by all of the calls over the selected time frame. Specifies the average bit rate for all of the calls over the selected time frame, that is, the total bit rate for all of the calls over the selected time frame divided by the number of calls. Specifies the average percentage of packet loss for all of the calls over the selected time frame, that is, the total percentage of packet loss over the selected time frame, divided by the number of calls.

% Packet Loss

258

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

Column Avg Jitter

Description Specifies the average jitter for all of the calls over the selected time frame, that is, the total jitter for all of the calls over the selected time frame divided by the number of calls. Specifies the average delay for all of the calls over the selected time frame, that is, the total delay for all of the calls over the selected time frame divided by the number of calls.

Avg Delay

Site Link Statistics Report

Use the Site Link Statistics report to check call rate and call quality statistics for all site links. You can view the data in a grid or graphically. To view Site Link Statistics 1 Go to Reports > Site Link Statistics. The SiteLink Statistics appear with the statistics displayed in a grid. The grid shows a snapshot of the current statistics. The data is updated automatically every 15 seconds
Column Site Name Num of Calls % Bandwidth Used Description Specifies the two linked sites for which the statistics apply. Specifies the number of currently active calls for the site link. Specifies the percentage of bandwidth used by the currently active calls, that is, the bandwidth used by the currently active calls divided by the total available bandwidth for the link expressed as a percentage. Specifies the average bit rate for the currently active calls, that is, the total bit rate for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls. Specifies the average percentage of packet loss for the currently active calls that is, the total percentage of packet loss for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls. Specifies the average jitter for the currently active calls that is, the total jitter for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls.

Avg Bit Rate

% Packet Loss

Avg Jitter

Polycom, Inc.

259

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Column Avg Delay

Description Specifies the average delay for the currently active calls that is, the total delay for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls.

To view the Site Link Statistics graphically: a b c d Click View Chart. In the Site Name list, select the site(s) to chart. In the Y-Axis list, select the statistic(s) to chart. In the Data Limit field, enter the time frame in minutes for which to chart the data. The default is 60 minutes. The charts are dynamically updated for your selections. The site-links are displayed in the same order as the site-link grid.
Column Site Name Num of Calls Bandwidth Used Description Specifies the two linked sites for which the statistics apply. Specifies the number of calls for the site link over the selected time frame. Specifies the percentage of bandwidth used by the currently active calls, that is, the bandwidth used by the currently active calls divided by the total available bandwidth for the link expressed as a percentage. Specifies the average bit rate for all of the calls over the selected time frame, that is, the total bit rate for all of the calls over the selected time frame divided by the number of calls. Specifies the average percentage of packet loss for all of the calls over the selected time frame, that is, the total percentage of packet loss over the selected time frame, divided by the number of calls. Specifies the average jitter for all of the calls over the selected time frame, that is, the total jitter for all of the calls over the selected time frame divided by the number of calls. Specifies the average delay for all of the calls over the selected time frame, that is, the total delay for all of the calls over the selected time frame divided by the number of calls.

Avg Bit Rate

% Packet Loss

Avg Jitter

Avg Delay

260

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

IP Call Detail Records Report

The Call Detail Record (CDR) report includes CDRs for Polycom and non-Polycom endpoints. Use data from the IP Call Detail Record (CDR) report to troubleshoot problems, provide information about network traffic, and ensure accurate billing for video calls. Notes
Endpoints that access the CMA system through a Polycom VBP device do not have CDRs. Only calls that go through the gatekeeper are included in this report. A Call Detail Record is recorded for each IP call into a conference. CDR reports may not include data for calls made in the last 24 hours, depending upon when the data in the localcdr.csv file was last updated.

To work with the IP Call Detail Records report data, extract the report from the Logger.dbo.calls database. See your Microsoft SQL Server documentation for information about extracting data. To view the IP Call Detail Records report 1 Go to Reports > IP Call Detail Records. The IP Call Detail Records report appears. It lists the CDRs for the 5,000 most recent IP calls made to or from system-managed devices. It includes the following information.
Column Call ID Conf ID Date/Time Source Source Address Destination Description Specifies the ID automatically generated for the call. Specifies the GUID (global unique identifier) for the conference to which the call was made. Specifies the date and time the call started, provided in local time for the server. Specifies the name, IP, or alias of the device that originated the call. Specifies the IP address of the device that originated the call. Specifies the name, IP address, or alias of the device that received the call. For point-to-point calls this is another endpoint. For multipoint calls using an MCU, this is the MCU. Specifies the IP address of the device that received the call.

Destination Address

Polycom, Inc.

261

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Column Call Type Bandwidth (Kbps) Duration (min) Q.850 Code

Description Specifies the type of call: scheduled or unscheduled. Specifies the bit rate that was used for the call. Specifies how long the call lasted in minutes, up to a maximum of 999. Specifies the standard cause code for call termination.

Use the Filter to customize the report by Date, IP Address, Endpoint Type, Call Type and Duration.

Call Detail Record Report Administration

By default, the CMA system stores the conference and endpoint call detail records (CDRs) for 30 days. You can modify the CDR retention period and you can schedule a weekly archive of the CDRs. These procedures are described in the following sections.

Modify the CDR Retention Period

By default, the conference and endpoint CDRs are purged after 30 days. To change how long CDR information is retained 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Report Administration. In the Report Administration page, enter the number of Days to keep Conference and Endpoint CDRs. Click Save Settings.

Schedule Weekly Archives of the CDR Report

To schedule weekly archives of CDR information 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Report Administration. In the Report Administration page, select Enable Weekly FTP Archiving of CDR Records. Configure these settings:

262

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

Field First day of weekly archive Use Secure FTP (SSL/TLS)

Description Specifies the day on which the system will transfer archives. By default, this is Sunday. As needed, you can select a different day for the transfers. Specifies whether or not the archives will be transferred over an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection. By default, the system does not secure the transfers. Specifies the server to which the archives will be transferred. By default, the system transfers the archives to a location on its local server. You can change this to an external server. Specifies the port through which the archives will be transferred. By default, this is system port 21. Specifies a user name and password combination for accessing the FTP server. This must be a valid user account on the FTP server. Specifies the directory on the server to which the archives will be transferred.

Host name or IP Address of FTP server

FTP Port FTP User Name/ FTP Password/ Confirm FTP Password FTP Directory

4 5

To verify that the FTP settings are functional, click Test Archive Settings. When the settings are correct, click Save Settings.

Endpoint Usage Report

The Endpoint Usage Report is based on the CDRs extracted from Polycom endpoints only and includes entries for all ISDN and IP calls. Use data from the Endpoint Usage Report to troubleshoot problems, provide information about network traffic, and ensure accurate billing for Polycom video calls. To view the Endpoint Usage Report 1 Go to Reports > Endpoint Usage Report. The Endpoint Usage Report page appears displaying information for all of the endpoints for which CDRs are available. The CMA system reports CDRs for the Polycom HDX Series, V and VSX Series, VVX, and CMA Desktop endpoints as well as supported TANDBERG and LifeSize Endpoint models. The CDRs are displayed in alphabetical order for the default Start Date and End Date. By default, the CDRs for the last week are reported.

Polycom, Inc.

263

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

2 3 4

To restrict the report to a different time period, change the Start Date and End Date. The report is dynamically updated. Use the Filter to customize the report by endpoint Type, Name, IP Address, ISDN Video Number, Alias, Site, or VIP status. Select one or more endpoints to include in the report and click Generate Report. Use the CTRL key, to select multiple endpoints. The Generate Report page displays the Summary usage report for the selected endpoints. It includes the following information for the calls.
Field Number of calls Description Specifies the number of calls the selected endpoints joined for the selected date range. Click Details to get more information about these calls. Specifies the total amount of time the selected endpoints spent in conference during the selected date range. Specifies the average amount of time the selected endpoints spent in conference during the selected date range, that is, the total call time divided by the number of calls. Specifies the average bit rate for the selected calls.

Total call time Average time per call

Average rate per call

5 6 7 8 9

To select a different group of endpoints, click Change Selection, select the endpoints, and click Generate Report again. Click Call Times to see a chart that identifies the number of calls versus the start time for the calls. Click Inbound to see a chart that identifies the devices from which the inbound calls to the selected endpoints originated. Click Outbound to see a chart that identifies the devices to which the selected endpoints called. Click Summary CDR Report to see a grid that displays information for each of the selected endpoints that participated in calls.
Field Endpoint Name Total Time in Call Average Time in Call Description Identifies the endpoint by name. Specifies the total amount of time the endpoint spent in conference during the selected time period. Specifies the average amount of time the endpoint spent per call during the selected time period, that is, the Total Time in Call divided by the Total Calls.

264

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

Field Average Speed of All Calls Calls Out

Description Specifies the average bit rate for all of the calls in which the endpoint participated during the selected time period, that is, total bit rate divided by the Total Calls. Specifies the number of calls in which the endpoint participated during the selected time period that originated from the endpoint. Specifies the number of calls in which the endpoint participated during the selected time period that did not originate from the endpoint. Specifies the total number of calls in which the endpoint participated for the selected time period.

Calls In

Total Calls

If any of the selected endpoints did not participate in calls during the selected time period, it is not included in the Summary CDR Report. 10 To export the information in the Summary CDR Report, click Export as Excel File and either Open or Save the file as needed. Note that only the first 1000 lines of the report are exported to the Excel file. 11 Click Detail CDR Report to see a grid that displays information for each of the selected endpoints that participated in calls. The Generate Report page displays System Information and CDR information for the first endpoint in the list. For the selected endpoint, the System Information section includes the following data.
Field System Name Model IP Address ISDN or V.35 Number Serial Number Description Specifies the name of the selected endpoint. Specifies the model number of the selected endpoint. Specifies the IP address of the selected endpoint. Specifies the ISDN number or V.35 number. Specifies the serial number of the selected endpoint.

12 To export the information in the Detail CDR Report, click Download Report and either Open or Save the CDR report in Microsoft Excel format for the selected endpoint or in CSV format For All Selected Endpoints. Note that only the first 1000 lines of the report are exported to the Excel file.

Polycom, Inc.

265

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Conference Usage Report

The Conference Usage Report is based on the CDRs extracted from the endpoint and includes all scheduled calls: both ISDN and IP. CDRs for ad hoc calls are not included in this report. To view the Conference Usage Report 1 Go to Reports > Conference Usage Report. The Conference Usage Report page appears displaying the Summary Report for the default Start Date and End Date, which is generally 30 days as specified on the Report Administration page. The CDRs are displayed in descending order by Date and Scheduled Start time. 2 To restrict the report to a specific time period, change the Start Date and End Date. The report is dynamically updated. The Conference Usage Report includes the following basic conference information: Conference name Date Scheduled start and stop date and time Scheduled duration Actual start and stop date and time Actual duration Total scheduled participants

Conference Type Report

Use the Conference Type Report option to review monthly summary information about past CMA system conferences. To create a Conference Type Report 1 Go to Reports > Conference Type Report. An empty Conference Type Report grid appears.

266

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

As needed, change the From: and To: dates to select the date range for the report, and click View. The Conference Type Report for the selected date range appears. It includes the following information.
Column Date Scheduled Confs Description Information is displayed on a month-by-month basis and an average for the selected months. The number of conferences scheduled via one of the CMA system scheduling interfaces (that is, the CMA system application, the Polycom Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook, or the Polycom Scheduling Plugin for IBM Lotus Notes). The number of conferences that used one or more devices for which the CMA system was the gatekeeper, but that werent scheduled via one of the CMA system scheduling interfaces. The number of multipoint conferences scheduled using one of the CMA system scheduling interfaces. The number of point-to-point conferences scheduled using one of the CMA system scheduling interfaces. The number of scheduled conferences that used a gateway to reach one or more devices. The number of scheduled multipoint conferences that used the MCU embedded in a V-Series, VSX-Series, or Polycom HDX-Series device rather than an external MCU such as an MGC or RMX MCU. The number of scheduled point-to-point conferences that used an external MCU such as an MGC or RMX MCU even through point-to-point conferences do not usually require MCU resources. The number of scheduled conferences that were scheduled to last 30 minutes or more, but which actually lasted less than 30 minutes. The sum of the scheduled minutes for all CMA system scheduled conferences. The sum of the actual minutes for all CMA system scheduled conferences. The sum of the participants that joined CMA system scheduled conferences. The average number of participants that joined scheduled CMA system multipoint conferences.

Ad hoc Confs

MP Confs P2P Confs Gateway Confs Embedded MP Confs

P2P Confs on MCU

Short Confs

Scheduled Minutes Executed Minutes Total Parts Avg Parts in MP Confs

Polycom, Inc.

267

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

To create one of the conference type report charts, click the appropriate chart name below the grid. Chart choices include:
Column Scheduled vs. Ad hoc Scheduled Types Description A chart that compares the number of scheduled conferences to the number of ad hoc conferences for each month A chart that compares the number of point-to-point, multipoint, gateway, and embedded multipoint conferences for each month A chart that compares the number of scheduled minutes to the number executed minutes for each month A chart that displays the average number of participants in multipoint conferences for each month A chart that displays the number of point-to-point conferences hosted on an external MCU for each month

Scheduled vs. Executed Mins Avg Parts in MP Confs Point-to-Point Confs on MCUs

The selected chart dynamically appears below the grid. 4 To export the report: a b c Click Export. In the File Download dialog box, click Save. In the Save As dialog box, browse to the location to which to save the report and click Save.

Gatekeeper Message Log

Use the Gatekeeper Message Log page to: View messages that endpoints send to the gatekeeper Define which messages are logged Pause and restart message logging Clear the log Export the log to another file

Logging starts when you define the Log Settings. Logging stops only when you clear all of the Log Settings. Logging can include these types of messages: Warnings/Errors. Messages displayed for all warnings or errors that occur on registered Polycom endpoints Rogues. Messages displayed for all calls from unregistered endpoints

268

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

Events. Messages display about these events: Registration Call detail Neighboring gatekeeper

While you can pause logging, the CMA system always logs device errors and warnings. You can also: Clear events from the log, which removes data from the database Export the log to a a comma-separated value (CSV) file. You can export only the data that displays on-screen, and exporting the log may take a long time depending on the number of entries in the log.

View and Export the Gatekeeper Message Log

To see more details about a log message 1 2 3 Go to Reports > Gatekeeper Message Log. Use the Filter on the Gatekeeper Message Log list to customize the list. Select the message of interest. The Gatekeeper Message Log report appears. It has these fields:
Column Type Description These types of messages display: Information, which indicates normal communications between the CMA system and the endpoint. Warning, which indicates an unscheduled call and the inability to assign E.164 and ISDN numbers to an endpoint. Error, which indicates the registration of an endpoint or a call failed, or a lack of resources for this gateway or MCU exists.

Date/Time Category Description

Date and time of the event. Specifies whether an event is a registration, call, or neighboring gatekeeper request. Displays the message sent to or received from the endpoint, identified by the IP address.

Polycom, Inc.

269

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

To export a message: a b c Select the log of interest and click Export Log. In the Export Log dialog box, click Yes. A GKexport file appears in your default text editor. Save the file.

Define Log Settings

To define which messages should be logged 1 2 3 Go to Reports > Gatekeeper Message Log. When the Gatekeeper Message Log page appears, click Log Settings. In the Gatekeeper Log Settings dialog box, select the events to log and click OK. The CMA system begins logging the types of messages you selected.

Clear Events from the Log

To clear all events from the log 1 2 3 Go to Reports > Gatekeeper Message Log. When the Gatekeeper Message Log page appears, click Clear Events. Click Yes to confirm the action. The Gatekeeper Message Log is cleared.

Pause and Restart Logging

To pause logging 1 2 3 Go to Reports > Gatekeeper Message Log. When the Gatekeeper Message Log page appears, click Pause Log. In the Stop Logging dialog box, click Yes. The Start Log button is available and the system stops logging device messages to the Gatekeeper Message Log. 4 Click Start Log to restart logging.software updateSystem Log Files

270

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

Many of the CMA system components can write a System Log File when they experience an error or issue. Whether or not they do write a system log file depends upon the system log level. The following table lists some of the logs the CMA system saves.
Log Name Description

Log Files Related to Basic System Functionality SE200MasterService.txt Log file that shows when individual services are started and stopped, and displays a memory usage summary for some of those services (mqm, sitetopo, plcmgk, gab) every 30 minutes Log file that shows when the serial console was started and which COM port was used (for example, COM1). It also shows any errors that occur while processing menu commands from the serial console. Log file that shows the output of the CMA system install script. shows what steps were done when installing the CMA system software Log file that shows the output of the CMA system upgrade script (not applicable unless an upgrade was performed)

SE200SerialConsoleLog.txt

ESINSTALL-<timestamp>.txt

ESUPGRADE-<timestamp>.txt

Log File Related to Dial Plan Functionality DialRule_Log.txt General log file used by the dial rule process. This process generates dial out strings to endpoints, controls the dialing rules set up in the user interface. When in debug mode, this log file contains messages about site topology entry and usage.

SiteTopo_Log.txt

Log File Related to External Database Functionality ServiceMonitor_Log.txt Log file for the redundancy service that shows when a redundant CMA system goes into active or standby mode

Log Files Related to Scheduling Functionality AdapterLog_SCH.txt .NET remoting log file that shows low-level communication errors between internal system components--in this case, the scheduling component

Polycom, Inc.

271

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Log Name

Description

Log Files Related to Global Address Book Functionality AdapterLog_GAB.txt .NET remoting log file that shows low-level communication errors from the GAB communications with the integration layer .NET remoting log file that shows low-level communication errors from the GAB communications with devices Log files for web services, device manager, and conference monitoring. This file includes information about successful and failed system logins and all logouts, as well as system errors, major system events, and general system information.

ComponentLog_GAB.txt

EXXX_LOGx.txt

Log Files Related to Device Management Functionality AdapterLog_GMS.txt .NET remoting log file that shows low-level communication errors between internal system components--in this case, the management component Log file that captures device specific message Log file that captures device specific message Log file that captures device specific messages related to potential password mismatches Log file for the device management process Log file for the device management process Log file that shows when a device is updated with a new software package via a scheduled software update

<DeviceType>Device.txt <DeviceType>DeviceCollection.txt <DeviceType>PasswdErrs.log

DeviceManager.txt DeviceManagerService.txt softwareUpdate

Log Files Related to Gatekeeper Functionality AdapterLog_PN.txt .NET remoting log file that shows low-level communication errors between internal system components--in this case, the gatekeeper component General gatekeeper log file General media quality monitor log file that will show any errors when writing CDRs or media quality data to the database

PLCMGK.log MQM_Log.txt

272

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

Log Name

Description

Log Files Related to Call Management Functionality Messages.txt Conference launching log used exclusively by CodecMngr process. This log contains information about the conference start up process, that is, information that the system sends to devices at the start of a conference. Conference scheduling log used by the conference scheduling process. This log contains debug information on how a conference is created. A log file is created for each scheduled conference, with the log file name format: CS-<conf_name>.txt, where <conf_name> is the name of the scheduled conference. This is always on, and there is no logging level.

CS_<conf_name>.html CS_<conf_name>.txt

Log Files Related to Web Services Functionality apache_access.log.<xxxx> apache_error.log mod_jk.log Apache web server access log that shows when and what URL was requested Log file that captures error messages from the Apache web server Log file that shows which web requests were forwarded from Apache web server to the Tomcat servlet engine.

Log Files Related to Presence Functionality Jserver.log.<n> Log file that shows errors related to the internal LDAP, SNMP, DM, Site Topology and dynamically-managed endpoint login and provisioning functionality. This circular log has a six month limit. The timestamp is the local server time. JBoss startup log. JBoss is the container service for the Jserver service Openfire debug log that shows errors related to connection to internal LDAP server. Openfire error log Openfire information log Openfire warning log Openfire service logcurrently unused

boot.log debug.log

error.log info.log warn.log openfire.log

Polycom, Inc.

273

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

View and Export System Log Files

To view System Log Files 1 2 Go to Reports > System Logs. The System Log Files list appears listing the logs for the given time period. To view a log file: a b 3 a b c 4 Select the log file of interest. Click Open. Click Get All. To open the .zip file, in the Open File dialog box, click Open with, and browse to the program you use to open.zip files. To save the .zip file to your local computer, in the Open File dialog box, click Save.

To export a .zip of all log files:

Click OK.

Change the System Log Level

To edit the current system log level 1 Go to Reports > System Logs. The System Log Files list appears listing the logs for the given time period. The Current Log Level indicates which log files are being saved. 2 Change the log level, by selecting a new value in the Current Log Level menu. Choices include: Debug Info Warn Error Major Fatal Off 3 In a redundant configuration, repeat steps 1 and 2 on the redundant server.

274

Polycom, Inc.

System Reports

Call Detail Record Report Administration

280

Polycom, Inc.

System Administration Overview

Services The Services pane displays information about the CMA system services, including: How many services are running How many services are stopped A list of the services and a graphical indicator for each service indicating its state: Running or Stopped . If a service is stopped, select the service and a dialog box appears that describes the error, possible reasons for the error, and suggestions to correct the error. Click the start service icon to restart the service. The following table lists the services, their purpose, and whether or not they are essential to the health of the system.
Service Apache2 MSSQLSERVER OpenDS openfire Polycom Cascader Polycom Conference Scheduling Service Polycom Device Manager Polycom DialRuleService Polycom Gatekeeper Polycom JServer Manages the systems... Web processes Database processes Site topology database Presence/XMPP processes Cascaded conferencing processes Conference scheduling processes Device management processes Dial rule management processes Gatekeeper processes Java processes including LDAP, SNMP, device management, Site Topology, and dynamically-managed device logins and provisioning. Basic operation processes Serial port management processes Redundancy monitoring processes Comment Essential Essential Required for site topology functionality Required for presence Required for cascading conferences Essential Essential Essential Essential Essential

Polycom Master Service Polycom Serial COM Polycom Service Monitor

Essential Essential Required for redundancy

Polycom, Inc.

281

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Service Polycom Global Address Book

Manages the systems... Global Address Book management processes

Comment Essential

When users log into a CMA system, the system first checks to make sure all essential services are running before allowing users to access the system. The following situations may occur. If all essential services are running, users are allowed to access the system. If one or more essential services is down, and the Apache service has been running for less than seven minutes, users receive an error message saying, The CMA system is not ready. Please try again in a few minutes. If one or more essential services is down, but the Apache service has been running for at least seven minutes, users are allowed to access to the system. In this case, specific system functions may be unavailable to users.

Gatekeepers The Gatekeepers pane displays information about the CMA system as a gatekeeper, including:
Field Gatekeeper Statue Call Model Description Displays the status of the CMA system gatekeeper. Possible values are Up or Down. Describes how the CMA system routes selected H.225 call signalling messages. Possible values include: Routed or Direct. For more information, see Routing Mode on page 336. Displays the number of neighboring gatekeepers identified for the CMA system. Displays whether or not the CMA system has an alternate gatekeeper identified. Displays the number of devices currently registered to the CMA system gatekeeper. Displays two views of the CMA system active calls: A number field that shows the current number of active calls A graph that presents the percentage of active calls over time

Neighbors Alternate Configure Registered Devices Active Calls

CMA Licenses The CMA Licenses pane displays information about how the CMA system is licensed, including: The Total Number of Licenses available on the system

282

Polycom, Inc.

System Administration Overview

The Licenses in Use, which displays two views of the CMA system active calls: A sparkline that presents the license usage over time (60 minutes total; updated every 5 minutes so there are 12 data points on the sparkline). A percentage indicator that shows the current usage.

Pre-call Status The Pre-call Status pane displays information about the next conference or conferences that are scheduled to launch including:
Field Time to Conference Scheduled to Launch Ready to Launch Ready to Launch with Device in Call NOT Ready to Launch Description Displays the system-defined pre-call status reporting time of 10 minutes. In other words, the Pre-call Status pane always reports on conferences that are scheduled to start in the next 10 minutes. Displays the number of conferences scheduled to start in the next 10 minutes. Displays the subset of conferences that are scheduled to start in the next 10 minutes and that have passed the resource tests that the system executes before launching a conference. Displays the subset of conferences that are scheduled to start in the next 10 minutes and that have passed the resource tests but that still have one or more devices in another call. Displays the subset of conferences that are scheduled to start in the next 10 minutes but that have not yet passed the resource tests. Also displays the conferences that are not ready to launch.

Todays Adhoc Conferences The Todays Adhoc Conferences pane displays information about the ad hoc conferences started by video endpoints registered to the CMA system. For the current day (starting at 0:00 and ending at 24:00), it displays: The number of ad hoc conferences that were Completed for the current day The number of ad hoc conferences that are Active at the current time A bar chart that displays the number of ad hoc conferences (vertical axis) plotted against time of day (horizontal axis)

Todays Scheduled Conferences The Todays Scheduled Conferences pane displays information about the scheduled conferences managed by the CMA system. For the current day (starting at 0:00 and ending at 24:00), it displays:
Polycom, Inc.

The number of scheduled conferences that were Completed that day

283

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

The number of scheduled conferences that are Active at the current time The number of scheduled conferences that are yet to occur (Future) A bar chart that displays time on the linear axis plotted against the number of scheduled conferences on the horizontal axis

Endpoints The system allows you to add multiple Endpoints panes so you can create your own scheme for grouping and monitoring endpoints. When you add an Endpoints pane, you can give the pane a meaningful name and select which endpoints to monitor. You can save the pane, create others as needed. You can also reconfigure an Endpoints pane using the configuration tool. Endpoints panes display the following information: The number of endpoints being monitored The number of monitored endpoints that are In a Call The number of monitored endpoints that are Online The number of monitored endpoints that are Offline

In addition, the Endpoints pane identifies any monitored endpoints that are experiencing alert conditions. If you click on an endpoint in the list, the system displays the Endpoint > Monitor View. Finally, click View Endpoint to see the Status, Name, Alias, IP Address, Owner, and Site for the monitored endpoints. This status information is sent by the endpoints to the CMA system. Systems The Systems pane displays summary information about the devices registered with the CMA system, including:
Field Endpoints VVXs MCUs Gatekeepers Gateways Description The number of endpoints registered with the CMA system The number of VVX systems registered with the CMA system The number of MCUs registered with the CMA system The number of neighbored gatekeepers identified to the CMA system plus the CMA system itself. The number of individual H.323 cards and/or IP blades in Polycom MCUs are assigned the device type of GW/MCU during registration. For more information, see Network Device Types on page 205. The number of Rooms defined with the CMA system The number of VBPs defined with the CMA system

Rooms VBPs

284

Polycom, Inc.

System Administration Overview

Field DMAs Touch Controls

Description The number of DMAs defined with the CMA system The number of Touch Controls defined with registered endpoints

If any of the devices registered with the CMA system experience a fault, the Systems pane also displays an alert icon. Click the alert icon to see the Endpoint or Network Device view and get more information about the alert. Conference Status The Conference Status pane displays the list of active conferences. (see screen shot) plus 2 of 6 participants online. Click on conference title to go to conference monitor view for that conference Failed AD Login Attempts The Failed AD Login Attempts pane displays: The total number of Failed Logins for Active Directory users in the last 24 hour period. The domain\username for the Active Directory users whose login attempts failed and how many times they failed. Click the domain\username to view the date and time for the failed attempts.

Redundancy Status The Redundancy Status pane displays information about the CMA system redundancy configuration, including: Whether or not the system is configured for redundancy. Possible values for Status are Configured or Not Configured. The Virtual IP Address for the redundant system The IP address of the Active Server The IP address of the Backup Server

MCU Status The system allows you to add multiple MCU Status panes so you can create a pane for all or individual MCUs registered with the CMA system. When you add an MCU Status pane, you can give the pane a meaningful name and either select an MCU to monitor or select All MCUs. You can save the pane, create others as needed. You can also reconfigure an MCU Status pane using the configuration tool.

Polycom, Inc.

285

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

The MCU Status pane for All MCUs displays the following information:
:

Note
Areas may affect an administrators ability to View Details for an MCU. The administrator and MCU must be assigned to a common area.

Field Errors Warnings Active Conferences

Description Displays the cumulative number of alarms for all of the registered MCUs. Displays the cumulative number of warnings for all of the registered MCUs. Displays the total number of active conferences being hosted by all of the registered MCUs.

The MCU Status pane for All MCUs also lists all of the registered MCUs and displays the Errors and Warnings for the MCUs. The MCU Status pane for an individual MCU displays the following information:
Field Errors Warnings Active Conferences Number of Audio Ports Audio Ports Utilization Description Displays the number of alarms on the MCU. Displays the number of conferences that are active on the MCU at the current time. Displays the number of active conferences currently being hosted by the MCU. Displays the number of dedicated audio ports configured on the MCU. Displays two views of the MCU audio port usage: Number of Video Ports Video Ports Utilization A sparkline that presents the audio port usage over time A percentage indicator that shows the current usage

Displays the number of video ports configured on the MCU. Displays two views of the MCU video port usage: A sparkline that presents the video port usage over time A percentage indicator that shows the current usage

Expected Port Utilization

A timeline that shows how many ports are scheduled for conferences within the next 45 minutes.

This status information is sent by the MCU to the CMA system.

286 Polycom, Inc.

System Administration Overview

In addition, the MCU Status pane identifies when the monitored MCU is experiencing alert conditions.

System Administration Menu

The system Admin menu gives users with administrative permissions access to the day-to-day management tasks they need to monitor, maintain, and troubleshoot the CMA system. Besides the Dashboard, it lists these selections:
Selection Conference Templates Conference Settings Provisioning Profiles Software Updates Rooms Global Address Book Areas Server Settings Use this selection to... Manage (add, edit, and delete) conference templates. See Conference Templates on page 289. Enable or disable Conference Auto-launch and Conference Time Warning. See Conference Settings on page 297. Manage (add, edit, and delete) automatic or scheduled provisioning profiles Manage (add, edit, and delete) automatic or scheduled software update packages Manage (add, edit, and delete) rooms in the CMA system directory Manage (add, edit, and delete) users in the CMA system Global Address Book Manage Areas for a CMA system Configure the basic CMA system, which includes the network, system time, database, directory, licensing, redundancy, branding, GAB, remote alert, and email set up By default the CMA system is made the default gatekeeper during the First Time Setup process. Use the Gatekeeper Settings option to modify the this setting or to add an alternate gatekeeper or neighboring gatekeepers. Gatekeeper Settings affect how devices register and calls are made in your video communications network. These settings allow you to: Identify the gatekeeper with an identifier and description. Specify registration-related settings, including the default gatekeeper, which endpoints register, the registration refresh period, and the offline timeout. Set the maximum number of neighboring gatekeeper hop counts. Specify how to handle calls to and from unregistered endpoints.

Gatekeeper Settings

Polycom, Inc.

287

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Selection Management and Security Dial Plan and Sites

Use this selection to... Upgrade the CMA system and configure the certificate, security, and endpoint management set up Edit the default CMA system Dial Plan and Site settings (which includes the definition of sites, site links, dial rules, services, and least-cost routing tables) to support your network topology and video call routing. Configure the CMA system to send email alerts for specified system or endpoint events View or backup the CMA system internal database backup file

Alert Settings Database Backup FIles

288

Polycom, Inc.

21
Conference Setup Overview

This chapter includes information about conference templates, options, and settings within the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. Two types of configuration settings relate to scheduled conferences: Conference Templates define most of the settings that become the defaults for a conference. Conference Settings are global system-wide settings that apply to all scheduled conferences.

Conference Templates
Conference templates allow you to create various combinations of settings to apply to scheduled conferences. For scheduled conferences that land on MGC devices, the conference template explicitly identifies the settings the MGC should use to control the conference. For scheduled conferences that land on RMX devices, the conference template explicitly identifies the RMX profile which identifies the settings the RMX should use to control the conference.

Administrators with Conference Setup permissions can add or edit Conference Templates. They can also identify (by user role) which users have access to which Conference Templates and which users have Advanced scheduling permissions. Then users select from the different templates available to them to switch between different combinations of conference settings. The CMA system administrator must manually synchronize the settings in the CMA system conference template and its associated RMX profile.

Polycom, Inc.

289

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Table 21-1 Field

Conference Template Parameters Description

General Info Name Description Audio-Only Template Template will be available to users with the selected roles... Available Roles Selected Roles Video Settings Video Dial Options These settings apply only to video conferences. The video dial options are: Dial-In Only (all participants dial into the conference) Dial-Out Only (all participants are called by the system) Dial-In + Dial-Out (The person setting up the conference can specify which participants must dial into the conference and which participants are called by the system.) Enter a unique and meaningful name for the template, which can be up to 32 characters long. Enter a meaningful description (ASCII only) of the conference settings template. Select this option to designate the template as an audio-only template. Selecting this option disables the Video Settings and some of the Conference Settings. Select the roles to which users must be assigned for them to see this template when scheduling conferences.

The list of roles defined to the CMA system The list of roles that can use the conference template being defined.

Video Mode

Sets the video layout for the conference. The default is Video Switching Mode. To change to a Continuous Presence layout or mode, click the switching icon and select a layout option. The video mode determines the initial layout on an endpoints display during a multipoint conference. This option requires an MCU.

Note
Make sure you have defined video endpoint systems and boards so that they are available for selection in continuous presence layouts.

290

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Setup Overview

Table 21-1 Field

Conference Template Parameters Description Not user-configurable for Polycom RMX systems. Sets the compression algorithm that the MCU uses to process video. Possible values include: Auto H.261. An ITU standard designed for two-way communication over ISDN lines and supports data rates which are multiples of 64Kbit/s. H.261 supports CIF and QCIF resolutions. H.263. Based on H.261 with enhancements that improve video quality over modems. It supports CIF, QCIF, SQCIF, 4CIF and 16CIF resolutions. H.264

Video Algorithm

The default is Auto.

Note
Selecting a video algorithm doesn't guarantee that it will be chosen for a conference since the MCU device may negotiate a different algorithm with the endpoints, depending on the endpoints capabilities.

People + Content

Not supported on RMX devices. H.239 multimedia is set in the RMX profile for RMX devices. Enable this setting when you have equipment that supports the display of people and content. Sets the format type of the content. Possible values include: None People+Content (H.239) People and Content V0. To show both the presenter and the content on a single display using HDX-Series products. Polycom Visual Concert PC. To show live PC content using standard ViewStation systems Polycom Visual Concert FX. To integrate a laptop with graphics into a video call using ViewStation products DuoVideo

None is the default.

Note
The MGC requires that conferences with People and Content use a minimum speed of 192 K.

Polycom, Inc.

291

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Table 21-1 Field

Conference Template Parameters Description Possible values include: None. All participants see the conference in the video mode defined elsewhere. Presentation. In this mode, when a participants speech exceeds a predefined time (30 seconds), the system identifies the participant as the lecturer. The video mode for the other participants automatically changes to full screen, displaying the lecturer, while the lecturers endpoint displays participants in the video mode defined previously. When another participant starts talking, Presentation Mode is cancelled and the conference returns to its predefined video layout.

Lecture Mode

Notes
Speed Set in the RMX profile for RMX devices RMX 1000 systems do not support Lecture Mode, Presentation Mode, or Lecture View Switching.

Sets the speed for the conference, which applies to both point-to-point and multipoint calls. Possible values for Polycom MGC systems are between 128 to 1920 Kbps and Bridged Audio. The default is 384 Kbps.

Note
For conferences that may land on an RMX device, the speed designated here is used to reserve bandwidth and must match the line rate defined in the RMX profile that is identified in the Profile Name field. Lecture View Switching For Polycom MGC systems only. Select this option to enable automatic switching of participants on the Lecturers screen when Lecture Mode is set to Presentation Mode and the number of participants exceeds the number of windows identified by the video mode defined elsewhere.

Note
RMX 1000 systems do not support Lecture Mode, Presentation Mode, or Lecture View Switching. High Definition Select this option for an ultra-high quality video resolution enabling compliant endpoints to connect to conferences at resolutions of 1280x720 (720p) and at bit rates up to 4Mb.

292

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Setup Overview

Table 21-1 Field

Conference Template Parameters Description Optimizes the video quality based on the amount of movement contained in the conference video. Possible values include: Motion. Provides a higher frame rate without increased resolution Sharpness. Provides a higher video resolution and requires more system resources

Video Quality

Auto Brightness

For Polycom RMX systems only. Detects and automatically adjusts the brightness of video windows that are dimmer than other video windows in the conference layout.

Encryption

For Polycom RMX systems only. Activate encryption for the conference

Video Clarity

For Polycom RMX systems only. Applies video enhancing algorithms to incoming video streams of resolutions up to and including SD.

MCU Settings Supported MCUs Specify the supported MCU types. Possible values include: RMX Profile Name MGC RMX

Identifies the RMX profile for the conference, if the conference is hosted on an RMX system. Enter the RMX profile routing name, which is generally (but not always) the same as the profile name as specified in the RMX platform.

Note
Conferences fail if they land on an RMX device and a valid RMX profile is not specified. Always Use MCU When selected, an MCU is used for the scheduled conference, regardless of the number of participants. When not selected, an MCU is used only when necessary.

Conf Settings Meet Me Per Conference For Polycom MGC systems only. When selected, only one dial-in number is assigned to the conference. When cleared, each dial-in participant is assigned a different dial-in number.

Polycom, Inc.

293

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Table 21-1 Field

Conference Template Parameters Description For Polycom MGC systems only. When selected, this option conserves bandwidth and ports by putting all participants on a single port. When Conference on Port is enabled, the Video Mode must be set to one of the Continuous Presence layouts.

Conference on Port

Conference Requires Chairperson

Select this option to require that a video chairperson control the conference from his or her video endpoint system. When this option is implemented, the system will assign an eight-digit password that the conference chairperson must enter to control the conference. The conference scheduler can change this system-assigned password to any fourthrough eight-digit number. In this case: The video chairperson must have a video endpoint system The conference requires an MCU. All conference participants remain in the waiting room and cannot join the conference until the conference chairperson enters the conference.

H.243 chair control allows an endpoint to control the conference using the H.243 chair control feature. The chairperson can disconnect participants, force the use of a continuous presence video layout, and terminate the conference. H.243 cascade control allows the MGC-50 or MGC-100 to support a cascading configuration of conferences with the capabilities of H.243.

Note
Entry Tone Set in the RMX profile for RMX MCUs The RMX 1000 system does not support the Chairperson feature.

Not user-configurable for RMX MCUs. Sets an entry tone sound when a participant enters a conference.

Exit Tone

Not user-configurable for RMX MCUs. Sets an exit tone sound when a participant leaves a conference.

294

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Setup Overview

Table 21-1 Field

Conference Template Parameters Description Not user-configurable for RMX devices Sets an alert tone to play into MCU-hosted conferences indicating that the conference is scheduled to end soon. Set the End Time Alert (minutes) field to configure when the tone should be played into the conference.

End Time Alert Tone

Note
Auto Redial This feature is not related to the system-based Conference Time Warning feature.

For Polycom RMX systems only. Instructs the Polycom RMX to automatically redial IP and ISDN participants that have been abnormally disconnected from the conference.

Talk Hold Time (sec)

Not user-configurable for RMX devices Indicates the minimum period that a participant has to speak to become the main speaker. During this period, no other participant may become the main speaker. The range is from 1.5 seconds to 10 seconds, in increments of 0.01 seconds.

End Time Alert (minutes)

Not user-configurable for RMX devices Specifies the number of minutes before the conference end that the End Time Alert Tone should sound. Not supported on RMX devices. Determines whether T.120 is enabled, and if so, the default transfer rate. Enable this setting when you have equipment that supports T.120 display of data. Options are: 6.4, 14.4, 16, 22.4, 24, 30.4, 32, 38.4, 40, 46.4, 54.4, and 62.4.

T120 Rate

Note
Audio Algorithm Because this setting uses resources on the MCU device, it is recommended that you select None.

Not user-configurable for RMX devices. Sets the compression algorithm that the MGC uses to process audio. The default is Auto.

Note
Selecting a certain video/audio algorithm doesn't guarantee that it will be chosen for a conference since an MGC device may negotiate a different algorithm with the endpoints, depending on the endpoints capabilities.

Polycom, Inc.

295

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Table 21-1 Field

Conference Template Parameters Description Not user-configurable for RMX devices. Sets the number of participants with the loudest voices who can speak at once during a conference. If additional participants speak, their comments are not heard.

Audio Mix Depth (sites)

The CMA system has a Default Template. Administrators with Conference Setup permissions can edit the Default Template and create additional templates with different settings. When scheduling a conference, the Default Template, which is available to all users, is selected by default. Schedulers can select a different conference template from the list of templates an administrator has made available to them. Users with advanced scheduling permissions can edit the template settings for a specific scheduled conference. These changes apply only to the specified conference. Use these best practices when working with conference templates. For the Default Template, select settings that are the lowest common values for all device types. This ensures that all conferences scheduled with the Default Template can successfully launch on whatever devices the system has available at the time. The template names Default Template and Default Audio Templates are stored in the system database and their names are not localized into other languages. If you wish to localized their names into your language, edit the templates and enter new names for them. When creating new templates, give them meaningful purposes and names so that your users can easily identify the differences between template choices. For example, identify templates according to maximum bit rate, specific features implemented by the template (for example, Lecture Mode or Chairperson Control), and/or supported MCU type (MGC or RMX). In a mixed-MCU environment, consider the advantages and disadvantages of creating one or more conference templates for each MCU type. This ensures that the system can select a specific type of MCU and can implement the chosen conference settings. Remember that the RMX profile will override settings specified when scheduling a conference through the CMA system. To ensure consistent and expected behavior, make sure to synchronize and lock down RMX profiles and CMA system conference templates.

Note
CMA systems do not support scheduling of third-party MCUs. Template settings apply only to the MGC or RMX devices.

296

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Setup Overview

Conference Settings
Conference settings apply to all conferences scheduled using the CMA system. These settings include:
Field Conference Auto Launch Description When Disable is selected, scheduled conferences do not start. This is useful if you wish to stop future scheduled conferences from starting before you perform a restart or shutdown. Specifies whether or not the CMA system sends a message to video endpoints in a conference to warn the endpoint users that their conference is scheduled to end soon. The system sends the message 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the conference is scheduled to end. To support this feature, the video endpoint system must be capable of receiving a system Send Message command. By default, Conference Time Warning is enabled.

Conference Time Warning

Note
This feature is not related to the MCU-based End Time Alert Tone feature. Automatically Include Conference Owner (Scheduler) in New Conferences Select this option when you wish the system to always include the person scheduling the conference as a conference participant. Do not select this option if your organization has assistants or operators schedule conferences for others.

Polycom, Inc.

297

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

298

Polycom, Inc.

22
Conference Setup Operations

This chapter includes information about conference options and tasks within the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. It includes these topics: View the Conference Templates List Add a Conference Template Edit a Conference Template Delete a Conference Template Set Conference Settings Disable Conference Auto-Launch Disable Conference Time Warning Delete Customized Text in Email Notifications Overbooking Dial-in Participants

View the Conference Templates List

To view the Conference Template list Go to Admin > Conference Templates. The Conference Templates list appears.

Polycom, Inc.

299

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Add a Conference Template

To add a conference template 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Conference Templates. On the Conference Templates list, click Add . Complete the General Info and MCU Settings sections of the Add Conference Template dialog box first. Your selection for MCU Settings affect your choices in the Video Settings section. For more information on the Add Conference Template dialog box, see Conference Templates on page 289. Complete the Video Settings and Conf Settings sections of the Add Conference Template dialog box. Click OK. The new template appears in the Conference Template list. Note
The CMA system does not validate the Conference Template settings. When you create a new conference template, you must make certain that the settings match the capabilities of the MCUs (MGC or RMX device) or endpoints.

4 5

Edit a Conference Template

To edit a conference template 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Conference Templates. On the Conference Templates list, select the template of interest and click Edit . Edit the General Info, Video Settings, MCU Settings, and Conf Settings sections of the Edit Conference Template dialog box as required. Note
If you change the conference template Speed setting and there are scheduled conferences using that template, all endpoints in the scheduled conferences are reset to whichever is less: the new template Speed or the maximum speed that the endpoint supports.

Click OK.

300

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Setup Operations

Delete a Conference Template

To delete a conference template 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Conference Templates. On the Conference Templates list, select the template of interest and click Delete . Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

Set Conference Settings

To specify conference settings 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Conference Settings. On the Conference Settings page, make the required selections. Conference Settings on page 297. Click Update.

Disable Conference Auto-Launch

To disable conference auto-launch 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Conference Settings. In the Conference Auto-Launch section of the Conference Settings page, check the Disabled check box. Click Update.

Disable Conference Time Warning

To disable the conference time warning 1 2 3
Polycom, Inc.

Go to Admin > Conference Settings. In the Conference Time Warning section of the Conference Settings page, clear the Enabled check box. Click Update.
301

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Overbooking Dial-in Participants

In the CMA system, an administrator can configure the system to allow schedulers to overbook dial-in participants. In this case, dial-in participants can be scheduled to dial into multiple conferences, but the system reserves resources for the participant for only the first scheduled conference. Dial-out participants cannot be scheduled into multiple conferences. To allow schedulers to overbook dial-in participants 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Conference Settings. In the Allow Overbooking of dial-in participants section of the Conference Settings page, check the Enabled check box. Click Update.

Add Customized Text to Email Notifications

To add customized text to all conferencing email notifications 1 2 Go to Admin > Email Customization. In the Beginning Text section of the Email Customization page, type in the introductory text you want to appear at the start of all conferencing email notifications. This text field is limited to 650 characters. The text you type here will appear in plain text just as you typed it. 3 In the End Text section of the Email Customization page, type in the closing text you want to appear at the end of all conferencing email notifications. This text field is limited to 650 characters. The text you type here will appear in plain text just as you typed it. 4 Click Update.

302

Polycom, Inc.

Conference Setup Operations

Edit Customized Text in Email Notifications

To edit the customized text in all conferencing email notifications 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Email. To change the introductory text, replace the text in the first text box (Text at the Beginning of the Reminder Email) with the new text you want to appear at the start of all conferencing email notifications. This text field is limited to 650 characters. The text you type here will appear in plain text just as you typed it. 3 To change the closing text, replace the text in the second text box (Text at the End of the Reminder Email) the new text you want to appear at the end of all conferencing email notifications. This text field is limited to 650 characters. The text you type here will appear in plain text just as you typed it. 4 Click Update.

Delete Customized Text in Email Notifications

To delete the customized text in all conferencing email notifications 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Email Customization. To delete the introductory text, select the text in the Beginning Text section of the Email Customization page and delete it. To delete the closing text, select the text in the End Text section of the Email Customization page and delete it. Click Update.

Polycom, Inc.

303

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

304

Polycom, Inc.

23
Room Overview and Operations

This chapter describes how to set up rooms in the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. It includes these topics: View the Rooms List Add a Local Room Add an Enterprise Room Edit a Room Delete a Room

Local and Enterprise Meeting Rooms

The CMA system allows an administrator with System Setup permissions to manage local and enterprise meeting rooms and the devices associated with those meeting rooms. Most often a CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory to which rooms have been added. However, the CMA system also allows an administrator with System Setup permissions to add local rooms (that is, users added manually to the system) and associate them with devices.

Polycom, Inc.

305

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

View the Rooms List

To view the Rooms list Go to Admin > Rooms. The Rooms list appears. It can be filtered by Site.
Column Room Name Description Associated Endpoints Description The unique and required name of the room The optional description of the room The primary endpoint associated with this room. A set of ellipses (...) indicates the room has more than one associated device.

Add a Local Room

When you add a local room (a room not found in the enterprise directory) to a CMA system, you specify settings for it and associate one or more devices with it. To add a local room 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Rooms. On the Rooms page, click Add . The Add New Room dialog box appears. If you are logged into a domain other than the Local domain, click Manually Define. Complete the General Info and Associated Devices sections of the Add New Room dialog box. The following table shows the room information in the CMA system records.
Field General Info Room Name Description The name of the room, which appears in the address book for associated devices (Optional) A useful description (ASCII only) of the room. Description

306

Polycom, Inc.

Room Overview and Operations

Field Site

Description The site in which the room is located.

Note
Rooms and the endpoint associated with them must be assigned to the same site. Email User ID (Optional) The email address of the room administrator. A user account for the room. This user ID must be unique within the system across all rooms and users and across all domains. If you do not usually create meaningful user IDs for your rooms, create a placeholder ID that will not conflict with any other room and user IDs.

Note
CMA system dynamic device management requires that rooms be assigned user IDs and passwords, so users can schedule rooms in the same way they schedule users and so that the CMA system can manage room endpoints (scheduling, monitoring, provisioning, and software updates) in the same way that it manages users endpoints. Password/ Confirm Password The password that corresponds to the rooms User ID. This password must be a minimum of eight characters in length.

Polycom, Inc.

24
Directory Setup Operations

This chapter describes how to manage the Global Address Book in the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. It includes these topics: View the Global Address Book Set or Change the GAB Password

View the Global Address Book

The Polycom Global Address Book is an endpoint directory that allows users with video endpoints to look up and call other users with video endpoints in their video communications network. From a video endpoint system, users can locate other users devices by name in the Global Address Book and initiate a call without knowledge of the other users equipment. For more information on the Global Address Book, see Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings on page 340. To view the Global Address Book 1 2 Go to Admin > Global Address Book. As needed, use the Filter to customize the Global Address Book. It can be filtered by Endpoint Name or IP Address. The user information found in the Global Address Book includes:
Column Owner Name Description The associated user or resource ID. The name of the registered endpoint.

Polycom, Inc.

311

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Column GAB Display Name

Description The name of the registered endpoint as it will be displayed to other endpoint users. This display name is an ASCII only field. The type of endpoint. The IP address of the endpoint. The phone number of the endpoint. The alias associated with the endpoint.

Type IP Address Phone Number Alias

Set or Change the GAB Password

You can require that endpoints be provisioned with a password in order to access the Global Address Book on the CMA system. To do so, set a Global Address Book password as described here. Use the same procedure to change the Global Address Book password. Note that even if the Global Address Book is password protected, some third-party endpoints may not be required to provide a password because they are not directory-password aware. They have unrestricted access to the Global Address Book. To provision this password to endpoints, see Add a Scheduled Provisioning Profile on page 171. To set or change the password for the Global Address Book 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Global Address Book. In the Global Address Book, click Set GAB Password . In the Set Client Password dialog box, enter the Old Password and the New Password. (Note that the password fields are ASCII only; for more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10.) Confirm the new password and click Save. Once you set this password, endpoints that are not provisioned with this password cannot access the Global Address Book on the CMA system.

312

Polycom, Inc.

25
Area Overview and Operations

This chapter describes how to set up areas in the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. It includes these topics: Areas Overview View Areas Create Area Administrator Role Enable, Configure, and Customize Areas Add Areas Assign Devices to Areas Associate Users with Areas Change Area Association for Users Delete an Area

Areas Overview
Because the CMA system is a role-based system, users see only the pages and functions available to their roles and the permissions assigned to their user roles. However, users can perform those functions on any endpoint or network device defined to the system unless the Areas feature is implemented. By implementing areas, the CMA system administrator with System Setup permissions can limit access to endpoints and network devices to a specific set of administrators, operators, and schedulers.

How Areas Work

Areas add another dimension of permissions to scheduling, monitoring, and administration of endpoints and network devices. Besides the permissions enabled and disabled by roles and groups, the system now has a set of permissions enabled and disabled by areas.

Polycom, Inc.

313

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

To implement areas, complete the following tasks 1 Enable, Configure, and Customize Areas As a best practice, create an Area Administrator role. Assign that role to the people you want to administer devices in areas but not the CMA system itself. 2 Enable, Configure, and Customize Areas A CMA system user with System Setup permissions can configure areas. When configuring areas, you can also change the term (both singular and plural) used to describe areas. For example, if you plan to limit users access to devices based on their department, you may want to label this function Departments. If you plan to limit users access to devices based on their line of business, you may want to label this function Line of Business. 3 Add Areas A CMA system user with System Setup permissions can add areas. Adding areas includes naming the area, assigning devices to the area, and associating users with the area. 4 Assign Devices to Areas A CMA system user with Associate Devices to Areas permissions can assign an area when adding or editing an endpoint or network device. To assign multiple devices to an area, you can use the Assign Area action on the Monitor View page. A device can only be assigned to one area. Only administrators associated with All Areas can assign a device with no area assignment to an area. 5 Associate Users with Areas A CMA system user with Assign CMA Users to Areas permissions can associate users with one or more areas when adding or editing users. To associate multiple users with areas, you can use the Assign Areas action on the User > Users page. Users can be associated with multiple areas. Note that only users that have a CMA system role can be associated with areas.

Area Best Practices

Plan your area strategy with the following in mind: After you start assigning endpoints to areas, you must associate users with areas. The setting of None does not let users see endpoints assigned to an area. Endpoints and network devices can be assigned to only one area. Users can be associated with more than one area. Schedulers can only schedule endpoints assigned to the same area the scheduler is associated with.
Polycom, Inc.

314

Area Overview and Operations

View Areas
You can view the list of existing areas from Admin > Areas. The following information is available.
Field Areas list Name Description Associated Devices Members Summary Name Description Members User ID First Name Last Name Associated Devices Device ID Device Name Site Name of the selected area. Description of the selected area. List of users associated with the selected area Members CMA system user ID. Members first name. Members last name. List of endpoints and network devices assigned to the selected area. Device ID of the associated device. Device name of the associated device. Site of the associated device. Meaningful name for the area. Description of the area. Number of devices assigned to the area. Number of users assigned to the area. Description

You may not see all areas that exist in the system. Only administrators that are associated with All Areas can see all the of areas in the system.

Polycom, Inc.

315

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Create Area Administrator Role

As a best practice, create an area administrator role to separate CMA system administration from area administration. To create an area administrator role 1 2 3 Go to User > User Roles. On the User Roles page, click Add. Complete the Name and Description fields of the Add Role dialog box and assign the desired permissions to the new role. At a minimum, add Associate Devices to Area permission to this role. Click Save. The new user role appears in the CMA system.

Enable, Configure, and Customize Areas

Before you can use areas, you must enable areas for endpoints and network devices. You can also change the term Area used in the CMA system interface to fit your use of areas. To enable, configure, and customize the Areas function 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Areas and on the Areas page click Configure Areas. In the Configure Areas dialog box, click Enable Areas for endpoints and network devices. (Optional) To use a different term for the Areas function that is more meaningful to your business, enter the Singular and Plural term in the appropriate field. For example, Agency or Department. Note
This configuration change will not take place until you restart the CMA system.

4 5

Click Save Configuration. If you changed the Area term, go to Admin > Dashboard and click Restart to restart the CMA system. After the system restarts, the Areas function will be renamed and enabled. By default, the CMA system maintains an All area, to which you, as the enabler of the function are assigned.

316

Polycom, Inc.

Area Overview and Operations

Add Areas
When you add areas, you can assign devices and users to the area. To add areas 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Go to Admin > Areas and click Add. In the Add an Area dialog box, enter the Area Name and Description. To associate devices with the area, click Associate Devices. As needed, use the Filter to customize the device list. Select the devices to be assign to the area and click the right arrow. To assign users to the area, click Assign Area Members. In the Search Users field, enter the name for the user of interest and press Enter. Note
Searches for a user are case-insensitive, prefix searches of the Username, First Name, and Last Name fields.

8 9

Select the users to assign to the area and click the right arrow. When complete, click OK.

Assign Devices to Areas

You can assign one or more unassociated devices to an existing area. Devices can only be associated with one area. Notes
After you assign devices with an area, only users associated with the same area or to All Areas can see the devices in the CMA system. The user setting of None does not let users see endpoints assigned to an area.

To assign devices to areas 1 2 Go to Endpoint > Monitor View or Network Device > Monitor View. Click Associate Area. The Assign Area to Endpoints or Assign Area to Network Devices dialog box appears with a list of endpoints or network devices. 3
Polycom, Inc.

Select the devices to assign to an area.

317

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

4 5

From the Assign Area drop-down, select the area to assign. Click Assign Area.

Associate Users with Areas

You can associate one or more users with an existing area. A user can be assigned to as many areas as needed. Note
After you associate users an area, they can only see devices assigned to the same area in the CMA system.

To associate users with areas 1 2 Go to Admin > Areas and click Manage Members. In the Manage Members dialog box, enter the name for the user of interest in the Search Users field and press Enter. Note
Searches for a user are case-insensitive, prefix searches of the Username, First Name, and Last Name fields.

3 4 5

Select the users to assign to an area and click the right arrow. Click Assign Areas. Select one of the following options and click the right arrow. All AreasGives the users access to all devices, regardless of the area the devices are assigned to. Specific AreasGive the users access to only devices assigned to the areas selected below. Select one or more areas in the list below.

Click OK.

Change Area Association for Users

To remove area associations from users 1 2 Go to Admin > Areas and click Manage Members. In the Manage Members dialog box, enter the name for the user of interest in the Search Users field and press Enter.
Polycom, Inc.

318

Area Overview and Operations

Note
Searches for a user are case-insensitive, prefix searches of the Username, First Name, and Last Name fields.

3 4 5 6

Select the user of interest and click the right arrow. Click Unassign Areas. Select the areas to unassign and click the right arrow. Click OK.

Delete an Area
You can only delete areas that are not associated with devices or assigned members. To delete an Area from the the Polycom CMA System 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Go to Admin > Areas and on the Areas page select the area of interest.. Click Edit. Click Associate Devices and move any devices out of the Selected Devices list. Click Assign Area Members and move any devices out of the Selected Area Members list. Click OK. When the Areas page reappears, click Delete. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

Polycom, Inc.

319

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

320

Polycom, Inc.

26
Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) System Setup menu. It includes these topics: Server Settings Polycom CMA System Licensing Polycom CMA System Security Polycom CMA System Site Topology and Dial Plan Set Up Polycom CMA System Gatekeeper Functionality Routing Mode Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Outlook Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings

Server Settings
Most of the selections in the Server Settings menu are entered during the CMA system First Time Setup process and do not change frequently. Use the Server Settings menu, when you do need to change them. The Server Settings menu allows users with Administrator permissions to implement the CMA system configuration best suited for their corporate environment as identified in the solution design, site survey, and/or network design.

Polycom, Inc.

321

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

The Server Settings menu includes these items:

Selection Network Gatekeeper Settings Description The basic network setting for the CMA system on your network. By default the CMA system is made the primary gatekeeper during the First Time Setup process. Use the Gatekeeper Settings option to modify the primary gatekeeper behavior or to add an alternate gatekeeper or neighboring gatekeepers. Gatekeeper Settings affect how devices register and calls are made in your video communications network. These settings allow you to: Identify the gatekeeper with an identifier and description. Specify registration-related settings, including the default gatekeeper, which endpoints register, the registration refresh period, and the offline timeout. Set the maximum number of neighboring gatekeeper hop counts. Specify how to handle calls to and from unregistered endpoints.

Management and Security Settings

Management Settings allow you to upgrade the CMA system software and enable auto discovery of endpoints. Security Settings allow you to implement HTTPS for the CMA system.

Dial Plan Settings

Edit the default CMA system Dial Plan and Site settings (which includes the definition of sites, site links, dial rules, services, and least-cost routing tables) to support your network topology and video call routing.

Polycom CMA System Licensing

The seat capacity for a CMA 5000 system scales from 500 to 5,000 devices. The entry-level CMA 5000 system has a baseline capacity of 500 client access licenses. Additional licensing is offered in 100, 500, and 1000 license pack sizes. The seat capacity for a CMA 4000 system scales from 200 to 400 devices. The entry-level CMA 4000 system has a baseline capacity of 200 client access licenses. Additional device licensing is offered in 100 license pack size. Your system comes with a Default Trial key that is valid for 60 days after activating your system. With your system order, you will receive one License Certificate. You must activate the License Certificate to receive an activation key, which you then enter in the CMA system. When you enter this activation key into the system, it overwrites the Default Trial key.
322 Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

When applied to the system, an expansion license pack augments the device license count. For example, applying a 1000-device expansion license pack to a baseline CMA 5000 system will yield a total license count of 1500 concurrent licenses. Where applicable, the number of concurrent calls supported by a CMA system is derived from the number of device licenses at a 3/10 ratio (calls/devices). For example, a system licensed for 5000 devices supports up to 1500 concurrent calls in routed mode and 3000 calls in direct mode. Device licenses are consumed based on a 1:1 basis for any managed device (endpoints, MCU, GK, GW including personal endpoints, IP blades, and more) that can be added to the system by any means, including the user interface, registration for management services, or registration for Global Address Book services. Note
Device licenses are consumed by managed devices, not by users. You may add any number of local or enterprise users to the CMA system.

The CMA system has the following licensing packages: Base system license Base system license with Microsoft Outlook Base system license with IBM Lotus Notes Base system license with Microsoft Outlook and IBM Lotus Notes Redundant system licenses (primary and redundant licenses) Redundant system licenses with Microsoft Outlook Redundant system licenses with IBM Lotus Notes Redundant system licenses with Microsoft Outlook and IBM Lotus Notes

Licensing for the Polycom CMA Desktop client is included with the CMA system. When a Polycom CMA Desktop client is provisioned by the CMA system, it automatically consumes a license. That license is then reserved for that Polycom CMA Desktop client. However, you can configure the CMA system to automatically released a Polycom CMA Desktop client license after a set number of days of inactivity. Licenses consumed by registered devices are never automatically released. To release a license from a registered device, an administrator must manually delete the device from the system.

Polycom, Inc.

323

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Polycom CMA System Security

By default, the CMA system uses http for its data interchanges. However, you can edit the Certificate Settings to implement the https protocol, which is a combination of normal http interchange over an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection. If you implement HTTPS, you have the following choices. You can: Use the CMA system default key and self-signed certificate. In this case, you will want to configure the client systems to accept (trust) the self-signed certificate. Use your own existing private key and certificate, if your company is self-authorizing. Use a private key and certificate requested by the CMA system.

Polycom CMA System Site Topology and Dial Plan Set Up

Site topology information describes your network and its interfaces to other networks, including the following elements: Site Generally, a geographic location such as an office or plant. A site contains one or more network subnets, so a devices IP address identifies the site to which it belongs. Network clouds A Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) network cloud defined in the site topology. An MPLS network is a private network that links multiple locations and uses label switching to tag packets with origin, destination, and quality of service (QOS) information. Note that MPLS clouds are not associated with an IP address ranges, so they can be used to group multiple subnets. They could also represent a service provider. While links to MPLS clouds have bandwidth and bit rate limitations, the cloud is infinite. In this way, clouds reflect the way in which businesses control bandwidth and bit rate. Internet/VPN A entity that represents your networks connection to the public Internet. Site link A network connection between two sites or between a site and an MPLS network cloud. Site-to-site exclusion A site-to-site connection that the site topology doesnt permit an audio or video call to use. Territory A grouping of one or more sites for which a CMA system is responsible.

324

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

The site topology you create within the CMA system should reflect your network design. Consider the following information and best practices when creating your site topology: If possible, connect all sites to an MPLS cloud. MPLS clouds are like corporate networks, used to connect multiple subnets in multiple sites, but all servicing a company. Avoid cross loops or multiple paths to a site; otherwise a call may have different paths to a single destination. The more cross, circular, and multi paths you have, the higher the number of calculations for a conference. Link sites that arent connected to an MPLS cloud directly to another site that is connected to an MPLS cloud. Do not create orphan sites. Calls are routed through a bridge, so bandwidth and bit rate limits for the site and subnet apply to all calls made using that bridge. Reserve the Internet/VPN site for IP addresses that fall outside your private or corporate network (for example remote workers), because all calls routed to the Internet/VPN site will be routed through the site on your private or corporate network that has Internet access.

The CMA system site topology function uses a dynamic, embedded mapping tool that graphically displays the sites, clouds (network and Internet), and site links (site-to-site or site-to-cloud) in your network.

Within this global and graphical view of the video conferencing network, you can: Create and link up to 500 sites Zoom and pan to view specific network components View system and device alarms

Polycom, Inc.

325

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

View the video network capacity for sites and site links as indicated by the color and shape of its icons. Filter the view by site name, territory name, IP address, network devices, and alerts

Sites List
The Sites page contains a list of the sites defined to the CMA system. A site is a geographic location such as an office or plant. A site contains one or more network subnets, so a devices IP address identifies the site to which it belongs. Use the commands in the Actions list to add a site, edit or delete existing sites, and see information about a site, including the number of devices of each type it contains. The following table describes the fields in the list.
Column Name Description Country Code Area Code Description Name of the site. Description of the site. The country code for the country in which the site is located. The city or area code for the site. Do not include a leading zero. For example, the city code for Paris is 01; however, enter 1 in this field. The total bandwidth limit for audio and video calls. The per-call bandwidth limit for audio and video calls. The territory to which the site belongs, which determines the CMA system responsible for it.

Max Bandwidth (Mbps) Max Bit Rate (Kbps) Territory

Add/Edit Site Dialog Box

Use the Add Site dialog box to define a new site in the CMA systems site topology and specify which subnets are associated with it. Use the Edit Site dialog box to redefine information for an existing site.

326

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

The following table describes the fields in the Add Site and Edit Site dialog boxes.
Field General Info Site Name The physical location of the site. The name can be up to 32 characters long, and may include spaces, dashes, and underscores. Description (ASCII only) of the site. Check this box to override the standard dialing rules established by the International Telecommunications Union. The access code required to enter the sites PBX system. The country code for the country in which the site is located. The city or area code for the site. Do not include a leading zero. For example, the city code for Paris is 01; however, enter 1 in this field. The number of digits in a phone number. For example, in the United States, subscriber numbers may have seven digits or ten digits depending upon the region. The default least-cost routing table (LCR) for this site. This LCR table is used for all calls originating from devices associated with this site. The default is None. Description

Description Override ITU Dialing Rules PBX Access Code Country Code Area Code

# of Digits in Subscriber Number Default LCR Table

Polycom, Inc.

327

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Assignment Method

Description The ISDN number assignment method for the site. Possible values include: No Auto Assignment. Select this option when ISDN numbers are not assigned to IP devices. DID (Direct Inward Dial). Select this option when you assign a range of phone numbers received from the telephone company service. Gateway Extension Dialing. Select this option when you have a single gateway phone number and a range of extensions (E.164 aliases) that are internal to the company. In this case, calls go through a gateway. Endpoints are differentiated by the extension at the end of the dial string.

When a site is assigned an automatic assignment method, devices without an ISDN number are assigned one when they register. These numbers allow inbound calls to reach specific video endpoints. After an ISDN number is assigned to an endpoint, it is reserved for use as long as that endpoint remains registered with the CMA system.

Note
If you do not assign ISDN numbers automatically, you cannot call IP-only endpoints through an ISDN line. Territory Location Assigns the site to a territory, and thus to a CMA system. Specify the geographic location of the site either by longitude+latitude or country+city.

ISDN Number AssignmentDID (Direct Inward Dial) # Digits in Call Line Identifier Enter the number of digits in the Call Line Identifier (CLID), which is the dialed number. The maximum is 17. For example, in the United States, the number of digits in the CLID is often 7 for outside local calls, 4 for internal calls, or 11 for callers in a different area code. This number indicates what part of the full dial string is sent to the gatekeeper for address resolution.

# Digits in Short Phone Number

Enter the number of digits in the short form of the dialing number. For example, in the United States, internal extensions are usually four or five digits. This number indicates what part of the dial string is sent to the gatekeeper for address resolution in gateway + extension dialing.

328

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

Field ISDN Number Range Start ISDN Number Range End

Description The starting ISDN number to assign automatically to IP devices The ending ISDN number to assign automatically to IP devices

ISDN Number AssignmentGateway Extension Dialing Gateway Phone Number E164 Start Phone number of the site gateway The starting number in a range of available extensions to assign automatically to IP devices When a device without native ISDN registers, a number within the start and end range is assigned, so that the device can be called through an ISDN line

E164 End Site Routing/Bandwidth Internet calls are not allowed Allowed via H.323 aware firewall

The ending number in the range of available extensions to assign automatically to IP devices

Disables call routing through the Internet Enables call routing through the Internet, using an H.323-aware firewall

Notes
For an outbound call to the Internet, you must enter the firewall gateway service (e.g. a Polycom VBP appliance) code before the IP address in the dial string. If you select Allowed via H.323 aware firewall you must create a site link between this site and the Internet/VPN site.

Allowed via H.323 aware SBC or ALG

Enables call routing via the Internet, using an H.323-aware SBC (Session Border Control) or ALG (Application Level Gateway) server

Note
For an outbound call to the Internet, you must enter the firewall gateway service (for example, a Polycom VBP appliance) code before the IP address in the dial string.

Polycom, Inc.

329

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Send Unmodified Dial String to SBC/ALG

Description Select this option if your SBC or ALG requires that the original dial string is passed to it. For example, an H.323 Annex O dial string such as [email protected] is passed directly to the SBC or ALG instead of resolving company.com to an IP address. Deselect this option if your equipment requires a dial string that is converted from company.com to gatekeeper IP address. This option is appropriate for the Polycom VBP.

Call Signaling IPv4 Address Port Total Bandwidth Call Max Bit Rate (kbps)

IP address of the SBC or ALG server. Supports only IPv4. Port address of SBC or ALG server The total bandwidth of the pipe at the site. The maximum bandwidth that can be used for each intrasite call at the site. The default and maximum value is 2000000 (2 GB).

Subnets Subnet IP Address/Mask Specifies the subnets within the site. For each subnet, includes: IP Address range Subnet mask Maximum bandwidth for the subnet Maximum bit rate per call for the subnet

Site Links
The Site Links page lists the links defined in the site topology. A link can connect two sites, or it can connect a site to an MPLS network cloud (see Network Clouds on page 102). Use the commands in the Actions list to add, edit, or delete a site link. The following table describes the fields in the site list.
Column Name Description From Site To Site Max Bandwidth (Mbps) Max Bit Rate (Kbps) Description Name of the link. Description of the link. The originating site of the link. The destination site (or MPLS cloud) of the link. The total bandwidth limit for this link. The per-call bandwidth limit for this link.

330

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

Add/Edit Site Link Dialog Box

Use the Add Site Link dialog box to define a new site link in the CMA systems site topology. Use the Edit Site Link dialog box to redefine an existing site link. A site link can connect two sites, or it can connect a site to an MPLS network cloud. The following table describes the fields in the Add Site Link and Edit Site Link dialog boxes.
Field Name Description From site Description A meaningful name for the site (up to 128 characters). A brief description of the site (up to 200 characters). The originating site of the link. The drop-down list includes all defined sites and the Internet. Cant be changed for a site-to-cloud link. The destination site of the link. The drop-down list includes all defined sites and an Internet/VPN option. Cant be changed for a site-to-cloud link. Specifies the total bandwidth limit for this link. Specifies the per-call bandwidth limit for this link.

To site

Total bandwidth (Mbps) Max bit rate (Kbps)

Site-to-Site Exclusions
The Site-to-Site Exclusions page contains a list of the direct site-to-site connections that the system wont permit a call or session to use. Use the commands in the Actions list to add and delete site-to-site exclusions. The following table describes the fields in the list.
Column From/To Site To/From Site Description Name of one of the two sites connected by the excluded link. Name of the other site.

Territories
The Territories page contains a list of the territories defined in the site topology. On the right, it displays information about the selected territory. A territory is a set of one or more sites for which a CMA system is responsible. By default, there is one territory named Default CMA Territory, and its primary node (the CMA system responsible for it) is set to this system. Use the commands in the Actions list to add, edit, or delete a territory.
Polycom, Inc. 331

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

The following table describes the fields in the list and the sections on the right.
Column/Section Name Description Primary Node Backup Node Territory Summary Associated Sites Description Name of the territory. Description of the territory. The primary node of the CMA system responsible for this territory. The second node, if any, of the CMA system responsible for this territory. Repeats the name and description of the selected territory. List the sites included in the selected territory.

Add/Edit Territory Dialog Box

Polycom, Inc.

335

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

When devices in dynamic management mode are automatically provisioned by the CMA system At the device by specifying the IP address of the CMA system as the gatekeeper At the device by specifying the IP address of the CMA system as the Global Directory Service. Once the device in the CMA system Global Address Book it is registered to the system. At the CMA system by adding the device to the one of the device lists (Endpoint, MCU, VBP, or DMA lists)

And devices can be registered to the CMA system manually:

Once an endpoint is registered, users of other registered endpoints can call the endpoint by using either the H.323 ID, a URI, an E.164 alias, or one of the services. Allow Registration of Predefined Endpoints Only The restrictive Allow Registration of Predefined Endpoints Only registration policy allows devices to automatically register once they are added to the CMA system either when they are automatically provisioned, automatically registered to the Global Address Book, or added to the system manually. Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites The moderately open Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites registration policy allows endpoints to automatically register if they are within one of the Dial Plan sites defined to the CMA system, when they are automatically provisioned, when they are automatically registered to the Global Address Book, or when they are added to the system manually Allow Registration of Predefined Prefixes Only With this controlled registration policy, devices within a range of defined E.164 prefixes may automatically register with the CMA system.

Routing Mode
The CMA system has two routing modes.

Direct Mode
In this simplest gatekeeper mode, the CMA system gatekeeper resolves IP addresses to their E.164 addresses and Aliases (similar to the function of a domain name server) and grants endpoints permission to place calls. Once the gatekeeper performs these two functions, it plays no further role in the call. Call signaling and media streams are sent directly between the endpoints in the call.
336 Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

In Direct mode, the number of concurrent calls supported by a CMA system is derived from the number of device licenses at a 3/5 ratio (calls/devices). So, for example, a system in Direct mode licensed for 5000 devices supports up to 3000 calls. Use Direct mode when implementing a hierarchical architecture. A hierarchical architecture is one with multiple gatekeepers, where one gatekeeperthe CMA system in Direct modeacts as the directory gatekeeper at the top of the hierarchy. On the directory gatekeeper, you must configure all of the other member gatekeepers as neighbors and on the member gatekeepers you must configure the directory gatekeeper as a neighbor. However, the member gatekeepers do not have to be neighbored with each other. When in Direct mode, some advanced CMA system features do not work. These features include Simplified Dialing, Conference on Demand, Alternate Routing, Least Cost Routing, MCU board hunting, and firewall traversal for a Polycom VBP system in "Enterprise" or "E" mode. (Firewall traversal for a Polycom VBP system in "Service Provider or "S" mode does work.) The advantage of Direct mode is that conferences stay connected even if the gatekeeper fails. The disadvantage of Direct mode (along with the loss of advanced functionality) is that during a failure and restart the gatekeeper loses track of active calls that it was not involved in setting up. In this case, after a failure and restart, the gatekeepers bandwidth calculations will be incorrect until those calls end. Also, since the Conference Monitoring function uses gatekeeper data, the monitoring information for those calls may be incorrect or incomplete.

Routed Mode
In this advanced mode, the CMA system gatekeeper, besides performing the functions of a Direct mode gatekeeper, also acts as a proxy for the call signaling H.225 messages that set up the call. In this mode, only the media streams are sent directly between the endpoints in the call. In Routed mode, the number of concurrent calls supported by a CMA system is derived from the number of device licenses at a 3/10 ratio (calls/devices). So, for example, a system in Routed mode licensed for 5000 devices supports up to 1500 calls. The advantage of Routed mode is that it enables advanced features such as Simplified Dialing, Conference on Demand, Alternate Routing, Least Cost Routing, MCU board hunting and firewall traversal for a Polycom VBP system in "Enterprise" or "E" mode. Routed mode is also supported for the Polycom VBP system in "Service Provider" or "S" mode. The disadvantage of routed mode is that a gatekeeper failure and restart terminates all running conferences that include a registered device. Calls are not reestablished after a system failure and restart. Conferences show a status of Active, but participants show a status of Disconnected.
Polycom, Inc. 337

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

In either mode, CDR information for calls is accurate if the CMA system does not fail and the endpoints send a DRQ (Disconnect Request) at the end of the call.

Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Outlook

Polycom now supports two conferencing methods when integrating Polycom conferencing with Microsoft Outlook: Reserved and Reservationless. Note
If you wish to implement both reserved conferencing (enabled by a CMA system) and reservationless or ad hoc conferencing (enabled by a Polycom DMA system), you should create two pools of RMX bridges as described in DMA View on page 209. However if you do, Polycom does not recommend using both the Polycom Scheduling Plug-in for Microsoft Outlook (Reserved Conferencing) and the Polycom Conferencing Add-in for Microsoft Outlook (Reservationless Conferencing) on the same client system.

Standard Polycom CMA System and Reserved Conferencing

Reserved conferencing is standard with the CMA system. All conferences scheduled either through the CMA system web scheduler or one of the Scheduling Plugins are reserved conferences, which means the CMA system reserves video bridge, network resources, and video endpoints at the scheduled time. In this case, the calendars for the endpoints are stored and maintained by the CMA system. When the conference is scheduled using the Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook and the participants use Microsoft Outlook as their email and calendaring tool, the scheduled conferences are also posted as meetings on the participants Outlook calendars. However, the endpoints themselves do not have Outlook calendars.

Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook, Reservationless Conferencing, and Calendaring Management
The CMA system can also be used to provision Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook, which is reservationless conferencing. When you use this method: Video bridge, network resources, and video endpoints are not reserved at the scheduled time A Polycom RMX or DMA system is required to locate available bridge resources when the meeting begins

338

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

Calendars for the endpoints are stored and maintained by Microsoft Exchange and the endpoints have their own Outlook calendar.

Polycom Conferencing for Outlook, which requires the Polycom Conferencing Add-in, allows: Conference organizers to: Use Microsoft Outlook and its usual meeting request workflow to schedule video- and audio-enabled meetings. Include recording and streaming into the conference, when required. Meeting participants to: Track their video- and audio-enabled meetings on the same calendar that they track their other meetings. Click a link in an email meeting request to join conferences on their associated video or audio endpoint system. Endpoints to have their own unique credentials and mailbox separate from the endpoint user, so that endpoints can display their own calendars. This is especially important for room endpoints.

The CMA system supports the Polycom Conferencing for Outlook solution. It allows you to provision endpoints with the credentials, mailbox address, Exchange server IP address, and calendaring service settings they need to use Polycom Conferencing for Outlook. To provision endpoints with the information required to support Polycom Conferencing for Outlook, you must complete the following tasks (after your sites are set up): 1 2 3 Associate Sites with Microsoft Exchange Servers on page 346. Assign Calendaring Settings to Provisioning Profiles on page 346. Provision the Exchange Mailbox for Calendaring Service-enabled Endpoints on page 347.

Polycom, Inc.

339

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007
The CMA system supports the integration of selected Polycom endpoints with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007. Integration with these unified communications servers allows Polycom HDX system users to see client users who have been added to the Polycom HDX system Favorites list and place audio and video calls to them. Conversely, client users can also see Polycom HDX system users in their client Contacts List and place audio and video calls to them. For Polycom HDX systems that are integrated with a Lync or Office Communications server, the unified communications server replaces the CMA system as the presence and directory service provider. However, the CMA system continues to act as the gatekeeper and manager for these endpoint systems. The CMA system supports the integration with these unified communications servers by provisioning endpoints with the credentials, Exchange server IP address, and communications service settings they need. To provision endpoints with the information required to integrate with these unified communications servers, you must complete the following tasks: 1 2 Provision Integration with Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server on page 348. Provision Domain User Name for Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Office Communications Server Integration on page 349.

Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings

When an endpoint registers with the CMA system, its information is automatically entered into the Global Address Book. When information changes at the endpoint, the Global Address Book is automatically updated as well. If an endpoint is configured to Allow Directory Changes, additions and deletions to the Global Address Book are pushed to the endpoint. Endpoints that get their global directory from the CMA system will either get the Global Address Book or the enterprise LDAP directory. Two Directory Setup options allow you to affect which devices and users appear in the endpoint directory. Typically, standard endpoints (those that are not dynamically managed) register for the Polycom GDS and are listed in the CMA system Global Address Book. The Global Address Book allows standard endpoint users to call other standard endpoint users by selecting them by name. In this case, the Global Address Book is limited to 2000 entries, which is the limit that standard endpoint systems can manage.

340

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Setup Overview

Notes
The CMA system Global Address Book lists endpoints. Endpoints may or may not have users or rooms associated with them. On an endpoint, the Global Address Book does not list users unless they have endpoints associated with them. If your company has more than 100 endpoints, dont limit the Global Address Book on the endpoint side or the endpoint user wont have access to all Global Address Book entries. The CMA system Global Address Book does not support unicode data.

The Include dynamically-managed devices in the Global Address Book option changes the Global Address Book so that it includes all standard endpoints and all dynamically-managed endpoints such as CMA Desktop and Polycom VVX 1500 endpoints in the Global Address Book. In this case, the Global Address Book limit is increased to 5000 entries. By default the Include dynamically-managed devices in the Global Address Book option is selected. This brings all of your devices and users together into one endpoint directory. However, you may not want to take advantage of this feature if you have legacy endpoint systems such as VSX, ViewStation, and FX endpoints. These endpoint systems cannot handle the increased size of the Global Address Book. For information on clearing this option, see Remove or Include Dynamically-Managed Devices in the Global Address Book on page 387. The second Directory Setup option affects both the Global Address Book and the enterprise LDAP directory. The CMA system Guest Book includes static user entries. By selecting the Show Guest Book entries in the Directory, these static entries are included in the endpoint directory, regardless of whether the endpoint directory is the Global Address Book or the enterprise LDAP directory. The Show Guest Book entries in the Directory option is also selected by default.

Polycom, Inc.

341

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

342

Polycom, Inc.

27
Server Setting Operations

This chapter describes how to update the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system configuration settings, many of which were entered during First Time Setup. It includes these topics: Edit the Polycom CMA System Network Settings Edit the Polycom CMA System Time Settings Integrate with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Integrate with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 View Current Polycom CMA System Licensing Add Polycom CMA System Licenses Reclaim Polycom CMA Desktop Licenses Delete Polycom CMA System Licenses Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo Add or Remove a Polycom CMA Desktop Custom Logo Edit the Polycom CMA System Email Account

Polycom, Inc.

343

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Edit the Polycom CMA System Network Settings

Edit the system Network settings to change the basic network information for the CMA system. Network settings include these fields: To edit the Polycom CMA system network settings 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Network. Configure these settings on the Network page, as necessary.
Field System Name Description The NetBIOS name (ASCII only) of the CMA system server. Must be between 6 and 16 characters long; dashes and underscores are valid characters. The static IP address for the CMA system server The network subnet mask for the CMA system IP address The static IP address of the CMA system gateway The IP address of the domain name server for the network.

IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway DNS Server

Note
If instead of entering a single domain controller server, you use an FQDN that maps to multiple servers, be sure that all of the map servers are directory domain controllers and global catalogs. DNS Domain The DNS domain name suffix for the network in which the domain name server and CMA system server reside. For example polycom.com, not the fully qualified path of <hostname>.polycom.com.

Click Update. If you change the IP address, the system prompts you to restart the CMA system. We also recommend that you restart the system if you change the subnet mask. Note
Changing the IP address via the Windows Network Settings is not a supported operation. To change the CMA system IP address, you must use this procedure.

As required, restart the system.

344

Polycom, Inc.

Server Setting Operations

Edit the Polycom CMA System Time Settings

Edit the System Time server settings to change the CMA system server time or to synchronize the server with an external NTP server. The system time settings include these fields: To edit the Polycom CMA system time settings 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > System Time. Configure these settings on the System Time page, as necessary.
Field System Time Zone Auto adjust for Daylight Saving? Use Current Time Current Date Current Time Use External NTP Server Time Synchronization IP address or DNS resolved name Minutes between synchronization attempts Description The time zone in which the CMA system server resides Select this check box to adjust the clock automatically for daylight savings time. Select this check box to input the current date and time. The system date for the CMA system The system time for the CMA system Select this check box to synchronize the CMA system date and time with an external NTP server. The IP address or fully qualified domain name (ASCII only) of the NTP server. If needed, enter multiple servers separated by a space. Input how often the CMA system should synchronize with the NTP server The default is 60 minutes.

Note
Make sure the current system time is correct before synchronizing with an NTP server. If you set the system to use an external NTP server when the current date and time are incorrect, the system time may be wrong for the amount of time specified in the Minutes between synchronization attempts.

Click Update.

Polycom, Inc.

345

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Integrate with Microsoft Exchange Server for Calendaring Management

Associate Sites with Microsoft Exchange Servers

By default, the CMA system is set up to automatically discover the Exchange server for the domain in which a site is located. However, if you wish to associate sites with a Exchange server using its IP address or DNS name, follow this procedure. To associate sites with Microsoft Exchange servers by IP address or DNS name 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Calendaring Management. In the Manage Calendaring dialog box, click Calendared Sites. The Specify Calendaring Exchange Servers page appears listing the sites defined on the CMA system. 3 4 Select the check box for each of the sites you need to associate with a single Exchange server and then click Specify Exchange Server. In the Add Exchange Server dialog box, enter the Exchange Server Address or DNS and click Save. The sites appear in the calendared sites list below. 5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each Exchange server for which you need to associate sites.

Assign Calendaring Settings to Provisioning Profiles

Calendaring settings are included as part of provisioning profiles. To assign calendaring settings to provisioning profiles 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Calendaring Management. In the Manage Calendaring dialog box, click Group Information. The Group Information page appears listing the provisioning profiles defined on the CMA system.

346

Polycom, Inc.

Server Setting Operations

Select the check box for each of the provisioning profiles to which you need to assign the same calendaring settings and then click Specify Options. In the Manage Calendaring dialog box, select these options.
Fields Meeting Reminder Time Enable Alert Tone Description Specifies the number of minutes before the meeting an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will display a reminder. When enabled, specifies that an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will play a sound along with the meeting reminder. In this case, the endpoint will only play a sound when the system is not in a call. When enabled, specifies that an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will display details about meetings marked private.

Display Private Meetings

5 6

Click Save. The profiles appear in the calendared profiles list below. Repeat steps 3 through 5 for each set of profiles to which you need to assign calendaring settings.

Provision the Exchange Mailbox for Calendaring Service-enabled Endpoints

To use Polycom Conferencing for Outlook (PCO), a Polycom endpoint system must have a mailbox on the assigned Exchange server, and the Exchange server must authenticate the endpoint before it can access its mailbox. To use the CMA system to automatically provision a Polycom endpoint system, the endpoint system must use the same credentials (username and password) to access both the Exchange server and the CMA system. Only then can the CMA system automatically provision a calendaring service-enabled endpoint system. To provision the Exchange Mailbox for calendaring service-enabled endpoints 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Calendaring Management. In the Manage Calendaring dialog box, click Mailbox.

Polycom, Inc.

347

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

In the Polycom Conferencing for Outlook page, enable Provision Mailbox and click OK. For Exchange credentials, each endpoint system will be provisioned with the same credentials it used to access the CMA system. For its mailbox, each endpoint system will be provisioned with the mailbox configured for it in Active Directory. This mailbox must be pre-configured for the endpoint system on the Exchange server.

Integrate with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007
The CMA system supports the integration with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 by provisioning endpoints with the credentials, Exchange server IP address, and communications service settings they need. This section describes the tasks that enable provisioning endpoints for integration with Office Communications Server.

Provision Integration with Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server

By default, integration with a Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server is disabled. This procedure describes how to change an existing automatic provisioning profile so that it provisions integration with one of these unified communications servers. Notes
You cannot provision integration with one of these unified communications servers via scheduled provisioning. If you change an automatic provisioning profile to enable integration with a Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server, but the endpoint being provisioned is not capable of such an integration, the endpoint will ignore those settings. While the CMA system interfaces refers only to Microsoft Lync Server, you can enter information for a Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 as well.

To provision integration with Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server 1 2 Go to Admin > Provisioning Profiles > Automatic Provisioning Profiles. In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Edit .

348

Polycom, Inc.

Server Setting Operations

In the Provisioning Fields dialog box, click Lync Settings and select these options.
Fields Select method to find Server Description Specifies how the CMA system will locate the unified communications server that it will provision to endpoints. Possible values are: Disable LyncThe CMA system will not provision integration with a unified communications server. DNS SRV RecordThe CMA system will issue a DNS query to locate the unified communications server and provision that information to endpoints. Server NameThe CMA system will use the specified Server Address. Enter the unified communications server address or DNS name.

Transport Protocol

Specifies the transport protocol for communications with the unified communications server. Possible values are: AutoThe communication protocol will be auto-negotiated. TCPThis protocol has error-recovery services, message delivery is assured, and messages are delivered in the order they were sent. UDPThis protocol does not provide error-recovery services, message delivery is not assured, and messages are not necessarily delivered in the order they were sent. TLSThis protocol transfers communications over an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection.

Group Name

Specifies the group for which these settings apply.

4 5

Click OK. The provisioning profile is updated. Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each automatic provisioning profile for which you need to change.

Provision Domain User Name for Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Office Communications Server Integration
To integrate with a Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server, Polycom endpoint system must have a user account on the Microsoft unified communications server infrastructure. To have the CMA system automatically provision a Polycom endpoint system for this integration, the endpoint system
Polycom, Inc. 349

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

must use the same credentials (username and password) to access both the unified communications server and the CMA system. Only then can the CMA system automatically provision a calendaring service-enabled endpoint system. To provision the domain username for Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server integration 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Microsoft Lync Integration. In the Credentials section of the Microsoft Lync Integration dialog box, enable Provision Domain Username and click OK. For the unified communications server, each endpoint system will be provisioned with the same credentials it used to access the CMA system. For its domain username, each endpoint system will be provisioned with the domain username initially provided to it. This username must be pre-configured for the endpoint system on the unified communications server.

View Current Polycom CMA System Licensing

To view current Polycom CMA system licensing Go to Admin > Server Settings > Licenses. The Active License section of the Licenses page displays the following information.
Field Activation Key Expiration date Components Seats Description The current activation key for the product. The expiration date of the current license key. The components for which the CMA system is licensed. The number of seats for which the CMA system is licensed.

Add Polycom CMA System Licenses

Adding licenses to your CMA system is a two step process: Request a Software Activation Key Code.

350

Polycom, Inc.

Server Setting Operations

Enter the Polycom CMA System Activation Key

These processes are described in the following sections.

Request a Software Activation Key Code

To request a software activation key code 1 2 In a separate browser page or tab, log into the CMA system server as an administrator. Go to Admin > Server Settings > Licenses and record the CMA system server serial number: ____________________. 3 4 5 6 Go to http://www.polycom.com/activation. Log in or Register for an Account. Select Product Activation. In the Single License Number section of the Activate Your Product page, enter the software license number listed on your License Certificate (shipped with the product) and the serial number you recorded in step 2. Click Generate. When the activation key appears, record it: __________-__________-_________-___________ 9 Repeat this procedure for each additional license key required.

7 8

Enter the Polycom CMA System Activation Key

To enter the Polycom CMA system activation key 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Licenses. Enter the new activation key into the Add New License > Activation Key field and click Add. (Note that the field is ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10.)

Reclaim Polycom CMA Desktop Licenses

To set the threshold for reclaiming inactive Polycom CMA Desktop licenses 1
Polycom, Inc.

Go to Admin > Server Settings > Licenses.

351

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Change the Threshold value in the Reclaim Inactive CMA Desktop Licenses section of the Licenses page. To reclaim licenses more quickly, lower the threshold. Set the threshold to zero, to stop reclaiming licenses. Click Update.

Delete Polycom CMA System Licenses

To delete Polycom CMA Desktop licenses 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Licenses. In the Active License section of the Licenses page, select the component of interest and click Delete. Click Delete to confirm the deletion.

Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo

You can add your companys logo to the CMA system user interface. To avoid distortion, we recommend adding a logo in GIF, JPG, or PNG format with a size of 300 x 44 pixels. To add a custom logo to the Polycom CMA system user interface 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Custom Logos. In the Current Server Logo section of the Custom Logos page, click Upload... In the Select file dialog box, browse to the logo image and select the file. Click Open. In a redundant configuration, repeat steps 1 through 4 on the redundant server.

352

Polycom, Inc.

Server Setting Operations

To remove a custom logo from the Polycom CMA system user interface 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Custom Logos. In the Current Server Logo section of the Custom Logos page, click Remove.

Add or Remove a Polycom CMA Desktop Custom Logo

You can add your company logo to the Polycom CMA Desktop user interface. This logo will be displayed on the application user interface before the user logs in. The following illustration shows the default Polycom CMA Desktop user interface and a customized Polycom CMA Desktop user interface.
Default Polycom CMA Desktop Branded Polycom CMA Desktop

To avoid distortion, use a logo in GIF or JPG format with a size of approximately 260x215 pixels. Because the Polycom CMA Desktop logo is stored in the CMA system database, in redundant configurations you do not need to upload the logo to both servers. To add a custom logo to the Polycom CMA Desktop user interface 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Custom Logos. In the Current CMA Desktop Logo section of the Custom Logos page, click Upload... In the Select file dialog box, browse to the logo image and select the file.

Polycom, Inc.

353

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Click Open. Once a user logs in, is provisioned, and then logs out, the logo will be displayed on the Polycom CMA Desktop user interface.

To remove a custom logo from the Polycom CMA Desktop user interface 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Custom Logos. In the Current CMA Desktop Logo section of the Custom Logos page, click Restore Default. Once a user logs in, is provisioned, and then logs out, the default logo will be displayed on the Polycom CMA Desktop user interface.

Edit the Polycom CMA System Email Account

To edit the Polycom CMA system email account 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > E-mail. On the Email page, edit the email account (ASCII only) from which the CMA system will send conference notification emails or edit the IP address of the mail server from which the CMA system will send conference notification emails. Notes
Many email servers will block or discard emails without a qualified From: address. To avoid this issue, make sure each person with Scheduler permissions has a valid email address. Many email servers will block or discard emails from un-trusted domains, in which case you may need to change the default CMA system email address to one in a trusted domain.

Click Update.

354

Polycom, Inc.

28
Polycom CMA System SNMP
This chapter provides a discussion of the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) SNMP support. It includes these topics: SNMP Overview Polycom CMA System SNMP Operations Enable SNMP Messaging Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System Add an SNMP Notification Receiver Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package Change the SNMP Communication Port

SNMP Overview
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is a TCP/IP-based communication protocol that allows network management systems to manage resources across a network. SNMP communication takes place between the management system and SNMP agents, which are the hardware and software that the management system monitors. An agent collects and stores local system information and makes this information available to the management system via SNMP. The CMA system software includes an SNMP agent. It translates local system information into the format defined by the MIB. The CMA system resides on a Polycom-branded Dell server. The Dell server software also includes an SNMP agent and MIB. However, the CMA system acts as a proxy agent to forward the Dell server MIB alarms and alerts, so the management system does not need to be configured to receive information directly from the Dell server MIB.

Polycom, Inc.

355

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Polycom recommends using a MIB browser to explore the CMA system MIB. However, a printed copy of the MIB is available in Polycom CMA System SNMP on page 355. The CMA system MIB is self-documenting including information about the purpose of specific traps and inform notifications. It is important to note that you should understand how your SNMP management system is configured to properly configure the CMA system SNMP transport protocol requirements, SNMP version requirements, SNMP authentication requirements, and SNMP privacy requirements on the CMA system. The CMA system supports three SNMP levels: DisabledThe CMA system SNMP processes are turned off. SNMPv2cThe CMA system implements a sub-version of SNMPv2. The key advantage of SNMPv2c is the Inform command. Unlike Traps, Informs are messages sent to the management system that must be positively acknowledged with a response message. If the management system does not reply to an Inform, the CMA system resends the Inform. SNMPv2c also has improved error handling and improved SET commands. One drawback of SNMPv2c is that it is subject to packet sniffing of the clear text community string from the network traffic, because it does not encrypt communications between the management system and SNMP agents. SNMPv3The CMA system implements the newest version of SNMP. Its primary feature is enhanced security. The contextEngineID in SNMPv3 uniquely identifies each SNMP entity. The contextEngineID is used to generate the key for authenticated messages. The CMA system implements SNMPv3 communication with authentication and privacy (the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB). Authentication is used to ensure that traps are read by only the intended recipient. As messages are created, they are given a special key that is based on the contextEngineID of the entity. The key is shared with the intended recipient and used to receive the message. Privacy encrypts the SNMP message to ensure that it cannot be read by unauthorized users.

356

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System SNMP

Polycom CMA System SNMP Operations

The CMA system SNMP operations described in this section include: Enable SNMP Messaging Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System Add an SNMP Notification Receiver Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package

Enable SNMP Messaging

To enable SNMP messaging you must perform the two tasks: Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System Add an SNMP Notification Receiver

Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System

To edit the SNMP settings for a Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 Go to Admin > SNMP Settings. To enable SNMP, select an SNMP Version. For information on the SNMP versions, see SNMP Overview on page 355. Configure these settings for the connection between the CMA system and the SNMP agents on the SNMP Setting page.
Setting Transport Description Specifies the transport protocol for SNMP communications. SNMP can be implemented over two transport protocol: TCPThis protocol has error-recovery services, message delivery is assured, and messages are delivered in the order they were sent. Some SNMP managers only support SNMP over TCP. UDPThis protocol does not provide error-recovery services, message delivery is not assured, and messages are not necessarily delivered in the order they were sent. Because UDP doesn't have error recovery services, it requires fewer network resources. It is well suited for repetitive, low-priority functions like alarm monitoring.

Polycom, Inc.

357

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Setting Port

Description Specifies the port that the CMA system uses for general SNMP messages. By default, the CMA system uses port 161. For SNMPv2c, specifies the context for the information, which is the SNMP group to which the devices and management stations running SNMP belong. The CMA system has only one valid contextby default, publicwhich is identified by this Community name. The CMA system will not respond to requests from management systems that do not belong to its community.

Community

V3 Context Name

For SNMPv3, specifies the context for the information. The CMA system has only one valid context, which is identified by contextName (in our casean empty string) and contextEngineID. For SNMPv3, displays the CMA system contextEngineID for SNMPv3. For SNMPv3, specifies the security name required to access a monitored MIB object. For SNMPv3, specifies the authentication protocol. These protocols are used to create unique fixed-sized message digests of a variable length message. The CMA system implements communication with authentication and privacy (the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB). Possible values for authentication protocol are: MD5Creates a digest of 128 bits (16 bytes). SHACreates a digest of 160 bits (20 bytes).

V3 Local Engine Id Security User Auth Type

Both methods include the authentication key with the SNMPv3 packet and then generate a digest of the entire SNMPv3 packet. Auth Password For SNMPv3, specifies the authentication password that is appended to the authentication key before it is computed into the MD5 or SHA message digest.

358

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System SNMP

Setting Encryption Type

Description For SNMPv3, specifies the privacy protocol for the connection between the CMA system and the SNMP agent. The CMA system implements communication with authentication and privacy (the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB). Possible values for privacy protocol are: DESUses a 56 bit key with a 56 bit salt to encrypt the SNMPv3 packet. AESUses a 128 bit key with a 128 bit salt to encrypt the SNMPv3 packet.

Encryption Password

For SNMPv3, specifies the password to be associated with the privacy protocol.

Click Save SNMP Settings.

Add an SNMP Notification Receiver

You can configure the CMA system to send SNMP messages to different notification receivers (for example, a network management system). To add an SNMP notification receiver to a Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 Go to Admin > SNMP Settings. In the Notification RCVR Actions section, click Add. Configure these settings in the New Notification Receiver dialog box.
Setting IP Address Transport Description Specifies the IP address of the host receiver. Specifies the transport protocol for SNMP communications to the host receiver. Possible values are: TCP UDP

Select the transport protocol for which the host receiver is configured. Port Specifies the port that the CMA system will use to send notifications. By default, the CMA system uses port 162.

Polycom, Inc.

359

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Setting Trap/Inform

Description Specifies the type of information that should be sent to the host receiver. Possible values are: InformAn unsolicited message sent to a notification receiver that expects/requires a confirmation message. Introduced with SNMP version 2c, this option is not supported by systems that only support SNMP version 1. TrapAn unsolicited message sent to a notification receiver that does not expect/require a confirmation message.

SNMP Version

For SNMPv3, specifies the context for the information. The CMA system is a proxy-forwarding application. It passes SNMP requests to its various SNMP-reporting processes based on the context information in the SNMP message. For SNMPv3, this context is identified by contextName and contextEngineID.

V3 Local Engine Id Security User Auth Type

For SNMPv3, displays the CMA system contextEngineID for SNMPv3. For SNMPv3, specifies the security name required to access a monitored MIB object. For SNMPv3, specifies the authentication protocol. The CMA system implements communication with authentication and privacy (the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB). Possible values for authentication protocol are: MD5 SHA

These protocols are used to create unique fixed-sized message digests of a variable length message. MD5 creates a digest of 128 bits (16 bytes) and SHA creates a digest of 160 bits (20 bytes). Auth Password For SNMPv3, specifies the authentication password that is appended to the authentication key before it is computed into the MD5 or SHA message digest.

360

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System SNMP

Setting Encryption Type

Description For SNMPv3, specifies the privacy protocol for the connection between the CMA system and the notification receiver. The CMA system implements communication with authentication and privacy (the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB). Possible values for privacy protocol are: DES AES

Encryption Password

For SNMPv3, specifies the password to be associated with the privacy protocol.

Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package

To download the MIB package for a Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 Go to Admin > SNMP Settings. Click Download CMA MIBs. In the CMA MIBs dialog box, select the MIB of interest.
Name Brcm-adapterInfo-MIB Description The interface table (ifTable) shows addresses, physical addresses, names, descriptions etc. of the network interfaces Contains all the field replaceable unit names, serial numbers, and revisions for the Polycom-branded Dell server. For more information, see the Dell SNMP documentation. Trap definitions for the Polycom-branded Dell server. For more information, see the Dell SNMP documentation. A definition file for standard conventions included for reference. A definition file for standard conventions included for reference. The primary MIB for the Polycom-branded Dell server. It provides 36 traps from the server motherboard, including system type, voltages, and temperature readings. For more information, see the Dell SNMP documentation.

DCS3FRU-MIB

DELL-ASF-MIB

INET-ADDRESS-MIB ITU-ALARM-TC-MIB MIB-Dell-10892

Polycom, Inc.

361

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Name MIB-Dell-10900

Description Trap definitions for the system including up/down, CPU, Memory, Network, and Disk monitoring. For more information, see the Dell SNMP documentation. Provides information about devices running on the Polycom-branded Dell server. For more information, see the Dell SNMP documentation. CMA-specific MIB definition RFC1213MIB definitions included for reference. The CMA system supports all but "egp". A definition file for standard conventions included for reference. A definition file for standard conventions included for reference. A definition file for standard conventions included for reference. Monitoring and information about the hard disks and RAID configuration on the server.

MIB-Dell-CM

POLYCOM-CMA-MIB RFC1213-MIB SNMPv2-CONF SNMPv2-SMI SNMPv2-TC StorageManagement-MIB

Change the SNMP Communication Port

By default, the CMA system uses port 161 as its standard open port for SNMP communications. However, you can change this to another open port. To change the SNMP communication port 1 2 Go to Admin > SNMP Settings. In the Port field of the SNMP Settings page, type a new communication port number and click Update SNMP Settings.

362

Polycom, Inc.

29
Database Operations

This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) database integration and operations. It includes these topics: Overview of the Polycom CMA System Database Internal Databases External Databases Database Restoration Database Operations Integrate a Polycom CMA System to an External Database Revert a Polycom CMA System to its Internal Database Manually Backup a Polycom CMA System Restore the Polycom CMA System Internal Databases

Overview of the Polycom CMA System Database

The CMA system information is stored in these databases:
Database ReadiManager.bak Description The general CMA system database that includes all data for scheduling, devices, dial rules, device registration, and site topology The CMA system database for call detail records and gatekeeper diagnostic logs The CMA system database for presence information The CMA system Microsoft SQL Server 2008 Express databases

Logger.bak XMPP.bak master model msdb

Polycom, Inc.

363

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Internal Databases
The CMA system automatically optimizes its internal database on an ongoing basis. It backs up its internal databases daily. The backup files are stored on the systems hard disk. The CMA system maintains the last four internal backups. To keep backups for a longer time period, copy them regularly to a different location. For more information, see Copy the Polycom CMA System Database Backup Files on page 368.

External Databases
You can integrate the CMA system to an external Microsoft SQL Server. Some information about integrating with an external database: CMA systems with 400 or more registered endpoints and redundant systems require an external database. If you set up an external database, follow your own corporate policies (or Microsoft best practices) to back it up and maintain it. The CMA system does not back up its external databases. Anytime you switch from the internal CMA system database to an external Microsoft SQL Server database, some system configuration settings, for example the LDAP settings, must be reconfigured. Take steps to minimize database connection failures. For example: Ensure you have good network connectivity between the CMA system and the Microsoft SQL Server. You may even consider co-locating the CMA system with your Microsoft SQL Server. Increase the keep alive checks on the Microsoft SQL Server to once an hour. If your system does lose connection to the database, you must reboot the system to restore login capability; the CMA system does not automatically reconnect to the database. For more information, see Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System on page 466. It is recommended that anytime you reboot the external database server, you also restart the CMA system in the same maintenance window. You can create the CMA system databases manually using Microsoft SQL scripts. Contact Polycom Global Services to request the scripts. Anytime you switch from database sources (internal to external or external to internal), the default administrators password is moved to the database as part of the switch.

364

Polycom, Inc.

Database Operations

Database Restoration
To restore an internal CMA system database, follow the procedures in this section. To restore from an external Microsoft SQL Server databases, use Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio. Refer to your Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio documentation for more information. You can migrate databases as follow.
From... Internal Internal External To... Internal External External

When you restore internal or external databases: Do not allow users to connect to the server during the restoration process Restore all of the system databases at the same time Restore all of the system databases from backups that were taken at the same time Restart the CMA system server when the restoration process is finished

Database Operations
Before performing the database operations described here, Microsoft SQL Server should already be installed. (For information about the supported Microsoft SQL Server applications and service pack levels, see the Polycom CMA System Release Notes for the version youre installing.) The Microsoft SQL Server Setup wizard and documentation provides guidance for setting up Microsoft SQL Server. As you use the wizard, make these choices: For Components to Install, at a minimum choose the SQL Server Database Services. For Instance Name, select Default Instance and configure the database instance port (typically 1433). For Service Account, select the Use the built-in System account option. For Authentication Mode, select Mixed Mode and provide a password that meets your enterprise policy for password length and complexity.

Polycom, Inc.

365

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

For Collation Settings, select SQL collations. The CMA system is only certified with the Microsoft SQL Server set to US-English Collation (SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS). Error and Usage Report Settings are optional.

Integrate a Polycom CMA System to an External Database

To integrate Polycom CMA with an external database 1 Using the Microsoft SQL Server Configuration Manager, change the SQL Server keep alive checks (typically, SQL Server 2005 Network Configuration > Protocols for MSSQLSERVER > TCP/IP > KeepAlive) to 3,600,000 milliseconds. From the CMA system web interface, go to Admin > Server Settings > Database. On the Database page, select Use an external SQL Server database. Enter the Database Server IP address or DNS Name. Enter the Database Server Port and click Update. The system will guide you through formatting or upgrading the external database, as necessary. 6 Click Finish.

2 3 4 5

Revert a Polycom CMA System to its Internal Database

To revert a Polycom CMA system from an external database to its internal database 1 2 From the CMA system web interface, go to Admin > Server Settings > Database. On the Database page, clear Use an external SQL Server database and click Update. Note
To go back to the external database, follow the procedure to Integrate a Polycom CMA System to an External Database on page 366.

Click Update.

366

Polycom, Inc.

Database Operations

Manually Backup a Polycom CMA System

You can perform manual backups of the CMA system using its serial console (internal databases) or Microsoft Enterprise Manager (external databases). As a best practice, only do backups during a maintenance window when there are no active conferences. To perform a manual backup: 1 2 3 Connect to the Polycom CMA System Serial Console. Backup the Polycom CMA System Internal Databases. Copy the Polycom CMA System Database Backup Files.

Connect to the Polycom CMA System Serial Console

To connect to the Polycom CMA system serial console 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connect a computer to the CMA system server through the RS-232 serial port. Power on the computer. Access the serial console and start a Hyperterm session. In the Connection Description dialog box, type Polycom CMA in the Name field and click OK. In the Connect To dialog box, select COM1 in the Connect using drop-down list and click OK. In the Properties dialog box, enter these values for port settings. Bits per second: 19200 Data bits: 8 Parity: None Stop bits: 1 Flow control: None The Polycom CMA Administrative Console appears.

Backup the Polycom CMA System Internal Databases

As a best practice, only do backups during a maintenance window when there are no active conferences. To back up a database from the Polycom CMA system server serial port 1 Connect to the CMA system serial console, as described in Connect to the Polycom CMA System Serial Console on page 367.
367

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

2 3

From the Polycom CMA Administrative Console root menu, select (4) Database Operations. From the Database Operations menu, select (1) Backup Local Databases. If you have a previous backup that you created earlier, a warning appears stating: The following backup database files will be deleted. To keep these files, enter N to exit and then use the Copy Database operation to copy them to an external location. Do You Wish to Continue? To save a previous backup, select N and then select (4) Copy Database files TO ... to copy these files to an external location. See Copy the Polycom CMA System Database Backup Files on page 368. To delete the previous backup database files, select Y.

When prompted, enter the administrator user name and password. The system backs up the database. When the backup is complete, a success message for the completed backup displays on the console.

Copy the Polycom CMA System Database Backup Files

In addition to backing up and restoring database files, you can copy the database backup files to and from the CMA system to an external location. You have two options for copying the CMA system backup files: the CMA system web interface and the CMA system serial console. Copying the database backup files using the web interface saves them to a local system. Copy them using the serial port puts them on a USB drive. You can also use the CMA system serial port to copy the database backup file onto the CMA system. To copy the Polycom CMA system database backup files using the web interface 1 From the CMA system web interface, go to Admin > Database Backup Files. The Database Backup Files list appears showing all of the backup files stored on the CMA system. Files with a timestamp included in the name are system-generated backup files. Files without a timestamp are user forced backups. 2 3 In the Database Backup Files list, select the backup files of interest and click Save. In the Save As dialog box, browse to a location and click Save.

368

Polycom, Inc.

Database Operations

To copy the database backup files from the CMA system onto a USB flash drive 1 2 3 4 Connect to the CMA system serial console, as described in Connect to the Polycom CMA System Serial Console on page 367. From the Polycom CMA Administrative Console root menu, select (4) Database Operations. From the Database Operations menu, select 4. Copy Database files TO.... Select the source and destination locations to copy database files. Note
Make sure you create a folder for the database backup files before you copy the files or the operation will fail.

Enter the full path of the folder to which the database files will be copied. For example, if the folder is on the root, type backslash (\). The system copies the files. When the backup is complete, the Database Operations menu reappears.

Exit the serial console.

To copy the database backup files to the CMA system from a USB flash drive 1 2 3 4 5 Connect to the CMA system serial console, as described in Connect to the Polycom CMA System Serial Console on page 367. From the Polycom CMA Administrative Console root menu, select (4) Database Operations. From the Database Operations menu, select 3. Copy Database files FROM.... Select the source location on the USB flash drive from which you want to copy database files. Enter the full path and file name of the database backup files (.bak) or just the file names if they are on the root. The system copies the files. When the backup is complete, the Database Operations menu reappears. 6 Exit the serial console.

Polycom, Inc.

369

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Restore the Polycom CMA System Internal Databases

To restore the Polycom CMA system internal databases 1 2 3 4 5 6 Connect to the CMA system serial console, as described in Connect to the Polycom CMA System Serial Console on page 367. From the Polycom CMA Administrative Console root menu, select (4) Database Operations. From the Database Operations menu, select 2. Restore Local Databases. When prompted, enter the database name. Enter the administrator username and password. A list of database backup files appear with corresponding backup dates. Select the number of the database backup file to restore. The system restores the database. When the restoration is complete, a success message for the completed backup displays on the console and the Database Operations menu reappears. 7 8 Repeat step 6 to restore the next database backup file. After you have restored all of the databases, exit the serial console and restart the CMA system server.

Reformat the Existing Database

The CMA system has an option that allows you to completely reformat (clean out) the systems existing database. IMPORTANT
Use this option only if your database is corrupted beyond repair or perhaps if you need to wipe out a test system to prepare it for production data.

To reformat the existing databases 1 2 3 From the CMA system web interface, go to Admin > Server Settings > Database. On the Database page, select Reformat existing database... In the Reformat Existing Database/Database Maintenance dialog box, specify the Database Server IP Address and Database Server Port Number for the database to be reformatted. Specify an administrative Login ID and Password for the database server and click Reformat/Install Database.

370

Polycom, Inc.

Database Operations

Click Yes to confirm the reformat operation. The system displays a Reformat/Install Progress bar to indicate that the system is reformatting the database.

Polycom, Inc.

371

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

372

Polycom, Inc.

30
Directory Operations

This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) enterprise directory integration and operations. It includes these topics: Directory Management Overview Directory Management Supported Configurations Polycom CMA System and Windows Authentication Directory Management Operations Integrate with LDAP Server Option Enable Single Sign On Integrated Windows Authentication Remove or Include Dynamically-Managed Devices in the Global Address Book

Directory Management Overview

In a large organization, integrating your Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system with Microsoft Active Directory greatly simplifies the task of managing conference system security. Directory management provides the following features. Single sign-on capability. Users get the benefits of pass-through authentication, allowing them to leverage their Active Directory user name and password to login to the Polycom CMA Desktop system. This happens without the user having to enter their credentials, creating seamless integration for logins. Single management environment. After the initial setup of the CMA system, adding groups into CMA system is no more complex than adding a group to a file share or database. Continue to manage your group memberships through Active Directory, then grant those groups rights within the CMA system.

Polycom, Inc.

373

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Allows you to continue leveraging the existing role-based security model that you have in place, though the CMA system only uses Universal groups.

Directory Management Supported Configurations

There are many possible configurations available within Microsoft Active Directory, some of which are not fully supported by the CMA system. This section describes the implications of different Microsoft Active Directory configurations for integrating with the CMA system.

Multiple Forests
Microsoft Active Directory may be set up in either a single-forest or multi-forest configuration. However, the CMA system requires that user accounts reside in a single forest.

Multiple Domains
Microsoft Active Directory forests may contain one or more domains. In either configuration, the directory must have a Global Catalog service. The CMA system can integrate to either single or multiple domains, so long as they reside in the same forest structure. Microsoft Active Directory domains are organized into trees, each tree being a group of domains which share a consistent DNS namespace (ex: polycom.com and na.polycom.com would be in the same tree, while polycom.com and CMADevelopment.net would be separate trees, if they were in the same forest). The CMA system will integrate to all domains in a multi-tree forest.

Viable options:
1 2 Integrate to all domains of a multi-domain forest configuration. Restrict to a single domain tree in a multi-domain forest through the use of LDAP Search baseDN criteria.

Groups
Microsoft Active Directory provides three group scopes: Universal, Global, and Domain Local. Both Global groups and Universal Groups are held on all Global Catalog servers in the forest. The CMA system supports only the Universal groups. Microsoft Active Directory provides two group types: Security and Distribution. The CMA system supports either of these group types.
374 Polycom, Inc.

Directory Operations

Note
An Active Directory forest with a functional level of Windows 2000 Mixed mode only supports Universal Distribution groups. Windows 2000 Native mode, Windows 2003 Mixed, and Windows 2003 forest functional levels support Universal Security and Distribution groups.

In addition to leveraging Active Directory Universal groups, the CMA system also has Local groups, which you can use to grant a standard set of rights to multiple users or groups. These CMA system Local groups can have as members, CMA system Local users, Active Directory users or Active Directory Universal groups. In this fashion, you can nest a variety of users and groups into a CMA system Local group and assign those users rights through their CMA system Local group membership, simplifying management of rights on the CMA system.

Users
The CMA system supports both local and enterprise user accounts. Local user accounts exist entirely on the CMA system. They can be created and managed whether or not the system is integrated to an enterprise directory. Enterprise user accounts exist in your enterprise Active Directory. The CMA system cannot create or manage Active Directory accounts, except to modify their privileges on the CMA system itself. If simultaneously using local and enterprise accounts, it is important to avoid duplication of account data. For example, if your Active Directory has a user named John Doe with a username of jdoe, a local account for this user must possess a unique name, such as localjdoe or johndoetest. If duplicate user accounts exist in the same domain or across domains, the user associated with these accounts will not be able to log into a dynamically managed endpoint. The CMA system accesses the enterprise directory in a read-only mode. It does not create, modify, or delete Active Directory users or groups in any way. Once you integrate with an enterprise directory, it's best to minimize your dependency on local users. A single local administrative user account must exist, and it should be used only when there is a problem connecting to the enterprise directory. This configuration provides flexibility and varying security levels as follows: Restricted access: For security reasons, local user accounts do not have access to any data in Active Directory, though they can see the Active Directory users and groups as defined in the CMA system's security. Administration: Active Directory users and their Active Directory group memberships are managed through your Active Directory. CMA system local users are managed through the CMA system's web interface.

Polycom, Inc.

375

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Security: Local accounts have their own passwords, which are stored on the CMA system. Active Directory user accounts maintain the same users' Active Directory credentials and password complexity policies, which are validated by the domain controllers.

How Global Catalog Searches Work

When you integrate the CMA system with Active Directory, you can configure it to integrate in one of two ways: It can access a specific global catalog server by host name or IP address (not recommended, due to a lack of redundancy). If you select this option, the domain name that you specify for the CMA system must match the DNS name suffix of the Global Catalog server (example: dc1.polycom.com configured as the Global Catalog, then you must enter polycom.com as the domain name of the CMA system server). It can auto-discover the server by querying the DNS for the closest Global Catalog server (strongly recommended). If you select this option, you can specify any domain in the Active Directory forest in the Domain Name criteria for the CMA system server. The DNS server must contain Active Directory-specific entries. It is recommended that you enter the forest root DNS domain name. When configured to auto-discover the server, every time the CMA system needs to bind to a Global Catalog server for LDAP queries, the CMA system performs the following. Uses Microsoft's LDAP Ping mechanism to determine the site in which the system is located. Uses a DNS SRV record query to find a Global Catalog server within the same site. Connects to the Global Catalog on the domain controller and queries for the object in question and any relevant information (such as GUID, userID, name, phone number).

Creating exclusion filters can impact the performance of your LDAP queries. As a best practice, use indexed attributes and do not use medial searches when implementing exclusion filters. For more information, see Creating More Efficient Microsoft Active Directory-Enabled Applications.

Polycom, Inc.

379

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

The following table illustrates some more advanced examples of exclusion filter expressions.
Search baseDN expression !(| (memberof=CN=Sales,DC=europe,DC=example,DC=com) (memberof=CN=IT,DC=europe,DC=example,DC=com)) Description Includes only users that are members of the Sales or IT Groups in the domain europe.example.com.

Notes:
The expression should be in continuous line with no carriage returns or extra spaces (not possible in this documents format). By excluding an entity, we implicitly mean to include all other entities. Conversely, by including an entity, we are implicitly excluding all other entities. Hence, this exclusion filter will suffice for a case where, for example, the administrator wants to include Sales and IT but exclude Human Resources, Engineering, etc., within the specified domain.

&(objectCategory=person)(objectClass=user)(userAccountContr ol:1.2.840.113556.1.4.803:=2)

Excludes all users who are disabled. Note this is using a different but valid notation.

Polycom CMA System and Windows Authentication

To allow Microsoft Active Directory users with dynamically-managed endpoints to securely log into their endpoint without typing in their network credentials, the CMA system must be integrated with an Active Directory server and trusted by Active Directory. When the CMA system starts up, it performs the following actions. Uses Microsoft's LDAP ping mechanism to determine the site in which the system is located. Uses a DNS SRV record query to find a domain controller within the same site.

When an Active Directory user attempts to log into the CMA system, it authenticates the user by connecting to the domain controller that it is connected to and passes the user's credentials using NTLMv2. The credentials are seamlessly passed to the CMA system utilizing a secure channel connection from the user's workstation, using the credentials with which they logged into the workstation.

380

Polycom, Inc.

Directory Operations

Note
Because the CMA system uses NTLMv2, the password is not stored within and the CMA system never receives the user's password.

Some important notes about the CMA system Active Directory integration: The CMA system is not joined to the domain. Other computers on the network cannot browse its file system and it cannot be managed remotely by existing IT mechanisms such as SMS. The CMA system does not modify the Active Directory in any way. The CMA system can auto-discover the closest logical domain controller and Active Directory servers, but to do this the network DNS server must have a DNS SRV record for these servers. Once the domain controllers hostname and IP address have a record on the DNS, the CMA system can auto-discover the IP address of the domain controller. If your Active Directory does not publish the domain controllers hostname and IP address to the network DNS, you must edit the file to include it. The CMA system requires that you enable Digitally sign communications on the Active Directory server.

Generating E.164 Aliases

The CMA system generates E.164 aliases for registered endpoints. The alias it creates is based on the endpoint type, so that a single user with multiple endpoints can have multiple E.164 aliases.

Polycom CMA Desktop Clients

When a user of a CMA Desktop client successfully logs into a CMA system, the CMA system creates an E.164 alias for that client. This alias is based on the user's phone number in Active Directory (or a random, unique number, if no phone number is listed for the user). Users of other endpoints can connect to the user's endpoint by dialing this alias or by searching for them by name in the directory.

Polycom HDX Systems

When a user of a Polycom HDX system successfully logs into a CMA system, the CMA system creates an E.164 alias for that endpoint also. Again, this alias is based on the user's phone number in Active Directory (or a random, unique number, if no phone number is listed for the user), but with a 1 appended to the number. Users of other endpoints can connect to the user's endpoint by dialing this alias or by searching for them by name in the directory.

Polycom, Inc.

381

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Polycom VVX Systems

When a user of a Polycom VVX system successfully logs into a CMA system, the CMA system creates an E.164 alias for that endpoint also. Again, this alias is based on the user's phone number in Active Directory (or a random, unique number, if no phone number is listed for the user), but with a 2 appended to the number. Users of other endpoints can connect to the user's endpoint by dialing this alias or by searching for them by name in the directory.

Directory Management Operations

This section describes the directory management operations. It includes these topics: Integrate with LDAP Server Option Enable Single Sign On Integrated Windows Authentication Remove or Include Dynamically-Managed Devices in the Global Address Book

Integrate with LDAP Server Option

Enabling the Integrate with LDAP Server option allows CMA system users who are included in the Active Directory to log into the CMA system interface using their network credentials. Enabling the Integrate with LDAP Server option also allows endpoint users to select conference participants and rooms from the enterprise directory. Because endpoint connections to LDAP use the endpoint users credentials, the Active Directory access control lists identify which endpoint users and rooms each user can see. Note
The CMA system supports only the Microsoft Active Directory implementation of LDAP.

In addition, administrative users can: View some enterprise user and group information Import enterprise groups into the CMA system Assign roles to users in different enterprise groups Identify enterprise resources, such as rooms, so that they can be treated as resources in the CMA system

382

Polycom, Inc.

Directory Operations

Note
To allow endpoint users to use NTLM Single Sign On technology to connect to the CMA system and access services such as automatic provisioning, automatic software update, and presence, see Enable Single Sign On Integrated Windows Authentication on page 386.

For more information about Active Directory and LDAP, see MS Strategy for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP). The process of integrating with an LDAP server, involves these steps: Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account Enable Integration with the LDAP Server

Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account

To create the CMA system service account 1 On the Active Directory server, open the Active Directory Users and Computers module (Start > Programs > Administrative Tools > Active Directory Users and Computers). Click the node for your domain and then right-click the OU folder in which you want to add a user account and select New > User. At a minimum, in the First name, Full name, and User logon name fields, type cmaservice or an appropriate name for your environment and click Next. In the Password and Confirm Password fields, type a password for the service account to use during initial integration. This is the password you must enter on the CMA system Enterprise Server page. Select the Password never expires option, unselect the User cannot change password option, click Next and then Finish. Notes
You can reset the password for this account manually, but to do so you must change it in Active Directory first and then update the CMA system LDAP Server page. The service account requires the rights to read all properties on all users and groups that will be used in the CMA system. Without these permissions, it may not function properly.

2 3

Polycom, Inc.

383

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Create the Polycom CMA System Computer Account

To create the CMA System computer account 1 On the Microsoft Active Directory system, open the Active Directory Users and Computers module (Start > Programs > Administrative Tools > Active Directory Users and Computers. Select the node for your domain, right-click the OU folder in which to add the computer account and then select New > Computer. In the Computer name field, type PolycomCMA or an appropriate name for your environment and then click Next and Finish (or simply click OK depending on your version of Active Directory). Ensure that the Active Directory Users and Computers console will show all available computer options necessary for the remaining steps by enabling View > Advanced Features. Right-click the computer account, select Properties, and then select the Security tab. In the Group or user names section of the Security tab, select the SELF object. In the Permissions for SELF section, select Change password, and then click OK. Login to the domain controller where the computer account was created and set the password using the following command:
net user <computername>$ <password>

2 3

5 6 7 8

For example: net user polycomcma$ p@ssw0rd Notes

Performing the net user command on any machine other than a domain controller will not assign the computer account password for the CMA system machine account. At initial integration, the CMA System will change its Computer Account password to a random 120 character string including special characters. This password will also be changed, to a new randomly generated password, every time the CMA System is rebooted, or every week if no reboots are performed. Because this is a Computer account, resetting the password to a known value requires use of net user commands on an Active Directory Domain Controller.

Enable Integration with the LDAP Server

To integrate the Polycom CMA system to an LDAP server 1
384

Go to Admin > Server Settings > LDAP.

Polycom, Inc.

Directory Operations

a b

On the LDAP page, select Integrate with LDAP server. To have the system auto-discover the LDAP server by querying DNS, enable Auto-discover in the Integrate with LDAP server section; otherwise, enter the LDAP Server IP Address or DNS Name. As needed, configure these settings on the LDAP page.
Description Domain and LDAP User ID for an account that the CMA system can use to access the LDAP server and retrieve group, user, and room information. This is the account created in the step Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account. This LDAP User ID must have read permissions so it can search the entire forest on the LDAP server. This LDAP User ID is automatically associated with the CMA system administrator role - by default it is the ONLY LDAP User ID with this role.

Setting Domain\LDAP User ID

LDAP User Password Security Level

The password for the LDAP user account The level of security on the connection between the CMA system and the Active Directory server. Possible values include: PlainNo security on the connection LDAPSThe connection is secured over outbound port 3269 using LDAP-S in a manner similar to https. If the Domain Controller: LDAP Server signing requirements setting on the Active Directory server is set to Require Signing, then you must use LDAPS to secure the connection. StartTLSThe connection is secured over outbound port 3268 (the same port as Plain), but it then negotiates security once the socket is opened. Some LDAP servers reject any unsecured transactions, so the first command is the StartTLS negotiation command.

Ignore Disabled LDAP users LDAP Exclusion Filter

Check this field to have the CMA system ignore disabled enterprise users in its queries. If necessary and you understand LDAP filter syntax, specify other types of user accounts to exclude. Dont edit these expressions unless you understand LDAP filter syntax. For more information, see Understanding Exclusion Filters on page 379.

Polycom, Inc.

385

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Setting LDAP Search BaseDN

Description If necessary and you understand LDAP filter syntax, specify the top level of the LDAP directory tree (referred to as the base DN) to search. Dont edit these expressions unless you understand LDAP filter syntax. For more information, see Understanding Base DN on page 377.

If you also wish to implement single sign-on, see Enable Single Sign On Integrated Windows Authentication on page 386. Otherwise, click Update.

Enable Single Sign On Integrated Windows Authentication

The CMA system Use Single Sign on (Integrated Windows Authentication) option, allows endpoint users who are included in the Active Directory to securely log into their dynamically-managed endpoint without typing in credentials. Note
To allow CMA system users who enter their network usernames and passwords to log into the CMA system and select conference participants from your companys active directory, see Integrate with LDAP Server Option on page 382.

To use single sign-on Windows authentication 1 2 Go to Admin > Server Settings > LDAP and on the LDAP page, select Use Single Sign on (Integrated Windows Authentication). The CMA system can auto-discover the closest logical domain controller and Active Directory servers, but to do this the network DNS server must have a DNS SRV record for these servers If your network DNS server has a DNS SRV record for the domain controller, in the Domain controller name section enable Auto-discover; otherwise, enter the fully qualified hostname of the domain controller (for example, dc1.mydomain.com). Enter the Username (domain\<computer name>) and Password and click Update.

386

Polycom, Inc.

Directory Operations

Remove or Include Dynamically-Managed Devices in the Global Address Book

By default the CMA system includes dynamically-managed devices in the Global Address Book. However, you may not want to take advantage of this feature if you have legacy devices such as VSX, ViewStation, and FX endpoints. These devices may not be able to handle the increased size of the Global Address Book. For more information on directory options, see Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings on page 340. To remove enterprise users from the Polycom CMA system Global Address Book 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Directory Setup. In the Directory page, clear Include dynamically-managed devices in the Global Address Book. Click Update.

To include enterprise users in the Polycom CMA system Global Address Book 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Directory Setup. In the Directory page, select Include dynamically-managed devices in the Global Address Book. Click Update.

Remove or Include Guest Book Entries in the Directory

By default the CMA system includes Guest Book entries in the endpoint directory, regardless of whether the endpoint directory is the Global Address Book or the enterprise LDAP directory. For more information on directory options, see Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings on page 340. To remove Guest Book entries from the endpoint directory 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Directory Setup. In the Directory page, clear Show Guest Book entries in the Directory. Click Update.

To include Guest Book entries in the endpoint directory 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Directory Setup. In the Directory page, select Show Guest Book entries in the Directory. Click Update.

Polycom, Inc.

387

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

388

Polycom, Inc.

31
Polycom CMA System Redundancy

This chapter describes how to configure a redundant Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. It includes these topics: Polycom CMA 5000 System Redundancy Overview Implement a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Configure the External Database for Redundancy Set the Virtual IP Address for the Redundant System License a Redundant Polycom CMA System Failover to a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Server Discontinue Redundancy on a Polycom CMA 5000 System Configuration

Polycom CMA 5000 System Redundancy Overview

A redundant CMA system configuration offers higher reliability and greater call success by ensuring that a CMA system server is always available. A redundant CMA system configuration requires two CMA system servers and three IP addresses in the same subnet on the same networkone physical IP address for each of the servers and one virtual IP address dedicated to endpoint registration.

How Redundancy Works

Terminology is very important in understanding how redundancy works. In a redundant configuration, one server is licensed as the primary server and the other server is licensed as the redundant server. The primary server is always the primary server and the redundant server is always the redundant server.

Polycom, Inc.

389

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

In a redundant configuration, there is only one active server. The active server is the server managing the system. It is the server running all of the CMA system services (see Services on page 281). In a normal operational state, the active server is the primary server. In a fail over state, the active server is the redundant server. In a redundant configuration, there is only one standby server. The standby server is the server that is not managing the system. It is the server running only the Polycom Service Monitor. In a normal operational state, the redundant server is the standby server. In a fail over state, the active server is the standby server. (If at anytime you receive a Cannot find server error when you try to log into a server, check to see if it is the standby server.) The Polycom Service Monitor monitors redundancy. In a normal operational state, the redundant/standby server sends a SEND_REQUEST_STATUS message via TCP every three seconds on port 700 to the primary/active server and expects the server to answer with a SERVICE_RUNNING message. (These messages do not include any qualitative data about the health of other services; they only verify that the active server is available on the network.) If the redundant service sends three consecutive SEND_REQUEST_STATUS requests that go unanswered, its Service Monitor initiates a fail over and the redundant server becomes the active server. The most common reasons for system fail overs are power failures and network disconnections. Note that failures in services do not initiate a failover, only a server failure. If both the primary and redundant servers start simultaneously (for example if both are in the same location and recover from a power failure at the same time), both servers will initially attempt to become the active server. However, the redundant serverthe server licensed as the redundant serverretreats to standby status once the system reaches its fully functional state. An administrator can force a fail over via the Switch Server Roles function in the CMA system user interface. Failover does not require a system restart. The primary and redundant servers share the external CMA system database, so what is recorded by one CMA system is read by the other CMA system. An external Microsoft SQL Server database is required. The CMA system database informationcall records, endpoint registration information, and network topology configurationsremains consistent and available during a fail over because both servers point to the same database. Also, the fail over to the redundant server seems to occur seamlessly because the endpoints are registered with the virtual IP address, which remains constant. During a fail over: Active conferences are dropped from the system. Conference participants can call back in using the same conference information.

390

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Redundancy

Users logged into the CMA system user interface are disconnected during a fail over and returned to the main CMA system web page. Users can log back in once the fail over is completed. Users in the middle of an operation may get an error message, because the system is not available to respond to a request. The redundant server becomes the active server. Its services start in an order designed to prevent the new active server from being flooded with requests from endpoints during startup. The order is: Database Service Apache Service Jserver Device Manager Site Topology Service Dial Rules Service Global Address Book Service Polycom Cascade Service Polycom Scheduler Service GateKeeper Service Openfire Service

A system fail over usually takes approximately 5 minutes, but some system settings affect how rapidly a redundant system returns to full functionality. The gatekeeper Registration Refresh period affects how quickly endpoints re-register with the redundant server after a failover. And if Deny calls to/from unregistered endpoints is checked, the gatekeeper rejects calls from endpoints that have not re-registered with the redundant server after a failover. Therefore, in a redundant system configuration, use a short refresh period (30 seconds) unless you have many endpoints or a large amount of network traffic. Once a fail over to a redundant server occurs, the redundant server manages all system operations until an administrator switches back to the original primary server via the Switch Server Roles function in the CMA system user interface. Notes
The CMA system does not automatically switch to the primary server when the primary server becomes available. An administrator must Switch Server Roles. A fail over or system restart initiates an encryption routine that changes the private key for a redundant system. Therefore, after a fail over or system restart, schedulers who use one of the scheduling plug-ins will be prompted to re-enter their login settings to access the system.

Polycom, Inc.

391

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Redundant Configuration System Administration

Because the two servers share the external CMA system database, most of their configuration information is shared. However, certain information is not stored in the database, so an administrator must manually synchronize this information. This includes: Basic network settings such as IP, default gateway, and DNS settings External database information Time and external NTP server settings The current system log level Custom CMA system logo--upload the same logo to both servers Software Update profiles for scheduled software updates--upload the same software package to both servers

Whenever you change information in one of these sections on one server you should also change it on the other server. Licensing and upgrading a redundant system is slightly more complex. The primary and redundant server required different licenses.

Implement a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System

You can set up a CMA 5000 system in a fault-tolerant, high-availability, redundant configuration. The CMA 4000 system is not available in a redundant configuration. This section has two procedures. One describes how to convert an existing non-redundant CMA 5000 system to a redundant configuration. The other describes how to configure redundancy on a newly installed system. To add a redundant Polycom CMA system server to an existing system 1 In a maintenance window when there are no running conferences, verify that your primary CMA 5000 system is pointed to an external Microsoft SQL Server database and is properly licensed. Install the redundant CMA 5000 system as described in the Polycom CMA Getting Started Guide. During installation, point the redundant CMA 5000 system server to its internal database. Request the required software activation key code for the redundant server as described in Request a Software Activation Key Code on page 351. Enter the redundant license onto the redundant CMA 5000 system server. a Log into the CMA 5000 system, and go to Admin > Server Settings > Licenses.
Polycom, Inc.

392

Polycom CMA System Redundancy

Enter the activation key code for the redundant server into the Add New License > Activation Key field and click Add. (Note that the field is ASCII only. For more information, see Field Input Requirements on page 10.) You will receive a message indicating that youve entered a redundant license and the system must be rebooted. DO NOT REBOOT NOW. The redundant server will automatically reboot when you perform step 6.

On the primary server: a b Go to Admin > Server Settings > Redundant Configuration. Enter the Virtual IP for the redundant system and click Submit. The primary system will reboot.

Wait for the primary system to completely reboot and is back online, and then on the redundant server: a b c Go to Admin > Server Settings > Database. On the Database page, select the Use an external SQL Server database check box. Enter the database information from the primary server that is, the database servers IP address, and SQL server port number in the Database page. Click Update. The CMA 5000 system connects to the database server and the redundant server restarts and comes online.

On the primary server, fail over to the redundant server. See Failover to a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Server on page 396.

To configure redundancy on a newly installed Polycom CMA system. A redundant CMA system configuration requires the installation of two CMA system servers on the same network. During First Time Setup, you are instructed to assign these two servers physical IP addresses and leave them pointed at their internal databases. This section describes how to complete the configuration of these newly installed redundant servers. It includes these topics: 1 2 Configure the External Database for Redundancy Set the Virtual IP Address for the Redundant System Note
This procedure describes implementing a new redundant CMA system. For information on converting an existing system to a redundant system, see Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo on page 352.

Polycom, Inc.

393

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Configure the External Database for Redundancy

To configure the two redundant servers to use the same external database 1 2 3 Log into both the primary and redundant CMA 5000 system servers. On the primary server, go to Admin > Dashboard and click Shutdown to shut down the primary server. When the primary server has shutdown completely, on the redundant server: a b c d Go to Admin > Server Settings > Database. On the Database page, select the Use an external SQL Server database check box. Enter the Database Server IP address or DNS Name. Enter the Database Server Port and click Update. The system will guide you through formatting or upgrading the external database. The redundant server boots. e f 4 After the redundant server restarts completely, log into it again and select Admin > Dashboard. Click Shutdown to shut down the redundant server.

When the redundant server has shutdown completely, on the primary server: a b c d e Turn ON the primary server. Log into the server and go to Admin > Server Settings > Database. On the Database page, select the Use an external SQL Server database check box. Enter the Database Server IP address or DNS Name. Enter the Database Server Port and click Update. The system will guide you through formatting or upgrading the external database. The primary server restarts and comes online as the active server.

Set the Virtual IP Address for the Redundant System

To set the virtual IP address for the redundant system 1 When the primary server has restarted completely, log into the primary CMA 5000 system server.

394

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Redundancy

Go to Admin > Server Settings > Redundant Configuration. If the two CMA system servers are installed and configured correctly on the network, both servers are displayed in the table on the Redundant Configuration page.

Enter the Virtual IP for the redundant system and click Submit. For information about this virtual IP address, see Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo on page 352. Note
Set the virtual IP for the redundant server on the primary server only.

The primary server restarts and comes online as the active server. 4 When the primary server has restarted completely, turn ON the redundant server and wait for it to boot completely.

License a Redundant Polycom CMA System

To license a non-redundant CMA system, see Add Polycom CMA System Licenses on page 350. This section describes how to license a redundant system. To license a redundant Polycom CMA 5000 system 1 Request a separate software activation key code for the primary and redundant server as described in Request a Software Activation Key Code on page 351. On the primary CMA 5000 system server: a Go to Admin > Server Settings > Database and verify the database information. (If you fail to point the server to the correct database, you must re-enter the license when you change databases.) Go to Admin > Server Settings > Licenses. Enter the activation key code for the primary server into the Add New License > Activation Key field and click Add. The license number appears in the list and the number of active licenses is updated. d Go to Admin > Server Settings > Redundant Configuration. and click Switch Server Role. The system fails over to the redundant server.

b c

Polycom, Inc.

395

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

On the redundant server: a b c Log into the CMA system using the virtual IP address, and go to Admin > Server Settings > Licenses. Enter the software activation key code for the redundant server into the Add New License > Activation Key field and click Add. Go to Admin > Dashboard and click Restart The system fails over to the primary server. to restart the system.

Failover to a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Server

In a redundant configuration, the CMA 5000 system automatically fails over from the primary server to the redundant server. However, you can also manually initiate a failover. To manually initiate a failover 1 2 On either server, go to Admin > Server Settings > Redundant Configuration. On the Redundant Configuration page, click Switch Server Role. The system initiates a failover to the other server.

Discontinue Redundancy on a Polycom CMA 5000 System Configuration

In some circumstances, you may need to discontinue redundancy. Use this procedure to do so, but only when the system is in a valid redundant state. To discontinue a redundant Polycom CMA 5000 system configuration: 1 2 3 Log into the CMA 5000 system using the virtual IP address. Failover to the redundant server. See page 396. On the redundant server: a b c Go to Admin > Server Settings > Database. On the Database page, deselect the Use an external SQL Server database check box. Click Update. The redundant server restarts.

396

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Redundancy

On the primary server: a b Go to Admin > Server Settings > Redundant Configuration. On the Redundant Configuration page, click Reset Redundant Configuration. The primary system restarts.

Polycom, Inc.

397

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

398

Polycom, Inc.

32
Gatekeeper Management

This chapter describes how to work with gatekeepers within the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system. It includes these topics: Gatekeeper Overview Primary Gatekeeper Management Operations Alternate Gatekeeper Management Operations Neighboring Gatekeeper Management Operations

Gatekeeper Overview
The CMA system gatekeeper provides address translation and network access control services for endpoints, gateways, and MCUs. It also provides other services such as bandwidth management and dial plans services. These additional features allow you to configure and manage your gatekeeping operations and provide flexibility and scalability. During First Time Setupthe CMA systems initial configuration the system is assigned a default region and site (called My Region: Primary Site). A region is just the set of network devices that share a common CMA system gatekeeper, so a gatekeeper has only a single region or zone. However, a region or zone can have multiple sites. This initial set up allows you to immediately start using the CMA system for video conferencing. However, you can also configure the system may change the name of the default site and assign the sites you have created. You may create additional neighboring gatekeeper regions, if needed. When you create a new gatekeeper region, you define gatekeeper settings only. A gatekeeper region functions as a neighboring gatekeeper. You cannot add sites to a newly created gatekeeper region.

Polycom, Inc.

399

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

When a call originates from the CMA system and the system is unable to resolve the dialed address, the call can be forwarded to another gatekeeper for resolution. To enable call forwarding, create a neighboring region and a dialing rule that routes calls using a particular prefix to the neighboring gatekeeper. If you have a Polycom PathNavigator installed, it can act as a neighboring gatekeeper region to the CMA system. Note
To prevent a site from participating in a dial plan, do not assign it to a region.

Field Name Description Gatekeeper IP Address

Description The name (ASCII only) of the region. A description (ASCII only) of the region. The IP address for this region. For the default region, automatically set to the IP address of the CMA system server. The port for this region. Defaults to the port for the CMA system server. The unique ID (ASCII only) for the gatekeeper associated with this region. Automatically filled in for the default region. PN: is inserted in front of the gatekeeper identifier. Example: PN: Silicon Valley Campus The character limit is 254; all keyboard characters are supported.

Port Gatekeeper Identifier

Primary Gatekeeper Management Operations

By default the CMA system is made the primary gatekeeper during the First Time Setup process. Operations for managing the primary gatekeeper include: Edit the Primary Gatekeeper Settings Configure Prefixed Based Registration

400

Polycom, Inc.

Gatekeeper Management

Edit the Primary Gatekeeper Settings

To edit the primary Polycom CMA system gatekeeper settings 1 2 Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Primary Gatekeeper. On the Primary Gatekeeper page, make the required changes. The Primary Gatekeeper Settings include these fields:
Field Gatekeeper Identifier Description The gatekeeper identifier (ASCII-only) on the network, which is used by the endpoints and CMA system for communication. The maximum number of characters is 254. All ASCII characters are valid. Gatekeeper Description Default Gatekeeper Allow Registration of The description (ASCII only) of this gatekeeper on the network When enabled, indicates that this CMA system is the default gatekeeper on the network. Defines for the gatekeeper of which endpoints to allow to register. For more information, see Device Registration on page 335. The number of days that the CMA system gatekeeper maintains the endpoint registration information, in case the endpoint has not yet received any. The default is 30 days. Enter 999 to prevent endpoint registrations from expiring automatically. Registration Refresh (seconds) The interval at which the CMA system sends keep-alive messages to registered endpoints to determine whether they are online. The default is 300 seconds. If the endpoint responds with a registration request message, the endpoint is online. If not, the endpoint is offline. When the endpoint is registered to another gatekeeper, the CMA system still shows the endpoints status. To view the endpoints state (Online or Offline), go to Endpoint> Monitor View.

Registration Refresh (seconds)

Note
Endpoints are Offline when they have been turned off or have been removed from the network. Endpoints return to an Online state when they have been turned on or have reregistered with CMA system.

Polycom, Inc.

401

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Maximum Neighbor Gatekeeper Hop Counts Log calls to/from unregistered endpoints Deny calls to/from unregistered endpoints Enable Real-Time Statistics IRR frequency

Description Limits the number of connections to make when an endpoint seeks dialing resolution. The default is 3. Logs calls to and from rogue endpoints. To view call logs, select System Management > Reports > Gatekeeper Message Log. Prevents calls to and from rogue endpoints.

Select this option to allow the gatekeeper to collect statistics from the endpoints. Specifies the interval (in seconds) at which endpoints that can report QoS (Quality of Service) measures will report them to the CMA system. By default, IRR is set to 0, which is equivalent to disabling the Real-time Statistics option. The valid IRR frequency range is 20 to 65535.

Call Model

Describes how the CMA system routes selected H.225 call signalling messages (that is, SETUP, CALL PROCEEDING, ALERTING, CONNECT, and NOTIFY message). Possible values include: Routed or Direct. For more information, see Routing Mode on page 336. In any case, Q.931 messages (ARQ, ACF, ARJ, BRQ, BCF, and BRJ) are always sent through the CMA system gatekeeper.

Click Update.

Configure Prefixed Based Registration

A user with administrator permissions can configure the CMA system so that only endpoints with specified E.164 prefixes are allowed to register to the H.323 gatekeeper. Note that when you apply this policy to an system with existing endpoints, all existing endpoints that fail to meet the new policy will fail to re-register with the gatekeeper. This will be flagged in the Endpoint > Monitor View as a gatekeeper registration error.

402

Polycom, Inc.

Gatekeeper Management

To allow only the registration of endpoints with defined E.164 prefixes 1 Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Primary Gatekeeper. On the Primary Gatekeeper page, change the Allow Registration of setting to Predefined Prefixes Only. The Valid E.164 Prefixes entry box appears. 2 3 Enter a range of prefixes in the From and To fields and click Add. The prefix range appears in the Allowed Prefix Ranges table. Continue adding prefixes ranges as necessary. To delete a range, select the range and click the Delete button for it. When youve specified all the prefix ranges, click Update.

Alternate Gatekeeper Management Operations

Alternate Gatekeeper Management Operations include: Add an Alternate Gatekeeper Edit the Alternate Gatekeeper Settings Remove the Alternate Gatekeeper

Add an Alternate Gatekeeper

To add an alternate gatekeeper 1 2 Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Alternate Gatekeeper. On the Alternate Gatekeeper page, enter the required gatekeeper information. The Alternate Gatekeeper Settings include these fields:
Field Need to Register Description Check this box to require that a endpoint register with the alternate gatekeeper before sending other registration admission status requests.The default setting is unchecked. The alternate gatekeepers network identifier (ASCII only)

Alternate Gatekeeper ID

Polycom, Inc.

403

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field IP Address Port Priority

Description The IP address of the alternate gatekeeper The port number (usually 1719) that the alternate gatekeeper uses to communicate with endpoints Indicates the alternate gatekeepers priority for endpoint registration. A lower number has higher priority (the range is 0 to 127), so endpoints would first register with an alternate gatekeeper with a priority of 0. The default setting is 0.

Click Update.

Edit the Alternate Gatekeeper Settings

To edit the alternate gatekeeper settings 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Alternate Gatekeeper. On the Alternate Gatekeeper page, make the required changes. For more information, see Alternate Gatekeeper Settings Click Update.

Remove the Alternate Gatekeeper

To remove the alternate gatekeeper settings 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Alternate Gatekeeper. On the Alternate Gatekeeper page, clear the Need to Register check box. Click Update.

Neighboring Gatekeeper Management Operations

Neighboring Gatekeeper Management Operations include: View Neighboring Gatekeepers Add a Neighboring Gatekeeper Edit a Neighboring Gatekeeper Delete a Neighboring Gatekeeper

404

Polycom, Inc.

Gatekeeper Management

View Neighboring Gatekeepers

To view the neighboring gatekeepers Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Neighboring Gatekeepers. The Neighboring Gatekeepers list appears.
Column Name Description Description The name of the region The description of the region

Add a Neighboring Gatekeeper

To add a neighboring gatekeeper 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Neighboring Gatekeeper. On the Neighboring Gatekeeper page, click Add Neighbor. In the Add Neighbor dialog box, enter the required gatekeeper information and click Save. The neighboring gatekeeper is added to the system.

Edit a Neighboring Gatekeeper

To edit the settings for a neighboring gatekeeper 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Neighboring Gatekeeper. On the Neighboring Gatekeeper page, select the neighboring gatekeeper of interest and click Edit Neighbor. In the Edit Neighbor dialog box, make the required changes and click Update. Youll need to reboot the CMA system to make the change effective.

Polycom, Inc.

405

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Delete a Neighboring Gatekeeper

To delete a neighboring gatekeeper 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Neighboring Gatekeeper. On the Neighboring Gatekeeper page, select the neighboring gatekeeper of interest and click Delete. Click Delete to confirm the deletion.

406

Polycom, Inc.

33
Dial Plan Setup Operations

This chapter describes how to edit the default Polycom CMA system Dial Plan settings to support your companys site topology. It includes these topics: Site Operations Site Link Operations Site-to-Site Exclusions Territories Network Clouds Dial Plan Service Operations Dial Rule Operations Least-Cost Routing Operations

Site Operations
Site operations include: View the Graphical Site Topology View the Sites List Add a Site View Site Information Assign Locations to a Site Edit Site Settings Edit Site Provisioning Settings Delete a Site

Polycom, Inc.

407

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

View the Graphical Site Topology

To view the graphical site topology 1 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Site Topology. The Site Topology page appears. It graphically displays the sites and site links defined to the CMA system. Hover over a map element to view information about it. Use the slider bar to zoom in or out on the map. Select or deselect elements (Site Links, Bandwidth, or Site Names) to change what is displayed on the map. Use the Select Sites drop-down list to filter (by site name, territory name, IP address, network devices, and alerts) which sites are displayed on the map.

View the Sites List

To view the Sites list Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Sites. The Sites list appears. It includes this information:
Column Name Description Country Code Area Code Description Name of the site. Description of the site. The country code for the country in which the site is located. The city or area code for the site. Do not include a leading zero. For example, the city code for Paris is 01; however, enter 1 in this field. The total bandwidth limit for audio and video calls. The per-call bandwidth limit for audio and video calls. The territory to which the site belongs, which determines the CMA system responsible for it.

Max Bandwidth (Mbps) Max Bit Rate (Kbps) Territory

For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned... When NAT Configuration is set to Manual, specifies the address that callers from outside the LAN should use to call the endpoint systems. Specifies that the endpoint systems are behind a NAT that is capable of translating H.323 traffic. Specifies whether to include the endpoint systems information in the global directory Select Private to exclude the endpoint from the global directory Select Public to include the endpoint in the global directory

H323 Settings Enable IP H.323 Use Gatekeeper Specifies whether to enable IP H.323 calls. When IP H.323 is enabled, specifies whether the endpoint systems will use the CMA system as its gatekeeper or another gatekeeper. Gateways and gatekeepers are required for calls between IP and ISDN. Gatekeeper IP Address Use Gatekeeper for Multipoint Calls Provisioning Settings Provisioning Polling Interval (minutes) Specifies the frequency at which the endpoint systems poll the CMA system for new provisioning information. By default, this interval is 60 minutes. For performance reasons, the minimum positive value for this interval is 5 minutes. There is no maximum value enforced. When the value of this interval is set to 0, the endpoint systems do not poll the CMA system for new provisioning information. Software Update Polling Interval (minutes) Specifies the frequency at which the endpoint systems poll the CMA system for a new software update package. By default, this interval is 60 minutes. For performance reasons, the minimum positive value for this interval is 5 minutes. There is no maximum value enforced. When the value of this interval is set to 0, the endpoint systems do not poll the CMA system for a new software update package. This Server The endpoint systems will use the CMA system as their gatekeeper. Specify The endpoint systems will use another system as their gatekeeper.

When Use Gatekeeper is set to Specify, enter the gatekeeper IP address in this field. Specify whether multipoint calls use the endpoint systems internal multipoint capability or the Polycom MCUs Conference on Demand feature. This feature is available only if the system is registered with a PathNavigator or CMA system gatekeeper.

Quality of Service Settings Video Type of Service Value Audio Type of Service Value FECC Type of Service Value Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for video packets. Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for audio packets. Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for Far End Camera Control packets.

Polycom, Inc.

411

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Type of Service Field

For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned... Specifies the service type and the priority of IP packets sent to the system for video, audio, and far-end camera control: IP Precedence Represents the priority of IP packets sent to the system. The value can be between 0 and 5. DiffServ Represents a priority level between 0 and 63. If this setting is selected, enter the value in the Type of Service Value field.

Maximum Transmission Unit Size (bytes) Enable PVEC

Specifies the Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size used in IP calls. If the video becomes blocky or network errors occur, packets may be too large; decrease the MTU. If the network is burdened with unnecessary overhead, packets may be too small; increase the MTU. Allows the endpoint system to use PVEC (Polycom Video Error Concealment) if packet loss occurs. PVEC delivers smooth, clear video over IP networks by concealing the deteriorating effects of packet loss Allows the endpoint system to use Resource Reservation Setup Protocol (RSVP) to request that routers reserve bandwidth along an IP connection path. Both the near site and far site must support RSVP in order for reservation requests to be made to routers on the connection path. Specifies whether to let the endpoint system automatically find the optimum line speed for a call. Specifies the maximum transmission line speed. Specifies the maximum reception line speed.

Enable RSVP

Enable Dynamic Bandwidth Maximum Transmit Bandwidth (Kbps) Maximum Receive Bandwidth (Kbps) Security Settings Use Room Password for Remote Access Room Password

Specifies whether the local endpoint system password and remote access password are the same. Enter or change the local endpoint system password here. When the local password is set, you must enter it to configure the system Admin Settings using the remote control. The local password must not contain spaces.

Administrator ID Remote Access Password

Enter the administrative account that should be used to access the endpoint system remotely. For endpoint systems, enter or change the remote access password here. When the remote access password is set, you must enter it to upgrade the software or manage the endpoint systems from a computer. The remote access password cannot include spaces. Specifies the password users must supply to join multipoint calls on this endpoint system if the call uses the internal multipoint option, rather than a bridge. This field can also be used to store a password required by another endpoint system that this system calls. If a password is stored in this field, you do not need to enter it at the time of the call; the endpoint system supplies it to the system that requires it. The meeting password cannot include spaces.

Meeting Password

412

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Field Enable Secure Mode

For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned... Specifies whether to operate in secure mode (also known as security mode), which uses TLS, HTTPS, AES, digital signatures, and other security protocols, algorithms, and mechanisms. These protocols encrypt management communication over IP, preventing access by unauthorized users. When devices at a site are provisioned to operate in secure mode, the CMA system can only perform the dynamic management operations of automatic provisioning, automatic software update, and directory and presence services for the devices. The CMA system cannot perform monitoring or control operations for the devices. For more information, see the Administrators Guide for Polycom HDX Systems.

Enable Encryption

Specifies how to encrypt calls with other sites that support AES encryption. OffNo encryption is used. When AvailableAES Encryption is used with any endpoint that supports it, even if the other endpoints in the call dont support it. Required for Video Calls OnlyAES Encryption is used for all video endpoints in the call. Analog phone and voice over ISDN connections are allowed. Video endpoints must support AES Encryption to participate in the call. Required for All CallsAES Encryption is used for all video endpoints in the call. Analog phone and voice over ISDN connections are not allowed. All endpoints must. support AES Encryption to participate in the call.

Enable Web Access

Specifies whether to allow remote access to the endpoint system by the web.

Note
The endpoint systems will restart if the remote access settings are changed. This setting does not deactivate the associated port, only the application. Use the Web Access Port setting to disable the port. Web Access Port Specifies the port to use when accessing the endpoint systems web interface. If you change this from the default (port 80), specify a port number of 1025 or higher, and make sure the port is not already in use. You will need to include the port number with the IP address when you use the Polycom HDX web interface to access the system. This makes unauthorized access more difficult.

Note
The system restarts if you change the web access port.
Polycom, Inc. 413

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Allow Video Display On Web

For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned... Specifies whether to allow viewing of the room where the endpoint system is located, or video of calls in which the endpoint system participates, using the endpoint systems web interface.

Note
This feature activates both near site and far site video displays in Web Director. NTLM Version General Settings Heartbeat Posting Interval (minutes) In Call Stats Posting Interval (minutes) Calendaring Settings Automatically Discover Exchange Server Specify Exchange Server Exchange Server Address LDAP Settings Group Display Name User Display Name Specifies whether the CMA system should identify groups by their common name (cn) or their DisplayName. These names are extracted from the Active Directory. Specifies whether the CMA system should identify users by their common name (cn) or their DisplayName. These names are extracted from the Active Directory. Specifies that the CMA system should discover the Microsoft Exchange server for the site by searching DNS records. Specifies that the CMA system should use the Microsoft Exchange server specified in the Exchange Server Address field. Specifies the IP address or DNS name of the Microsoft Exchange server for the site. Specifies the frequency at which the endpoint systems poll the CMA system for a heartbeat. Specifies the frequency at which the endpoint systems poll the CMA system for in call statistics. Specifies the NTLM version the endpoint system should use to authenticate.

View Site Information

To view information about an existing site 1 2 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Sites or Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Site Topology. In the Sites list or Site Topology page, select the site of interest and click Site Information. The Site Information dialog box displays the following site information.
Column Name Description Name of the site.

414

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Column Description Location Bandwidth (Mbps) Bandwidth Used Device Types Alarms

Description Description of the site. The specified location of the site identified either by longitude + latitude or by country + city. The specified total bandwidth limit for audio and video calls. Identifies the percentage of the maximum bandwidth currently occupied with audio and video calls. Identifies the type (Bridges, DMAs, VBPs, and Endpoints) and number of devices assigned to the site. Identifies the device alarms present within the site. Alarm information includes Status, Device Name, Device Type, and Description. Click Details to view more device details. Identifies the subnets within the site. Subnets information includes Bandwidth Used, Subnet (name), and (maximum) Bandwidth.

Subnets

Assign Locations to a Site

Location has not always been a required field for sites. If your existing sites do not include location information, use the Assign Locations command to update your sites. To assign a location to an existing site 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Sites or Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Site Topology. Click Assign Locations. In the Assign Locations to Sites dialog box, select the site of interest and click Specify Location. To specify a location by city name: a b c d From the Enter Location By drop-down list, select Search for City. If you know it, select the Country name for the location. Enter the name of the City and click Search. The system returns the list of cities that match your entry. Select the appropriate city using the Country, Division, and Subdivision fields to identify it and click Select.

Polycom, Inc.

415

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

To specify a location by latitude and longitude in decimal degrees format: a b c From the Enter Location By drop-down list, select Latitude/Longitude (Decimal format). Enter the Latitude and Longitude coordinates in decimal degrees (for example, Baltimore has a latitude of 39.3 and a longitude of 76.6). Enter a Location Name. The system uses this location name for reference only; it does not validated the location name against the latitude and longitude coordinates that you enter. Select the Country name for the location and click Select. The system uses the coordinates you input to place the site in the proper location on its site topology map.

To specify a location by latitude and longitude in DaysMinutesSeconds format: a b c From the Enter Location By drop-down list, select Latitude/Longitude (DDD:MM:SS format). Enter the Latitude and Longitude coordinates in the required format and select Enter a Location Name. The system uses this location name for reference only; it does not validated the location name against the latitude and longitude coordinates that you enter. Select the Country name for the location and click Select. The system uses the coordinates you input to place the site in the proper location on its site topology map.

Edit Site Settings

Note
Changing network topology may affect the accuracy of reports based on this information. To retain historical data for the current network topology, generate reports before making changes.

To edit settings for a site 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Sites or Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Site Topology. In the Sites list or Site Topology page, select the site of interest and click Edit Site. Edit the General Info, Site Routing, Site Subnet, and if applicable ISDN Number Assignment, sections of the Edit Site dialog box. For information about these sections, see Add/Edit Site Dialog Box on page 326.
Polycom, Inc.

416

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Click OK.

Edit Site Provisioning Settings

To edit the site provisioning settings for a site 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Sites or Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Site Topology. In the Sites list or Site Topology page, select the site of interest and click Edit Site Provisioning Details. As needed, edit the site provisioning details and click Apply. For information about these sections, see Add/Edit Site Dialog Box on page 326. Click OK.

Delete a Site
Note
Devices that belonged to a deleted site are automatically reassigned to support Internet and VPN calls.

To delete a site 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Sites or Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Site Topology. In the Sites list or Site Topology page, select the site of interest and click Delete. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

Polycom, Inc.

417

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Site Link Operations

When you add a site link, you enter the starting and ending sites of the link and the maximum bandwidth and bit rates available for calls (audio and video) that use the link. Links are bidirectional. After you have created a link from Site A to Site B, you automatically have a bi-directional link from Site B to Site A, although the link appears as unidirectional. Note
The bit rate can be set at the network level, the device level, and the conference level. If there is a discrepancy between these bit rate settings, the system implements the lowest bit rate setting. The only exception, is that the bit rate in the RMX profile takes precedence over the bit rate in the conference settings.

Field Name Description From Site To Site Total Bandwidth (kbps) Call Max Bit Rate (kbps)

Description Name (ASCII only) of the inter-site link Description (ASCII only of the inter-site link Identifies the first site to be linked. The drop-down list includes all defined sites and the Internet. Identifies the other site to be linked. The drop-down list includes all defined sites and an Internet/VPN option. The maximum available bandwidth for audio and video calls, which you set at the gateway or router. The maximum bit rate allowed for an audio and video call.

Site-link operations include: View the Site Links List Add a Site Link Edit a Site Link Delete a Site Link

View the Site Links List

To view the Site Links list Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Site-Links. The Site-Links list appears.

418

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Column Name Description From Site To Site Max Bandwidth

Description Name of the link Description of the link First site reached in the call route Final site reached through this call link The maximum available bandwidth for audio and video calls, which you set at the gateway or router. Only applies to direct links. The maximum bit rate allowed for an audio and video call. Only applies to direct links.

Max Bit Rate (kbps)

View the Territory List

To view the Territories list Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Territories. The Territories list appears.

Add a Territory
To add a territory 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Territories. In the Territories page, click Add. Complete the Territory Info and Associated Sites sections of the Add Territories dialog box. For information about these fields, see Add/Edit Territory Dialog Box on page 332. Click OK.

Edit a Territory
To edit a territory 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Territories. In the Territories page, select the territory of interest and click Edit. Change the Territory Info and Associated Sites information of the Add Territories dialog box as needed. For information about these fields, see Add/Edit Territory Dialog Box on page 332. Click OK.

422

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Delete a Territory
To delete a territory 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Territories. In the Territories page, select the territory of interest and click Delete. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

Network Clouds
To simplify the network topology, define network clouds to represents a hub with many sites connected to each other such as a private network or VPN. Network cloud operations include: View the List of Network Clouds Add a Network Cloud Edit a Network Cloud Delete a Network Cloud

View the List of Network Clouds

To view the Territories list Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Territories. The Territories list appears.

Add a Network Cloud

To add a network cloud 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Network Clouds. In the Network Clouds page, click Add. In the Cloud Info section of the Add Network Cloud dialog box, enter a unique and meaningful Name and Description for the cloud. To create a link between a site and the network cloud: a Click Linked Sites.

Polycom, Inc.

423

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

In the Search Sites field, enter all or part of the site name or location and click Find. The list of sites containing the search phrase appear in the Search Results column.

c 5

Select one or more sites to link with the network cloud and then click the right arrow to move them to the Selected Sites column.

Click OK.

Edit a Network Cloud

To edit a network cloud 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Network Clouds. In the Network Clouds page, select the network cloud of interest and click Edit. Edit the Cloud Info or to create a link between a site and the network cloud: a b Click Linked Sites. In the Search Sites field, enter all or part of the site name or location and click Find. The list of sites containing the search phrase appear in the Search Results column. c 4 Select one or more sites to link with the network cloud and then click the right arrow to move them to the Selected Sites column.

Click OK.

Delete a Network Cloud

To delete a network cloud 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Network Clouds. In the Network Clouds page, select the network cloud of interest and click Delete. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.

424

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Dial Plan Service Operations

Dial plan services are special features that video endpoint system users can invoke by dialing the prefix assigned in the CMA system to that service. The CMA system has two default dial plan services: Conference on Demand and Simplified Dialing, which are described in the sections that follow. These services can be edited and disabled, but not deleted. You can also add other gateway or If a service does not appear automatically when a device registers with the CMA system, you can define the service manually so that it is available for video endpoint system users. In addition, you can add services for certain third-party MCU services. Conference on Demand With Conference on Demand, video endpoint system users can start an unscheduled multipoint conference from their endpoint rather than requesting this service from an administrator. The initiating endpoint uses the capabilities made available through the MCU. When Conference on Demand is enabled on the endpoint, the CMA system sends the call directly to the MCU. Note
Conference on Demand is only available on Polycom RMX and MGC MCUs. It is not available on Polycom RMX 1000 MCUs.

The following table provides details on how the Conference on Demand service is configured.
Field General Info Service Type Enable Available for New Groups Description Service Prefix Conference on Demand (read only) Indicates whether or not the service is enabled Indicates whether or not the service is available for new user groups Description (ASCII only) of the service. By default for this service, Conference on Demand The prefix (ASCII only) for the service. By default for this service: con Description

Polycom, Inc.

425

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field

Description

Conference on DemandMCU Properties Login ID User login (ASCII only) for the MCU hosting the conference. This user account must be authorized to create new conferences. Password (ASCII only) for the user login. Each time you modify the password for the MCU, you must also modify it in this page. The corresponding service created on the MCU to implement this CMA system service. Set on the MCU (ASCII only).

Password

H.323 Network Service

Default Conference Properties MGC: Video Session Indicates what users see. Set to Continuous Presence for this service.

Notes
MGC: Bit rate (Kbps) MGC only. For RMX MCUs, the profile determines this setting. Select Transcoding to support IP and ISDN calls.

Default bit rate for calls.

Notes
MGC only. The RMX MCU bit rate is dictated by the RMX profile. The video endpoint system that starts the Conference on Demand call may use a higher or lower bit rate than is specified in this page.

RMX: Profile Name

The name of the RMX profile that has the conference settings for the conference.

Simplified Dialing Simplified dialing is a service that allows video endpoint system users to access gateway services by dialing 9, and then the phone number or other dialing string. Simplified dialing is enabled by default. To use simplified dialing, the following settings are also required: Sites must specify the country code, city and area code, and number of digits in the subscriber line. The gateway must be registered with the CMA system and display in the List of Devices page. Gateway services must be defined. The LCR table must be defined.

426

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Field Service Type Enable Available for New Groups Description Service Prefix

Description Name of the service (read only) Indicates whether this service is enabled The service is available for new user groups Description of the service The prefix for this service: 9.

Gateway Service These services are provided by a gateway to endpoints. For example, gateways usually have distinct services for each speed they support (128 Kbps, 384 Kbps, 512 Kbps, and so on) and a service for audio-only calls. Gateway services tell the CMA system how to route the call during conversion between IP and ISDN. Note
Gateway and MCU services must be defined in both the CMA system and the MCU platform. They must be defined exactly the same in both locations. If you enter this information manually, be sure to type it exactly as it is entered in the MGC or RMX system. You can simplify entry of services by making sure that the MCUs and gateways on your video conferencing network are set to register with the gatekeeper in the CMA system. This setting assures the information appears automatically in the List of Services page.

You must define a gateway service for each bit rate available. These services should appear automatically in the list when the gateway registers with the CMA system. If gateway services do not appear, you can enter them manually. If the List of Services page does not include gateway services, alternate routing and least-cost routing are disabled. For details, see the following table.
Field Service Type Enable Available for New Groups Description Service Prefix Description Type of service Indicates whether this service is enabled The service is available to new user groups Description of the service The prefix for this service. Must be a registered E.164 alias for the corresponding gateway in the Devices page for Directory Setup. For use in simplified dialing

Polycom, Inc.

427

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Device Capability

Description Specifies the type of connection the device can handle. Select all that apply. Options are: H.320. Supports video and voice using the ITU H.320 standard. Voice. Supports voice over the PSTN network. Other. Supports a protocol other than H.320 or voice, such as H.321 or video over ATM.

Bit Rate (Kbps)

The maximum rate at which the calls can connect.

Note
If you select Unknown, this service cannot support simplified dialing. Insert between prefix and first number Specifies the character to insert in the dial string between the prefix and the first number. For example, if you specify * as the character, the sequence the user enters would be: 77*2125551212 Insert between phone number Specifies the character to insert in the dial string between phone numbers. For example, if you specify # as the character to separate numbers, the sequence the user enters would be: 77*5551212#5651213 Append after full dial string Specifies the character to append after the full dial string. To process the call, certain gateways require a symbol be appended after the final dialing number. For example, if you specify ** as the characters to append after the final dialing number, the sequence the user enters would be: 77*5551212#5651213#2223232** Warning: The CMA system does not recognize dial strings that require termination after the ISDN number and have an extension after the terminated ISDN. For example, the CMA system does not recognize the following dial string: 165024710000**3452

MCU Service These services allow devices to use specific MCU features and settings when making a call. For example, an MCU can define a service for a multipoint video call with continuous presence at 384 Kbps and another service for video switching at 256 Kbps.

428

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Rule Operations

Dial rules describe how the CMA system gatekeeper should resolve addresses in an incoming dial string to route a call. This dial string may include an IP address, a string of numbers that begin with a prefix associated with a service, a string that begins with a country code and city code, or a string that matches a particular alias for a device. Dial strings may match multiple dial rules. However, you can assign a priority to each dial rule. When the CMA system gatekeeper receives a call request and associated dial string, it reviews the dial rules in order of priority. The first matched (highest priority) dial rule is executed.
Field General Info Name Description Priority Name (ASCII only) of the dial rule. Description (ASCII only) of the dial rule, which can be up to 256 characters long. Priority number of the dial rule, which determines which rule the CMA system uses first. The smaller the number the higher the priority. More than one dial rule may have the same priority. In that case, rules with the same priority are applied in random order. Enabled Pattern Type Select the check box to enable the rule. Specifies the type of pattern to be matched. Available patterns include: Applicable Site Local Directory Services DNS Name IP Address Prefix Prefix Range Description

Site to which this pattern applies. You can select a specific site or all sites. This field is not available when the Pattern Type is Local Directory Services.

Routing Action > Dial String Manipulation IP Address Pattern Data Specifies the criteria (ASCII only) to use to match the pattern type and additional changes to make when routing the call. This field is available when the Pattern Type is DNS Name, IP Address, or Prefix. This field is not available when the Pattern Type is Local Directory Services or Prefix Range.
432 Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Field Start Value End Value # Characters to remove

Description The starting number to use as a prefix, which displays only for rules with the Prefix Range pattern type. The ending number to use as a prefix, which displays only for rules with the Prefix Range pattern type Number of digits to remove (from the start or from the end) of the dialed string This field is available when the Pattern Type is Local Directory Services, Prefix, and Prefix Range. This field is not available when the Pattern Type is DNS Name or IP Address.

Prefix to add

Prefix to add to the dialed string This field is available when the Pattern Type is Local Directory Services, Prefix, and Prefix Range. This field is not available when the Pattern Type is DNS Name or IP Address.

Routing Action > Action to perform Action Specifies what action to take for calls that match the pattern type and criteria. Action to perform when the pattern is matched. Depending on the Pattern Type, options may include: Trusted Neighbors Available Region Gateway Services Selected Gateway Services (prioritized) When the action is Route to a gateway service, this field lists the selected gateway services. You can define multiple gateway services for a rule. The first in the list is the default gateway service. Others are used in priority order when the primary gateway service is not available. When the action is Route to a trusted neighbor, select the region to which you want to route. Route Block Route within region Route out of region Route to a gateway with LCR applied Route to a gateway service Route to a list of gateway services Route to a trusted neighbor

Polycom, Inc.

433

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Default Dial Rules

The CMA system has three default dial rules. With these defaults, the system can route most calls except those requiring an external DNS lookup. Internal IP - This dial rule allows the system to identify the incoming dial string as an IP addresses and routes the call out of the region. By default, this dial rule applies to all sites. Alias - This dial rule allows the system to identify the incoming dial string as belonging to the local directory and routes the call to the local device or service, as required. DNS Name - This dial rule allows the system to identify the incoming dial string as a DNS name and block the call.

Note
Do not delete the default dial rules or the CMA system will not be able to route calls correctly. You can disable a dial rule by editing it and clearing the Enabled check box for the rule.

Parts of a Dial Rule

A dial rule consists of a pattern type paired with a routing action. When the dialed string uses a pattern that matches the pattern type, the associated rule is applied.

Pattern Types
A pattern type tells the CMA system how to find a match for the dial string. The following table shows the available pattern types.
Pattern Type Local Directory Services DNS Name IP Address Prefix Prefix Range Description Search the List of Devices and List of Services. Includes aliases, which are searched before the service prefix. Look up a DNS Name Look for an IP addresses in the IPV4 format Look for a prefix specified in the dial rule Look for a prefix within the range of prefixes specified in the dial rule

434

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Routing Actions
A routing action informs the CMA system what to do based on the dial rules associated pattern type. The following table shows the available routing actions.
Routing Action Route Block Route within region Route out of region Pattern Type All All IP Address IP Address

Description Allow the call to pass Block the call Route to any IP address inside the region Route to any IP address outside the region

Note
The originating sites Internet access rules still apply. Route to a gateway with LCR Route to a gateway service Route to a list of gateway services Route to a trusted neighbor Prefix and Prefix Range Prefix and Prefix Range Prefix and Prefix Range Prefix and Prefix Range Remove the prefix specified in the dial rule and route the remaining dial string to a gateway service, which has the specified LCR table Remove the prefix specified in the dial rule and route the remaining dial string to the specified gateway service Modify the dial string specified in the dial rule and route the remaining dial string to the specified gateway service. Modify the dial string as specified in the dial rule and ask the specified neighboring gatekeeper to route the modified dial string. If the neighboring gatekeeper agrees, route the call.

Note
The neighboring gatekeeper must be configured as a region in the CMA system.

Examples of Custom Dial Rules

You use custom dial rules to perform these tasks: Block calls. For example, you can block all calls to 900 numbers, which usually charge a per-minute fee. Create a dial rule with these settings: Pattern type: Prefix Prefix to match: 900 Routing action: Block
Polycom, Inc. 435

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Route to a neighboring gatekeeper. If you have entered information about neighboring gatekeepers in the List of Regions page, you can create a rule to route calls to another gatekeeper. Create a dial rule with these settings: Pattern type: Prefix Range Prefixes to match: Specify the range. Routing action: Select Route to a trusted neighbor and the region for the neighboring gatekeeper to which you want to route calls.

IP-specific routing. You can specify which calls may connect, according to the IP address. For example, you could allow calls from San Jose to Atlanta, but not from San Jose to Pleasanton. View the Dial Rules List Add a Dial Rule Enable or Disable Dialing Rules Edit a Dial Rule

Dial Rule operations include:

View the Dial Rules List

To view the Dial Rules list Go to Admin > Dial Plan > Dial Rules. The Dial Rules list appears.
Column Name Pattern Type Description The name of the dial rule The pattern type in use for this rule. Options are: Local Directory Services DNS Name IP Address Prefix Prefix Range

For more information, see Parts of a Dial Rule on page 434. Pattern Data Additional criteria that must be met to apply this rule

436

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

Column Routing Action

Description The routing action used by this rule. Options are: Route Block Route within region Route out of region Route to a GW with LCR applied Route to a GW service Route to a list of GW services Route to a trusted neighbor

Note
Not all actions are available for all pattern types. Site Priority Enabled The sites for which this rule is used. May be all sites or a specific site The priority assigned this rule Indicates whether or not the dial rule is enabled

Add a Dial Rule

To add a dial rule 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Dial Plan > Dial Rules. In the Dial Rules list, click Add Dialing Rule. Complete the General Info, Routing Action, Trusted Neighbors, and Gateway Services sections of the Add Dialing Rule dialog box. Click OK. The new dial rule is added to the system.

Enable or Disable Dialing Rules

You can enable or disable dial rules. Note
Use caution when changing the default dial rules, which enable basic operations in the CMA system.

Polycom, Inc.

437

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

To enable or disable a dialing rule 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Dial Plan > Dial Rules. In the Dial Rules list, select the dial rule of interest and click Edit Dialing Rule. On the Dial Rules - General Information page, check or clear the Enabled check box. Click OK.

Edit a Dial Rule

To edit a dial rule 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Dial Plan > Dial Rules. In the Dial Rules list, select the dial rule of interest and click Edit Dial Rule. In the Edit Dial Rule dialog box, make the required changes. When you are finished, click OK.

Least-Cost Routing Operations

Least-cost routing (LCR) allows the CMA system to route ISDN or POTS calls made on paths that incur the lowest expense. You can route calls from one site through a gateway in another site by referencing LCR tables. Least-cost routing is useful when sites already have a high-bandwidth connection between them. Least-cost routing works with the CMA systems other routing features. Setting up least-cost routing requires you to: Determine the LCR information to enter in the CMA system. Create LCR tables. In the device record for MCUs: Define an H.320 service and select the LCR table to use. Define a gateway service and select the H.320 service associated with the LCR table. Note
Make sure the LCR tables you define match the network setup.

438

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

You cannot use least-cost routing when: The route cannot be identified. The required resources are unavailable. Bandwidth limitations exist on the WAN.

How Least-Cost Routing Works

Each LCR table defines dial strings, which include the country code, area code, prefix, and a weighted cost for commonly made calls. You usually create one LCR table per site. The following table is an example of an LCR table.
Country Code 1 1 1 1 Area Code 408 408 650 415 Prefix 565 Weighted Cost 0 0 0 5

The CMA system compares the dial string for a call to the dial strings in LCR tables. The dial string can match at the country code, area code, or prefix level. The CMA system reads the # of digits to strip field to determine how many digits to remove. Note
For areas of the United States that do not require you dial an access code before the area code, exclude this number when you define the number of digits to strip.

Before determining the final call routing, the CMA system considers cost (through LCR tables), bandwidth resources (through site topology and device group policies), and gateway availability.

Example of Least-Cost Routing

Company ABC has three sites: Site A in San Jose, CA, Site B in Monterey, CA, and Site C in Washington, D.C. All sites have gateways.

LCR Tables for Three Sites

The LCR tables included area codes that are used frequently in each site and considered that calls are made frequently from Site C to Southern California.

Polycom, Inc.

439

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

The following table lists area codes for the San Francisco Bay Area and Southern California. The prefix 755 for the 408 area code applies for all numbers in Site A.
Area Code 408 408 650 510 925 415 831 213 310 714 Prefix 755 Weighted Cost 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 10 10 10 20

The following table lists area codes for Washington, D.C., Eastern Maryland, and Northeastern Virginia.
Area Code 202 202 240 301 741 703 410 443 540 804 Prefix 238 Weighted Cost 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 10 20

440

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

The following table lists area codes for San Jose, Monterrey, and Southern California.
Area Code 831 831 408 213 310 714 Prefix 477 Weighted Cost 0 0 5 10 10 10 20

Call Scenario One

Site C can call San Jose using ISDN through one of two routes: Through the Site C gateway to the local phone system, making a long distance connection, at a higher cost per minute. From Site C through the direct inter-site link to Site A and out its gateway, at a lower cost per minute.

Note
If you dial an area code that is not in an LCR table, the call goes through the gateway from which the call originates.

Call Scenario Two

Calls are frequently made from Site C to Los Angeles. The area codes for some parts of Southern California are included in the LCR tables for Sites A and B, because it is less expensive to make an intrastate long distance call within California than an interstate long distance call from Washington, D.C. to Los Angeles. By including Southern California area codes in LCR tables for San Jose and Monterey, if the bandwidth for the San Jose gateway is saturated, the call from Site C can be routed through the Monterey gateway. The priority is to call from Site A or Site B, because the LCR tables share a relative cost to dial the area codes for Los Angeles.

Polycom, Inc.

441

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Determining Area Codes

It is recommended you enter area codes for: The area in which the site is located. The area surrounding the site. Frequently called numbers.

You should also include special rate plans for intrastate calling.

Determining Country Codes

If you make international calls and you determine that calls to a certain country are less expensive from a particular gateway, enter the dial string for this country in the LCR table for the selected gateway.

Determining the Weighted Cost

When you enter call strings in an LCR table, associate a weighted cost with each one. You can base the cost on a monetary value or ratio that compares costs between several locations. The weighted cost determines which call string is most cost-effective to use. You can calculate costs for the following types of calls: Local Local toll Intrastate Interstate International long distance
Description Name (ASCII only) for the LCR table. (Optional) (ASCII only) Country code for the location to which this call is made. City or area code for the location to which this call is made. The prefix is the first three numbers in a 7-digit dial string. The number of digits to strip before dialing. Weighted cost for each call to the selected area or city code.

Field Name Description Country City Code Prefix # Digits to Strip Cost

442

Polycom, Inc.

Dial Plan Setup Operations

LCR operations include: View the Least Cost Routing Tables List Add a Least Cost Routing Table Edit a Least Cost Routing Table Delete a Least Cost Routing Table

View the Least Cost Routing Tables List

Column Name Description Description Name of the LCR table. Description of the LCR table.

To display the list of least cost routing tables Go to Admin > Dial Plan > LCR Tables. The LCR Tables list appears.

Add a Least Cost Routing Table

To add a LCR table 1 2 3 4 5 6 Go to Admin > Dial Plan > LCR Tables. In the LCR Tables list, click Add LCR. In the Add LCR Tables dialog box, enter the Name, Description, and New Route information required to create a new table. Click Add. Repeat step 3 and 4 for add additional routes to the table. Click OK.

Edit a Least Cost Routing Table

To edit an LCR table 1 2 Go to Admin > Dial Plan > LCR Tables. In the LCR Tables list, select the table of interest and click Edit LCR.

Polycom, Inc.

443

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

3 4

In the Edit LCR dialog box, edit the Name, Description, and New Route information as required. Click Save. The changes you made apply to all MCUs associated with a gateway service that uses this LCR table.

Delete a Least Cost Routing Table

To delete an LCR table 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Dial Plan > LCR Tables. In the LCR Tables list, select the table of interest and click Delete LCR. Click Delete to confirm the deletion.

444

Polycom, Inc.

34
Management & Security Operations

This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system management and security tasks. It includes these topics: Update the Polycom CMA Server Software Edit Certificate Settings to Implement HTTPS Change the Polycom CMA System User Interface Timeout Give Enterprise Users Default Scheduler Permissions for the Polycom CMA System Automatic Registration Synchronization Automatic Registration Synchronization Set Common Passwords for Endpoints

Update the Polycom CMA Server Software

To update a CMA system with a new software patch, complete the following tasks: 1 2 3 4 5 Download the software upgrade file. Obtain an upgrade key code. Save a back up of the CMA system databases. Perform the software upgrade. Verify the upgrade.

For more information on performing each of these tasks, see the Polycom CMA System Upgrade Guide.

Polycom, Inc.

445

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Edit Certificate Settings to Implement HTTPS

By default, the CMA system uses http for its data interchanges. Edit the Certificate Settings to implement the https protocol, which is a combination of normal http interchange over an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) connection. If you are implementing HTTPS you have the following decisions to make:
Decision... Use the CMA system default key and self-signed certificate? Use your own existing private key and certificate, if your company is self-authorizing? Use a private key and certificate requested by the CMA system? If yes, then perform these tasks... Edit Certificate Settings to Implement HTTPS on page 446 Upload a Private Key on page 448 Upload a Certificate on page 448 Edit Certificate Settings to Implement HTTPS on page 446 Generate a Certificate Request on page 447 Upload a Certificate on page 448 Edit Certificate Settings to Implement HTTPS on page 446

Note that depending on their browser security settings, your users may receive different levels of security warnings for certificate issues. These may include an expired certificate, a certificate whose name does not match where it came from, an invalid certificate authority. Polycom recommends that you replace the self-signed certificate that ships with the CMA system with a certificate generated onsite that is designed to meet your security standard. At the least it should be specific to the system name and come from an internal or external certificate authority or by a re-generated self-signed certificate that matches the system name. To prepare the CMA system web server to accept HTTPS connections, you must also create a public key certificate for it. The following table describes the information needed to request a certificate. All fields are required.
Field Country Name State or Province Name Locality Name Organization Name Description Two-letter (ASCII only) ISO 3166 country code Full name (ASCII only) City (ASCII only) Company Who (ASCII only)

446

Polycom, Inc.

Management & Security Operations

Field Organization Unit Name Common Name Email Address

Description Section (ASCII only) Servers host name (ASCII only) (ASCII only)

Because the key and certificate are stored in the CMA system database, in redundant configurations you implement HTTPS on the primary server only. Notes
The CMA system always stores the default key and certificate. However, it stores only the last private key generated or uploaded to the system and the last certificate uploaded to the system. The uploaded certificate is for HTTPS connectivity only. The other CMA system TLS interfaces (for the enterprise directory and presence) are supported via self-signed certificates. You may receive certificate warnings if the Polycom CMA Desktop client is using HTTPS while the CMA system is using HTTP.

Generate a Certificate Request

To generate a certificate request on a Polycom CMA system 1 2 Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Certificate Settings. Click Generate Certificate Request. The system displays a warning that This action will overwrite any previously generated or uploaded private key. 3 4 5 To continue, click Yes. Complete the Certificate Request Data dialog box. Save the Certificate Request Data to a file and submit the file to the Certificate Authority of your choice.

Polycom, Inc.

447

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Upload a Private Key

This procedure describes how to upload a private key to a CMA system. This private key must be an unencrypted RSA key in PEM format, without a password. To upload a private key to a Polycom CMA system 1 2 Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Certificate Settings. Click Upload Private Key. The system displays a warning that This action will overwrite any previously generated or uploaded private key. 3 4 5 To continue, click Yes. Browse to the private key file location and select the file. Click Open. An Upload Successful dialog box appears.

Upload a Certificate
This procedure describes how to upload a certificate to a CMA system. This certificate must be in PEM format. To upload a certificate from a Certificate Authority 1 2 3 4 5 If necessary, save the certificate file to a PC on the network. Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Certificate Settings. Click Upload Certificate. Browse to the certificate file location and select the file. Click Open. The certificate is checked against the private key in the database to verify that they match. If they do, an Upload Successful dialog box appears. The certificate file is registered. If https is already activated, the web server will restart so that it can load the certificate authority.

448

Polycom, Inc.

Management & Security Operations

Edit the HTTPS Security Setting

To edit the https security setting on a Polycom CMA system 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Certificate Settings. On the Security Settings page, check Use HTTPS. Click Update. The system displays a warning that this action will restart the web server and all client sessions will be lost 4 Click Yes to confirm the update. The CMA system web server restarts.

Revert to the Default Key and Certificate

If youve implemented a certificate from a Certificate Authority, you can revert to the default certificate. To revert to the default key and certificate 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Certificate Settings. Click Revert to Default Certificate. Click OK. The system displays a warning that this action will restart the web server and all client sessions will be lost 4 Click Yes to confirm the change. The CMA system web server restarts.

Polycom, Inc.

449

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Configure Client Systems to Accept HTTPS Certificate

When you implement HTTPS on the CMA system, client systems that access the system interface receive the following HTTPS certificate security alert until they are configured to accept the CMA system HTTPS certificate.

To configure client systems to accept the HTTPS certificate without errors 1 2 Add the CMA system IP address or DNS name to the DNS hosts file. Instruct client users to install the CMA system HTTPS certificate as follows: a b c d e Open a browser window and in the Address field enter the CMA system server IP address or DNS name. In the HTTPS Security Alert page, click View Certificate. In the General tab of the Certificate dialog box, click Install Certificate. When the Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Next Click Next again, to accept the default setting of Automatically select the certificate store based on the type of certificate. The wizard indicates that You have successfully completed the Certificate Import wizard. f Click Finish. A Security Warning indicates that You are about to install a certificate from a certification authority claiming to represent: CMA Self-Signed Certificate and asking you Do you want to install this certificate? g Click Yes. The wizard indicates that You have successfully completed the Certificate Import wizard.

450

Polycom, Inc.

Management & Security Operations

Click Finish. A Security Warning indicates that You are about to install a certificate from a certification authority claiming to represent: CMA and asking you Do you want to install this certificate?

Click Yes. The CMA system log in page appears. The next time you access the CMA system, the Security Alert indicates The security certificate is from a trusted certifying authority.

Change the Polycom CMA System User Interface Timeout

By default the CMA system user interface times out after a 10 minutes of inactivity. Use this procedure to change the timeout value for the user interface inactivity timer or to turn it off. To change the Polycom CMA system user interface timeout 1 2 Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Security Settings. In the CMA User Interface Timeout section of the Security Settings page: a b 3 To disable the CMA User Interface Timeout, by change the drop-down menu to OFF. To change the CMA User Interface Timeout value,

Click Update.

Give Enterprise Users Default Scheduler Permissions for the Polycom CMA System
By default when local users are added to the CMA system, they are assigned the Scheduler role with Scheduler permissions. By default, when you integrate a CMA system to an Active Directory, enterprise users are not assigned a role or permissions. In this case, you must either assign each enterprise user a role, or you can use this procedure to give enterprise users Scheduler permissions by default. To give enterprise users default Scheduler permissions for a Polycom CMA system 1 Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Security Settings.

Polycom, Inc.

451

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

2 3

Change the CMA Access via default profile allowed value to ON. Click Update.

Change the Message for Enterprise Users without Permissions

To change the message enterprise users without permissions see when they try to log into a Polycom CMA system 1 2 Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Security Settings. Edit the Message to be displayed to unauthorized users. For example, enter a message such as Your username and password are valid, but you have no permissions on this system. Contact your IT department for more information. 3 Click Update.

Automatic Registration Synchronization

You can configure the CMA system to send registration server addressing information for the gatekeeper and/or global directory server (GDS) when the endpoint is registered to the CMA system.
For the CMA system, the GDS is the same as the global address book (GAB) .

This automatic registration synchronization service only works for endpoints that register with the gatekeeper or GDS or are manually added to the CMA system after the Automatic Registration Synchronization setting is enabled. So if the Automatic Registration Synchronization setting is enabled and an endpoint registers with the gatekeeper, the gatekeeper addressing information is sent to the endpoint. If the Automatic Registration Synchronization setting is enabled and an endpoint registers with the GDS, the GDS addressing information is sent to the endpoint. If the Automatic Registration Synchronization setting is enabled and an endpoint is added manually to the CMA system, both the gatekeeper and GDS addressing information is sent to the endpoint. If automatic discovery and configuration is not successful, you can manually add endpoints.

452

Polycom, Inc.

Management & Security Operations

Notes
Automatic Registration Synchronization works only for endpoints that register with the gatekeeper or Global Directory Server after the setting is enabled; it does not automatically register pre-existing endpoints. The CMA system only supports Automatic Registration Synchronization for Polycom and selected third-party endpoints operating in traditional mode. For supported endpoint types, including third-party endpoint types, see Endpoint Types on page 87.

To enable Automatic Registration Synchronization of endpoints 1 2 Go to Admin > Management and Security Settings > Endpoint Management Settings. In the Automatic Registration Synchronization section of the Endpoint Management Settings page, select Synchronize endpoint registration and click Update. After you have changed this setting, all endpoints you add are automatically provisioned.

Set Common Passwords for Endpoints

Click Update.

Enable Polycom CMA System Remote Alerts

To enable Polycom CMA system remote alerts 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Server Settings > Remote Alert Setup. On the Remote Alert Setup page, select Enable Remote Alerts. Set a Remote Alert quiescent time, which is the amount of time (in minutes) the system should wait after alerts have been detected but not cleared before starting the alert notification process, and if applicable, the remote alert notification process. Click Update.

456

Polycom, Inc.

Remote Alert Setup Operations

Set Polycom CMA System Remote Alert Level Settings

The CMA system monitors and reports events regarding its performance, connections, and services. It categorizes alerts into three alert levels: Info, Minor, or Major. By default the Alert Severity Level is set to Info for all of the CMA Alert Types it reports. You have these options: You can leave all of the Alert Severity Levels set to Info and create a single remote alert profile that allows you to notify all users assigned that profile about system events of all types. You can change some of the Alert Severity Levels to either Minor or Major and create multiple remote alert profiles that notify different users of system events of different types and severity levels.

To set the Polycom CMA system remote alert level settings 1 2 Go to Admin > Alert Settings > CMA Alert Level Settings. On the CMA Alert Level Settings page, change the Alert Severity Level for the following CMA Alert Type system events, as required.
Alert Type Bridge Down Database Connection Down LDAP Connection Down LDAP System Account Password Failure CMA Failover Occurred Alert indicates... A Polycom MCU (RMX or MGC) has failed. The connection to the database has been lost.

The connection to the LDAP server has been lost.

The connection to the LDAP server could not be established because the account password was incorrect.

(In redundant CMA system configurations only.) The system has failed over from one system server to the other. The number of available seats defined by the installed license is within 5% of the total license capacity. A difference between the clock on the Polycom MCU (RMX or MGC) and the CMA system clock. (In redundant CMA system configurations only.) The CMA system redundancy monitoring service is not running.

License Capacity Threshold Exceeded Bridge Time Discrepancy CMA Monitor Service Stopped

Polycom, Inc.

457

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Alert Type Redundant Server Down Redundancy Conflict Site Bandwidth Threshold Exceeded Subnet Bandwidth Threshold Exceeded Site Link Bandwidth Threshold Exceeded

Alert indicates... (In redundant CMA system configurations only.) The connection or synchronization between the primary and secondary server has been lost. (In redundant CMA system configurations only.) Both the primary and secondary system servers believe they are the active server. The site bandwidth threshold, which is set at 90% of capacity, has been exceeded. The subnet bandwidth threshold, which is set at 90% of capacity, has been exceeded.

The site link bandwidth threshold, which is set at 90% of capacity, has been exceeded.

Click Update.

Set Endpoint Alert Level Settings

Monitored endpoints send events to the CMA system. The CMA system categorizes and reports endpoint alerts into three alert levels: Info, Minor, or Major. By default the Alert Severity Level is set to Info for all of the Endpoint Alert Types it reports. You have these options: You can leave all of the Alert Severity Levels set to Info and create a remote alert profile for each endpoint type being monitored that allows you to notify all users assigned that profile about all endpoint events applicable to that endpoint type. You can change some of the Alert Severity Levels to either Minor or Major and create multiple remote alert profiles that notify different users of endpoint events of different types and severity levels.

To set the endpoint alert level settings 1 2 Go to Admin > Alert Settings > Endpoint Alert Level Settings. On the Endpoint Alert Level Settings page, change the Alert Severity Level for the different types of endpoint events as required.

458

Polycom, Inc.

Remote Alert Setup Operations

Alert Type Remote Control Battery Low Credentials Required Credentials Failed HTTP Forbidden Device Not Responding Heartbeat Timeout Gatekeeper Status Unknown Gatekeeper Rejected Gatekeeper Unregistered Directory Status Unknown Directory Not Registered Presence Status Unknown Presence Unregistered User Assistance Request

Alert indicates... The battery in the endpoints remote needs to be replaced. The endpoint system requires that the user enter a valid username and password. An attempt to log into the endpoint system failed. The endpoint must be used in https: mode only. The endpoint is not responding to the CMA system. The endpoint did not send a heartbeat to the CMA system within the required timeout period. The CMA system gatekeeper cannot determine the connection status of the endpoint. The CMA system gatekeeper rejected the endpoints attempt to register. The endpoint is not registered to the gatekeeper. The CMA system gatekeeper cannot determine the directory status of the endpoint. The endpoint is not registered to the directory service. The CMA system gatekeeper cannot determine the presence status of the endpoint. The endpoint is not registered to the presence service. The endpoint user sent a request for help.

Polycom, Inc.

459

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Alert Type Management URL Not Set

Alert indicates... The CMA system is not one of the management URLs set on the endpoint, possibly because the management URL list is full.

Note
Because endpoint systems do not have an interface to manually delete management URLs, if the management list is full you must disconnect the endpoints network cable for two minutes. This should clear up all the mgmt server URLs. Touch Control Disconnected Touch Control Software Incompatible with Endpoint The Touch Control device that was connected to the listed HDX is no longer connected to the HDX. The software version of the Touch Control platform is not compatible with the Endpoint software version.

Click Update.

Add a Remote Alert Profile

You can add a remote alert profile to identify which device alerts from which devices should be sent as part of a remote alert profile. Note that using a combination of setting alerts by device type and by specific types, provide additional granularity in managing device alerts. To add a remote alert profile 1 2 3 4 5 Go to Admin > Alert Settings > Remote Alert Profiles. On the Remote Alert Profiles page, click Add. In the Add Remote Alert Profile dialog box, enter a Name and Description for the profile. To activate the profile, select Enable Profile. Configure one of the following: To have all CMA system alerts sent as part of this profile, select Info, Minor, and Major. To have a subset of CMA system alerts sent as part of this profile, select any combination of Info, Minor, or Major. These selections work in conjunction with the CMA system alert level settings you choose previously. To have no CMA system alerts sent as part of this profile, leave Info, Minor, and Major cleared.
460 Polycom, Inc.

Remote Alert Setup Operations

To use the device type to identify which devices and device alerts should be sent as part of this profile, click Alert by Device Type and configure one of the following. For endpoint systems, these selections work in conjunction with the endpoint alert level settings you choose previously. a To have all device alerts for all device types sent as part of this profile: In the Device Type Alert Level Mapping page, select Info, Minor, and Major for all of the device types. b To have a subset of device alerts for all device types sent as part of this profile: In the Device Type Alert Level Mapping page, select any combination of Info, Minor, or Major for each device type. c To have all device alerts for a subset of device types sent as part of this profile: In the Device Type Alert Level Mapping page, select Info, Minor, or Major for each device type to be included in the profile. Alerts for those device types that do not have an alert level selected will not be included.

To use the device name to identify which devices and device alerts should be sent as part of this profile, click Alert by Device. Notes
If you set device alerts for specific devices, these settings override settings made on the Alert by Device Type page. The settings are not cumulative. You cannot set the system up to send device alerts for specific desktop video endpoints. Polycom CMA Desktop and Polycom PVX endpoints are not displayed in the Available Device list.

a b c d

As needed, use the Filter to customize the device list. In the Available Devices list, select the devices to add to the profile. Use CTRL to select multiple devices. Click the down arrow to add the devices to the Monitored Devices list and configure one of the following: To have all device alerts for all selected devices sent as part of this profile: For the devices in the Monitored Devices list, select Info, Minor, and Major for each device.

To have a subset of device alerts for all selected devices sent as part of this profile. For the devices in the Monitored Devices list, select any combination of Info, Minor, or Major for each device.

To have all device alerts for a subset of device types sent as part of this profile:
461

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

For the devices in the Monitored Devices list, select Info, Minor, and Major for each device to be included in the profile. Alerts for those devices in the Monitored Devices list that do not have an alert level selected will not be included. 8 Click OK.

Associate a Remote Alert Profile With a User

To associate a remote alert profile with a user 1 2 Go to User > Users. To search for a user: a Note
Searches for a user on the CMA system Users page are case-insensitive, prefix searches of the Username, First Name, and Last Name fields.

In the Search field of the Users page, search for the user of interest.

To search both local and enterprise users, clear the Local Users Only check box and press Enter. The first 500 users in the database that match your search criteria are displayed in the Users list.

c 3 4 5 6

If the list is too large to scan, further refine your search string.

Select the user of interest and click Edit User. In the Edit User dialog box, click Associated Alert Profile. Select the Remote Alert Profile to associate with the user. Click OK.

Edit a Remote Alert Profile

To edit a Remote Alert Profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Alert Settings > Remote Alert Profiles. On the Remote Alert Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Edit Remote Alert Profile. As required, edit the General Info, Alert by Device Type, and Alert by Device sections of the Edit Remote Alert Profile dialog box.

462

Polycom, Inc.

Remote Alert Setup Operations

Click OK.

Disable a Remote Alert Profile

To disable a Remote Alert Profile 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin > Alert Settings > Remote Alert Profiles. On the Remote Alert Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Edit Remote Alert Profile. Clear Enable Profile. Click Update.

Delete a Remote Alert Profile

To delete a Remote Alert Profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin > Alert Settings > Remote Alert Profiles. On the Remote Alert Profiles page, select the profile of interest and click Delete Remote Alert Profile. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The profile is deleted from the CMA system.

Disable Polycom CMA System Remote Alerts

To disable all (system and device) Polycom CMA System remote alerts 1 2 3 Go to Admin > System Settings > Remote Alert Setup. On the Remote Alert Setup page, clear Enable Remote Alerts. Click Update.

Polycom, Inc.

463

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

464

Polycom, Inc.

36
System Backup and Recovery Operations

This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) backup and recovery procedures. It includes these topics: Recovery Operations - Reset First Time Setup Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System Emergency Shutdown of a Polycom CMA System Disaster Recovery - Restore to Factory Default Image

Recovery Operations - Reset First Time Setup

To recover after a major system failure, you must Reset First Time Setup. This: Resets the system to point to its internal database Resets the local admin password to the factory default Re-enables the First Time Setup pages Allows you to reconfigure the CMA system network, database, and LDAP settings

To reset First Time Setup Note

Before you reset a system using this First Time Setup option, make sure you know the standard, factory-set CMA system administrator username and password. Youll need it to log into the CMA system after resetting it.

Connect a computer to the CMA system server through the RS-232 serial port.
465

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

2 3

Power on the computer and server and access the serial console and start a Hyperterm session. In the Properties dialog box, enter these values for port settings. Bits per second: 19200 Data bits: 8 Parity: None Stop bits: 1 Flow control: None

On the Root menu, select 1. Reset First Time Setup. The system resets itself to its first time setup state. When the reset is complete, a success message displays on the console.

5 6 7 8

Exit the serial console. Open a browser window and in the Address field enter the CMA system server IP address or host name. When the CMA system Log In screen appears, enter the factory-set Username and Password. Review the First Time Setup pages and make required changes to any settings. The system is restored and is ready for use.

Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System

You have several options for an orderly shutdown or restart of a CMA system in non-emergency situations. The options for an orderly shutdown or restart of the system include: Use the Shutdown option on the user interface when you must disconnect the CMA system server for some reason; for example, to move it. All CMA system functionality is stopped during a Shutdown. If the system user interface is not available and you must shut down the system, press once (but do not hold) the power switch on the CMA system server. This is equivalent to selecting the Shutdown option described previously. Use the Restart option on the user interface when you must cycle the CMA system for some reason; for example, if the system locks up or loses connection with the database.

If you have access to the CMA system user interface, you can also stop future scheduled conferences from starting automatically and wait for active conferences to end before performing an orderly shut down or restart of the system.
466 Polycom, Inc.

System Backup and Recovery Operations

During a restart, the system will drop all IP conferences. In general, ISDN conferences will not drop. Also, devices registered to the gatekeeper will drop. IP devices not registered with the gatekeeper can continue in conference. To restart or shut down a Polycom CMA system 1 (Optional) To stop future scheduled conferences from starting before you perform the restart or shutdown: a b c d 2 Go to Admin > Conference Settings. Check the Conference Auto-Launch Disabled check box and click Update. Go to Admin > Dashboard. Monitor the Todays Conferences section to determine when all active conferences are completed. or Shutdown , as required.

Click Restart

In a redundant CMA system configuration, the system displays a warning indicating that it is initiating a failover. If you select Restart, it may take the CMA system up to 10 minutes to shutdown and then restart all server processes.

Emergency Shutdown of a Polycom CMA System

You have two options to perform an emergency shutdown of a CMA system. Use these options only when you must immediately cut power to the server. Press and hold the power switch on the CMA system server. Pull the system power cord.

After an emergency shutdown (that is when you press and hold the power switch, or you pull the system cord, or you lose power to the system), a system battery may continue to cache information until the battery runs out. In this case, the system enters an error state. To recover, you must connect a keyboard and monitor to the CMA system and boot the system to clear the error message. Then the system can begin recovery.

Disaster Recovery - Restore to Factory Default Image

In a disaster recovery situation, your Polycom Global Services (PGS) support representative may instruct you to restore your CMA system to its factory default image.

Polycom, Inc.

467

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

To perform this disaster recovery procedure, you will need the Restore to Factory Default DVD that shipped with the CMA system server. This DVD has the base image of the CMA system server software. WARNING
This is a last resort, so never do this without being instructed to do so by PGS support. This procedure will wipe out your system database and all other system data. The Restore to Factory Default DVD is specific to the CMA system server type: either 4000 or 5000.

468

Polycom, Inc.

37
System Troubleshooting

This chapter has Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system troubleshooting information. It includes the following topics: Troubleshooting Utilities Dashboard Troubleshooting Specific Types of Issues Registration Problems and Solutions Point-to-Point Calling Problems and Solutions MCU and Gateway Dialing Problems and Solutions Conference On Demand Problems and Solutions

Troubleshooting Utilities Dashboard

The CMA system has a Troubleshooting Utilities dashboard that brings together on one page access to all of the information you might need to diagnose system issues. It includes access to various diagnostic files and informational panes. The diagnostic files include: TracesUse this option to generate and download a network sniffer trace that can help you examine the traffic to and from the CMA system. Windows Event LogsUse this option to generate and download a WindowsEventLogs.zip file that includes the Application, Security, and System logs. These logs store events logged by applications, events related to logon and resource use, and events logged by Windows system components respectively. For more information about these event logs, see Microsoft Technet. CMA System LogsUse this option to generate and download a GetAllLogs.zip file that includes all of the CMA system log files. For more information about these system logs, see Click Start Log to restart logging.software updateSystem Log Files on page 270.

The information panes include:

Polycom, Inc.

469

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

SystemsDisplays summary information about the devices registered with the CMA system. For more information, see page 284. CMA ConfigurationDisplays information about the configuration of the CMA system. For more information, see page 279. CMA InfoDisplays general information about the CMA system. For more information, see page 280. CMA LicensesDisplays information about how the CMA system is licensed. For more information, see page 282. GatekeepersDisplays information about the CMA system as a gatekeeper. For more information, see page 282. Users Logged InDisplays the type and number of users that are currently logged into the system. For more information, see page 279. ServicesDisplays information about the CMA system services. For more information, see page 281.

Troubleshooting Specific Types of Issues

This section provides information on troubleshooting specific types of issues on the CMA system. It includes these topics: Registration Problems and Solutions Point-to-Point Calling Problems and Solutions MCU and Gateway Dialing Problems and Solutions Conference On Demand Problems and Solutions

Registration Problems and Solutions

Problem Unable to place calls to an MCU conference room from a registered Polycom HDX system Description The CMA system rejects the ARQ stating that the "endpoint is not registered" to the gatekeeper even though the system indicates it is registered. Solutions The MCU is not registered to the gatekeeper

470

Polycom, Inc.

System Troubleshooting

Problem When the gatekeeper registration is set to autodiscovery, endpoints do not register.

Description When auto-discovery is used, a GRQ message is broadcast and sent over multicast. However, the CMA system must be able to receive one of these messages, and does not respond to this message if it is not the default gatekeeper.

Solutions Verify that the Default Gatekeeper check box is selected in the Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Primary Gatekeeper page. Verify that a UDP broadcast from the endpoints network can reach the CMA system, or that multicast is enabled on all routers between the endpoint and the CMA system. Review the gatekeeper diagnostic logs for the RRQ attempt by the endpoint and determine the RRJ reason. Verify that the endpoint alias is not a duplicate of other endpoint aliases. Verify that the endpoint does not have NAT enabled. Verify that enough licenses remain. Verify that the IP address that the gatekeeper sent to the endpoint is correct.

An endpoint cannot register with the CMA system.

The endpoint is configured to use the CMA system as its gatekeeper, but is being rejected during registration. In the gatekeeper diagnostic log, an error has occurred during the RRQ/RCF process that caused the registration to fail.

An endpoint cannot register with the CMA system.

An endpoint cannot register with CMA, but the gatekeeper diagnostics do not indicate a problem. The gatekeeper sent the RCF message, but the endpoint did not receive it.

The MCU cannot register with the CMA system.

Some MCU vendors register with a GRQ message instead of an RRQ message. Some MCU vendors do not retry registration after a first attempt has failed.

Verify that the Default Gatekeeper check box is selected in the Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Primary Gatekeeper page. Reset the MCU or MGC card to force registration to occur. Reboot the endpoint.

An endpoint shows that it is not registered to the gatekeeper in the Gatekeeper Registration field in the Device Status.

The CMA system receives the RRQ message, but not the LWRRQ message from the endpoint. The endpoint did not send a LWRRQ message within the offline timeout period specified in the Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Primary Gatekeeper page. The Radvision OnLAN MCU ignores the RCF Time to Live (TTL) field, which is filled in with the value that the administrator specified in the offline timeout field in the Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Primary Gatekeeper page.

The RadVision OnLAN MCU continually changes state: from online to offline and offline to online.

Reconfigure the Radvision OnLAN MCU to send the registration requests in the same time period specified in CMA. Add the MCU manually. Reboot the MCU to force registration to occur.

Polycom, Inc.

471

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Problem Some endpoints are not assigned ISDN numbers.

Description A registered H.323-only system was not assigned an ISDN number. The system could belong to a network that does not have ISDN number ranges assigned to it. No ISDN numbers are available to assign.

Solutions Verify that the endpoint belongs to the site that has assigned ISDN number ranges. To do so, go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Sites and make sure the site has the correct ISDN range specified in the ISDN Number Assignment pane. Verify that ISDN numbers are available to assign. Verify that the RCF message Cant find ISDN free pool from the gatekeeper returns to the endpoint. Verify that the previous ISDN range was changed.

Endpoints that were previously registered and auto-assigned ISDN numbers are being rejected when attempting to register. When the CMA system is restarted, some registrants that were previously online are now offline.

Inconsistent configuration in ISDN number assignment has occurred.

Some endpoints do not reregister when the CMA system goes down. Some MCUs do not reregister automatically after two retries.

Reboot the MCU.

472

Polycom, Inc.

System Troubleshooting

Point-to-Point Calling Problems and Solutions

Problem ViewStation and ViaVideo have an incorrect RAS IP address. A call with an alias as the dial string from a registered endpoint cannot be placed to another registered endpoint. The two endpoints are in different sites. Description These endpoints are configured with a NAT address and may not receive the RCF message from the gatekeeper. The site link between the sites in which the endpoints reside is not correctly defined or is missing. No bandwidth is available to the site link. The calling bit rate is higher than the bit rate defined in the site link. ISDN alternate routing is not available. Dialing rules may not be enabled or may be set to block instead of route. Solutions The endpoints need to be reconfigured to disable NAT.

Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Site Links and make sure that a site link exists between the two networks. Make sure that the IP addresses of both endpoints are included in their respective sites. If site topology is defined for both endpoints, verify that there is enough bandwidth in the site links between the two sites. Verify that the dialing bit rate is lower or equal to that of the maximum bit rate defined for the site links. If the endpoint is ISDN capable, verify that the ISDN parameter is correct. Check the Reports > Gatekeeper Message Log for error messages. Verify that the registered endpoint is registered. Verify that the Deny calls to/from unregistered endpoints check box is cleared. Go to Admin > Gatekeeper Settings > Primary Gatekeeper to change this setting. Verify that the IP address dialing rule is enabled and set to route.

Dialing by IP address fails.

A registered endpoint cannot call an unregistered endpoint by IP address within the same site. A dialing rule is not enabled or is set to block instead of route.

Polycom, Inc.

473

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

MCU and Gateway Dialing Problems and Solutions

Problem Call fails when using an MCU service. Dialing an MCU service results in a network error. Description The call using the MCU service is rejected because of one of the following: The MCU is not registered. The MCU is offline. The MCU prefix is not registered as an E.164 alias. The MCU resource issue was sent through resource allocation indication or resource allocation. The dialing rule is not enabled. The priority of the dialing rule may be too high. Services are not enabled. Check the Reports > Gatekeeper Message Log for error messages. Verify that the gateway and simplified dialing service prefix is enabled. Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Services. Verify that the gateway is registered. Solutions Check the Reports > Gatekeeper Message Log for error messages indicating why the call failed. Verify that the MCU is registered. Verify that the MCU is online. If the device is offline, reboot it. Verify that the MCU service is available. Go to the Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Services page. Verify that the MCU service prefix is enabled and listed.

Simplified dialing does not work. When you dial 9, you receive a network error.

The call using the simplified dialing service is rejected because of one of the following: The simplified dialing prefix service in the system configuration is disabled. No gateway services are available. There is insufficient BRI/PRI bandwidth. The call uses a higher bit rate than the device policy group allows.

474

Polycom, Inc.

System Troubleshooting

Conference On Demand Problems and Solutions

Problem Dialing a Conference On Demand fails. Inviting other endpoints into a conference using the CON service fails. Description The endpoint dials a CON service, and the call is rejected because of one of the following: The MCU is not registered or is offline. The CMA system cannot log into the MGC. The MGC has no resource available for the call. The MGCs IP address is not entered in the CMA system. Solutions Check the diagnostics log for an ARJ reason from this endpoint. Verify that the MCU is registered with the CMA system and is online. Verify that the MCU registered with the CMA system has the MCUs IP address filled out in the Devices list. Verify that the MCU login ID and password for the CON service are correct. Verify that the H.323 network service that the MCU is using is set as the default service. Verify that the MCU has enough available resources to start this conference. Verify that the CON service is enabled. Go to Admin > Dial Plan and Sites > Services.

Gatekeeper Cause Codes

Cause Code 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 Description The gatekeeper is out of resources The gatekeeper has insufficient resources The gatekeeper registration version is invalid The call signal address is invalid The registering devices address is invalid The registering devices terminal type is invalid The registering devices permissions are invalid The conference ID is invalid The registering devices ID is invalid The callers device is not registered The called partys device is not registered

Polycom, Inc.

475

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Cause Code 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 203 208 221 222

Description The registering devices permissions have expired The registering device has a duplicate alias The call transport is not supported The called device has a call in progress The call has been routed to the gatekeeper Cannot request a drop for others The registering device is not registered with the gatekeeper Unknown reason Permission failure Discovery permissions have expired The device is not registered No bandwidth available Location not found Security access denied Quality of service not supported Resources are exhausted Invalid alias Cannot unregister others Quality of service control is not supported Incomplete address Registration permissions have expired Call routed to SCN Inconsistent alias Call rejected at destination Incorrect address The far end is busy The far end is not responding

476

Polycom, Inc.

A
System Security and Port Usage
This section provides an overview of the port usage and security required by the Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system system and includes a comprehensive list of services and clients on the system that are required for normal operation. It includes these topics: Open Inbound Ports on the Polycom CMA System Outbound Ports Used by the Polycom CMA System

Port Usage
The CMA system in this release is designed to sit behind your corporate firewall. The following sections describe inbound and outbound ports on the CMA system.

Open Inbound Ports on the Polycom CMA System

The following table lists the open inbound ports on the Polycom CMA system and provides a description of their use.
Port TCP 80 TCP/UDP 161 TCP 389 TCP 443 TCP 700 TCP/UDP 1718 Description HTTP web server, through which the web application displays and where Polycom endpoints post status messages SNMP listener Directory services (LDAP) HTTPS web server listener (Polycom proprietary service) Service monitor for redundant Polycom CMA servers H.323 gatekeeper listener--gatekeeper discovery

Polycom, Inc.

477

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Port TCP/UDP 1719 TCP/UDP 1720 TCP 3601 TCP 3389 TCP 5222 TCP 4449 TCP 8989

Description H.323 gatekeeper listener--gatekeeper statistics H.323 gatekeeper listener--host call (Polycom proprietary service)Global Address Book listener with which endpoints register Remote desktop Presence service (XMPP) (Polycom proprietary service)OpenDS (Data store for site topology) admin port (Polycom proprietary service)OpenDS (Data store for site topology) replication port

Note
Third-party port-scanning software may incorrectly identify the Polycom proprietary services as IANA-registered services, since identification is made by port number only and not by the actual protocol being transmitted:

Outbound Ports Used by the Polycom CMA System

The following table lists all outbound ports that the Polycom CMA system uses to communicate with other systems, including endpoints, bridges, database servers, and other network equipment. As a standard H.323 gatekeeper, the Polycom CMA system uses ports 1024-65535 for dynamic TCP and UDP traffic.
Port TCP 20 TCP 21 TCP/UDP 24 TCP/UDP 25 TCP/UDP 53 TCP 80 TCP 135 TCP 137 TCP 139 Used to FTP data to endpoints Used to access the telnet interfaces on endpoints Used to send email messages to SMTP servers Used to access domain name servers (DNS) Used to access the web application on endpoints and MGCs, version 7.x and higher Active Directory (AD) Single Signon (NetBios/NTLM) Description

478

482

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

cmaConfigLicenses OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmaConfigObjects 210 } cmaEmailCustomization OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmaConfigObjects 220 } cmaConfigCDRArchive OBJECT IDENTIFIER ::= { cmaConfigObjects 230 } ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ CMA Status data ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------cmaStatusUsers cmaStatusLicenses cmaStatusServices cmaStatusEndpointManagement cmaStatusDevice cmaStatusDeviceMCU cmaStatusDeviceEndpoint cmaStatusDeviceVBP cmaStatusDeviceDMA cmaStatusDevicePeripherals cmaStatusConferenceSummary cmaStatusConferencesOngoing cmaStatusAlerts cmaStatusRedundancy cmaStatusSites cmaStatusSiteLinks cmaStatusSubnets OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= ::= { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { { cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects 10 30 40 50 } } } } -- connected users

cmaStatusObjects 60 } cmaStatusDevice 1 } cmaStatusDevice 2 } cmaStatusDevice 3 } cmaStatusDevice 4 } cmaStatusDevice 5 } cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects cmaStatusObjects 70 } 80 } 90 } 100 } 110 } 120 } 130 }

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ SMIv2 Conformance groups ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------cmaConformance cmaConfigConformance cmaStatusConformance cmaNotificationConformance OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT OBJECT IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER IDENTIFIER ::= ::= ::= ::= { { { { cma 1000 } cmaConformance 10 } cmaConformance 20 } cmaConformance 30 }

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Textual Conventions --------------------------------------------------------------------------------NetworkAddress ::= SEQUENCE --{ -addressType InetAddressType, -address InetAddress --} CmaDefaultTableIndexRange ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION DISPLAY-HINT "d" STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Default table index range." SYNTAX Integer32 (1..2147483647) CmaTimeZone DISPLAY-HINT STATUS DESCRIPTION ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION "1a1d:1d" current "A time zone specification. field octets contents ----------------1 1 direction from UTC 2 2 hours from UTC

range ----'+' / '-' 0..13

Polycom, Inc.

483

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

minutes from UTC

0..59

SYNTAX

Note: - Daylight saving time in New Zealand is +13." OCTET STRING (SIZE(3))

CmaConfigSystemLogLevel ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA System log level values." SYNTAX INTEGER { debug(0), info(1), warn(2), error(3), fatal(4), off(5) } CmaConfigLdapSecurityLevel ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA LDAP security level values." SYNTAX INTEGER { plain(1), startTLS(2), ldaps(3) } CmaConfigDatabaseType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA database type values." SYNTAX INTEGER { internal(1), external(2) } CmaConfigSystemTimeSourceType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA time source values." SYNTAX INTEGER { internal(1), external(2) } CmaConfigRemoteAlertLevel ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA remote alert level values." SYNTAX INTEGER { none(0), info(1), minor(2), major(4) } CmaConfigGatekeeperMessageType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA gatekeeper message type values." SYNTAX INTEGER { rrq(0), grq(1), irrIrq(2), lwrrq(3), urq(4),

------

Registration Request Gatekeeper Request Information Reponse/Information Request Light-weight Registration Request Unregistration Request

484

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

lrq(5), arq(6), drq(7), brq(8), setup(9), releaseComplete(10), nsm(11), other(12) }

------

Location Request Admission Request Disengage Request Bandwidth Request Setup message

-- Non-standard message -- other call state changed

CmaPrimaryGatekeeperEndpointRegistrationType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA gatekeeper endpoint registration type values." SYNTAX INTEGER { all(1), predefinedOnly(2), inDefineSites(3), predefinedPrefixesOnly(4) } CmaGatekeeperCallModel ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA gatekeeper call model values." SYNTAX INTEGER { directMode(1), routedMode(2) } CmaLicenseComponent ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA license component values." SYNTAX INTEGER { none(0), primary(1), -- primary (non-redundant) license redundant(2), -- redundant license base(3), -- primary + redundant outlookScheduling(4), -- outlook scheduling redundantAndOutlook(6), -- redundant + outlook scheduling baseAndOutlook(7), -- base + outlook scheduling lotusScheduling(8), -- lotus scheduling redundantAndLotus(10), -- redundant + lotus notes scheduling baseAndLotus(11), -- base + lotus notes scheduling redundantAndOutlookAndLotus(14), -- redundant + outlook + lotus notes scheduling baseAndOutlookAndLotus(15) -- base + outlook + lotus notes scheduling } CmaServiceStatus ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA service status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { stopped(1), startPending(2), stopPending(3), running(4), continuePending(5), pausePending(6),

Polycom, Inc.

485

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

paused(7) } CmaMcuType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA MCU type values." SYNTAX INTEGER { other(0), rmx(1), mgc(2) } CmaDeviceStatus STATUS DESCRIPTION SYNTAX ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION current "CMA device status values." INTEGER { online(1), offline(2) }

CmaPeripheralPairingStatus ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA device peripheral status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { notPaired(0), connected(1), disconnected(2), unknown(3) } CmaPeripheralIconState ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA peripheral icon status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { noPeripherals(0), hasPeripherals(1), hasPeripheralsWithErrors(2) }

CmaPeripheralAlertState ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA peripheral alert status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { noAlert(0), venusSwIncompatible(1) } CmaEndpointType STATUS DESCRIPTION SYNTAX ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION current "CMA endpoint type values." INTEGER { other(0), vseries(1),

486

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

viewstationFx(2), viewstation(3), viavideo(4), ipower(5), vtx1000(6), tandberg(7), hdx(8), cmad(9), qdx(10), vvx(11), lifesize(12), venus(13), rabbiteye(14) } CmaDeviceRegistrationStatus ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA device registration status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { unknown(0), registered(1), notRegistered(2), registering(3), rejected(4), notApplicable(5) } CmaDeviceManagementStatus ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA endpoint management status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { unknown(0), ok(1), notApplicable(2), notResponding(3), heartbeatTimeout(4), signedOut(5), credentialsRequired(6), credentialsFailed(7), behindFirewall(8), httpForbidden(9), rebooting(10) } CmaVbpModel ::= STATUS DESCRIPTION SYNTAX TEXTUAL-CONVENTION current "CMA VBP model values." INTEGER { unknown(0), stSeries(1) }

CmaConferenceType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA conference type values." SYNTAX INTEGER {

Polycom, Inc.

487

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

audioOnly(1), video(2) } CmaConferenceStatus ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA conference status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { unknown(0), active(1), activeAlerts(2), future(3), -- for completeness futureAlerts(4), finished(5), -- for completeness deleted(6), -- for completeness declined(7) } CmaSystemAlertType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA system alert values." SYNTAX INTEGER { unknown(0), mcuDown(1), databaseConnectionDown(2), ldapConnectionDown(3), cmaFailOver(4), licenseCloseToMax(5), mcuTimeDiscrepancy(6), monitorServiceStopped(7), redundantServerOffline(8), redundancyConflict(9), ldapSysAccountPasswordFailure(10), ldapConnectionFailure(11), cdrArchiveFail(12), versionCausedForceToInternal(13), bandwidthUsedSite(14), bandwidthUsedSubnet(15), bandwidthUsedSiteLink(16) } CmaEndpointAlertType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA endpoint alert values." SYNTAX INTEGER { remoteControlBatteryLow(0), credentialsRequired(1), credentialsFailed(2), httpForbidden(3), notResponding(4), heartbeatTimeout(5), gatekeeperStatusUnknown(6), gatekeeperRejected(7), gatekeeperUnregistered(8), directoryStatusUnknown(9), directoryNotRegistered(10), presenceStatusUnknown(11),

488

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

presenceUnregistered(12), helpRequest(13), mgmtUrlNotSet(14), venusDisconnected(15), venusSoftwareIncompatible(16) } CmaRedundantServerRole ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA redundant server role values." SYNTAX INTEGER { primary(1), alternate(2) } CmaRedundantMonitorStatus ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA redundant monitor status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { started(1), stopped(2) } CmaRedundantServerStatus ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA redundant server status values." SYNTAX INTEGER { online(1), offline(2) }

CmaDialPlanRulePatternType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA dial plan rule pattern values." SYNTAX INTEGER { localDirectoryService(0), dnsName(1), ipAddress(2), prefix(3), prefixRange(4), unknown(5) } CmaDialPlanRuleRoutingActionType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA dial plan rule routing action values." SYNTAX INTEGER { block(0), route(1), routeLcr(2), -- route routeToGw(3), -- route routeToGwList(4), -- route routeToIpAddress(5), -- route routeInRegion(6), -- route

LCR applied to the specified gateway service to the specified gateway services to specific IP address to any IP address in the region

Polycom, Inc.

489

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

routeOutOfRegion(7), routeToSite(8), routeToNeighbor(9), routeContinue(10) }

-----

route to any IP address outside the region route to a specific site route to specified neighbor gatekeeper. Not available

CmaDialPlanRoutingDialStringPosition ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA dial plan routing dial string position values." SYNTAX INTEGER { none(1), beginning(2), ending(3) } DailPlanServiceType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA dial plan service types." SYNTAX INTEGER { gw(1), mcu(2), simplifiedDialing(3), conferenceOnDemand(4) } SimplifiedDialingEndpointBitRates ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA dial plan service simplified dialing bit rates." SYNTAX INTEGER { notConfigured(0), br1B(1), -- 1B br2B(2), -- 2B br3B(3), -- 3B br4B(4), -- 4B br5B(5), -- 5B br6B(6), -- 6B br64(7), -- 64 kbps br128(8), -- 128 kbps br192(9), -- 192 kbps br256(10), -- 256 kbps br320(11), -- 320 kbps br384(12), -- 384 kbps br448(13), -- 448 kbps br512(14), -- 512 kbps br576(15), -- 576 kbps br640(16), -- 640 kbps br704(17), -- 704 kbps br768(18), -- 768 kbps br1152(19), -- 1152 kbps br1472(20), -- 1472 kbps br1536(21), -- 1536 kbps br1920(22) -- 1920 kbps } MgcVideoSessionType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "MGC video session type."

490

{ basic(1), advanced(2) } UserGroupType STATUS DESCRIPTION SYNTAX ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION current "User group type." INTEGER { local(1), enterprise(2) }

RedundancyStatusType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA redundancy status." SYNTAX INTEGER { notConfigured(1), configured(2), -- configured and okay errorNeedsVirtualIp(3), -- needs virtual IP errorSecondaryDown(4) -- secondary CMA server is down } SnmpVersionType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA SNMP version." SYNTAX INTEGER { disabled(1), v2c(2), v3Usm(3) -- V3 User Based Security Model } SnmpTransportType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA SNMP transport type." SYNTAX INTEGER { tcp(1), udp(2) } SnmpAuthenticationType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA SNMP authentication type." SYNTAX INTEGER { sha(1), md5(2) } SnmpEncryptionType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA SNMP encryption type." SYNTAX INTEGER { des(1), aes128bit(2) }

496

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

SnmpNotificationType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA SNMP notification type." SYNTAX INTEGER { trap(1), inform(2) } UseGatekeeperType ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "" SYNTAX INTEGER { local(0), -- use local gatekeeper on this CMA server specify(1) -- specify a (remote) gatekeeper to use } CmaConfigDayOfWeek ::= TEXTUAL-CONVENTION STATUS current DESCRIPTION "" SYNTAX INTEGER { undefined(0), sunday(1), monday(2), tuesday(3), wednesday(4), thursday(5), friday(6), saturday(7) } -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Configuration Group -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- START general configuration cmaConfigGeneralGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigSoftwareVersion, cmaConfigCMADSoftwareVersion, cmaConfigRemoteDesktopEnabled } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA general configuration group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 1 } cmaConfigSoftwareVersion OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA software version." ::= { cmaConfigGeneral 1 } cmaConfigCMADSoftwareVersion OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only

Polycom, Inc.

497

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Software version of the downloadable CMADesktop client." ::= { cmaConfigGeneral 2 } cmaConfigRemoteDesktopEnabled OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Windows Remote Desktop enabled flag" ::= { cmaConfigGeneral 3 } -- END general configuration -- START Admin contact configuration cmaConfigContactGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigAdminContactName, cmaConfigAdminContactEmailAddress, cmaConfigAdminContactTitle, cmaConfigAdminContactDepartment, cmaConfigAdminContactCity, cmaConfigAdminContactPhoneNumber } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA administrator contact configuration group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 2 } cmaConfigAdminContactName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA administrator contact name." ::= { cmaConfigContact 1 } cmaConfigAdminContactEmailAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA administrator email address." ::= { cmaConfigContact 2 } cmaConfigAdminContactTitle OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA administrator title." ::= { cmaConfigContact 3 } cmaConfigAdminContactDepartment OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA administrator department." ::= { cmaConfigContact 4 } cmaConfigAdminContactCity OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only

498

Polycom, Inc.

cmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceSyncPeriod OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of minutes between synchronization attempts with external time source (only valid if external time source is used)." ::= { cmaConfigTime 4 } CmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { timeSourceIndex CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, timeSourceInetAddressType InetAddressType, timeSourceInetAddress InetAddress } cmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "External time source table. Contains time server addresses." ::= { cmaConfigTime 5 } cmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "External time source table entry." INDEX { timeSourceIndex } ::= { cmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceTable 1} timeSourceIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceEntry 1 } timeSourceInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address type of the external time source." ::= { cmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceEntry 2 } timeSourceInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address or DNS name of the external time source." ::= { cmaConfigSystemTimeExternalSourceEntry 3 } -- END system time configuration -- START Redundancy settings cmaConfigRedundancyGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigRedundancyEnabled, cmaConfigRedundancyVirtualInetAddressType, cmaConfigRedundancyVirtualInetAddress

Polycom, Inc.

503

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

} STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA redundancy configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 7 } cmaConfigRedundancyEnabled OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Redundancy enabled flag." ::= { cmaConfigRedundancy 1 } cmaConfigRedundancyVirtualInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address type of the virtual IP (valid only if redundancy is enabled)." ::= { cmaConfigRedundancy 2 } cmaConfigRedundancyVirtualInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address of the virtual IP (valid only if redundancy is enabled)." ::= { cmaConfigRedundancy 3 } -- END Redundancy settings

-- START Remote Alert Settings cmaConfigRemoteAlertGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigRemoteAlertsEnabled, cmaConfigRemoteStartupQuiescentTime, cmaConfigSystemAlertType, cmaConfigSystemAlertLevel, cmaConfigEndpointAlertType, cmaConfigEndpointAlertLevel } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA remote alert configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 8 } cmaConfigRemoteAlertsEnabled OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Remote alerts enabled flag." ::= { cmaConfigRemoteAlert 1 } cmaConfigRemoteStartupQuiescentTime OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of minutes after a startup of CMA before remote alerts are sent (only valid if remote alerts are enabled). This period of time allows the CMA server to finish startup activities. Only alerts that are still

504

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

outstanding at the end of the period are sent." ::= { cmaConfigRemoteAlert 2 } CmaConfigSystemAlertSettingEntry ::= SEQUENCE { cmaConfigSystemAlertType CmaSystemAlertType, cmaConfigSystemAlertLevel CmaConfigRemoteAlertLevel } cmaConfigSystemAlertSettingTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaConfigSystemAlertSettingEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "System alert level settings table. Contains system alert types and their alert levels." ::= { cmaConfigRemoteAlert 3 } cmaConfigSystemAlertSettingEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConfigSystemAlertSettingEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "System alert level settings table entry." INDEX { cmaConfigSystemAlertType } ::= { cmaConfigSystemAlertSettingTable 1} cmaConfigSystemAlertType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaSystemAlertType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "System alert type." ::= { cmaConfigSystemAlertSettingEntry 1 } cmaConfigSystemAlertLevel OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConfigRemoteAlertLevel MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Alert level of the system alert type." ::= { cmaConfigSystemAlertSettingEntry 2 }

CmaConfigEndpointAlertSettingEntry ::= SEQUENCE { cmaConfigEndpointAlertType CmaEndpointAlertType, cmaConfigEndpointAlertLevel CmaConfigRemoteAlertLevel } cmaConfigEndpointAlertSettingTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaConfigEndpointAlertSettingEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Endpoint alert level settings table. Contains endpoint alert types and their alert levels." ::= { cmaConfigRemoteAlert 4 } cmaConfigEndpointAlertSettingEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConfigEndpointAlertSettingEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Endpoint alert level settings table entry." INDEX { cmaConfigEndpointAlertType }

Polycom, Inc.

505

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

::= { cmaConfigEndpointAlertSettingTable 1} cmaConfigEndpointAlertType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaEndpointAlertType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Endpoint alert type." ::= { cmaConfigEndpointAlertSettingEntry 1 } cmaConfigEndpointAlertLevel OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConfigRemoteAlertLevel MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Alert level of the endpoint alert type." ::= { cmaConfigEndpointAlertSettingEntry 2 } -- END Remote Alert Settings -- START Global Address Book settings cmaConfigGabGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigGabIncludeDynamicDevices, cmaConfigGabIncludeGuestbookUsers } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA GAB configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 9 } cmaConfigGabIncludeDynamicDevices OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether to include dynamically managed devices in the Global Address Book." ::= { cmaConfigGab 1 } cmaConfigGabIncludeGuestbookUsers OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether to include guestbook entries in the Global Address Book." ::= { cmaConfigGab 2 } -- END Global Address Book settings -- START Network settings cmaConfigNetworkGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigNetworkSystemName, cmaConfigNetworkInetAddressType, cmaConfigNetworkInetAddress, cmaConfigNetworkSubnetMask, cmaConfigNetworkDefaultGatewayInetAddressType, cmaConfigNetworkDefaultGatewayInetAddress, cmaConfigNetworkDnsServerInetAddressType, cmaConfigNetworkDnsServerInetAddress,

506

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

cmaConfigNetworkDnsServerDomain } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA Network configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 10 } cmaConfigNetworkSystemName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA server's system name." ::= { cmaConfigNetwork 1 } cmaConfigNetworkInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA server's IP address type." ::= { cmaConfigNetwork 2 } cmaConfigNetworkInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA server's IP address." ::= { cmaConfigNetwork 3 } cmaConfigNetworkSubnetMask OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA server's subnet mask." ::= { cmaConfigNetwork 4 } cmaConfigNetworkDefaultGatewayInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Default gateway IP address type." ::= { cmaConfigNetwork 5 } cmaConfigNetworkDefaultGatewayInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Default gateway IP address." ::= { cmaConfigNetwork 6 } cmaConfigNetworkDnsServerInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "DNS server IP address type." ::= { cmaConfigNetwork 7 } cmaConfigNetworkDnsServerInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "DNS server IP address."

Polycom, Inc.

507

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

::= { cmaConfigNetwork 8 } cmaConfigNetworkDnsServerDomain OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "DNS server domain name." ::= { cmaConfigNetwork 9 } -- END Network settings

-- START email settings cmaConfigEmailGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigEmailFromAddress, cmaConfigEmailSmtpServerInetAddressType, cmaConfigEmailSmtpServerInetAddress, cmaConfigEmailSmtpServerPort } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA email configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 11 } cmaConfigEmailFromAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA server's email 'From' address." ::= { cmaConfigEmail 1 } cmaConfigEmailSmtpServerInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address type of the SMTP server." ::= { cmaConfigEmail 2 } cmaConfigEmailSmtpServerInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address of the SMTP server." ::= { cmaConfigEmail 3 } cmaConfigEmailSmtpServerPort OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetPortNumber MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Port number of the SMTP server." ::= { cmaConfigEmail 4 } -- END email settings

-- START Primary gatekeeper settings cmaConfigGatekeeperGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigPrimaryGatekeeperId, cmaConfigPrimaryGatekeeperDescription,

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

lcrRouteLcrTableName, lcrRouteCountryCode, lcrRouteAreaCode, lcrRoutePrefix, lcrRouteDigitsToStrip, lcrRouteCost, dialPlanServiceCount, dialPlanServiceIndex, dialPlanServiceType, dialPlanServiceEnabled, dialPlanServiceAvailForNewGroups, dialPlanServiceDescription, dialPlanServicePrefix, dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingH320, dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingVoice, dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingOther, dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingBitRate, dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharInsert1, dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharInsert2, dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharAppend, dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMcuH323Service, dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMgcVideoSession, dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMgcBitRate, dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandRmxProfileName, sitetopologySiteProvisioningCount, siteProvisioningSiteName, siteCountry, siteDateFormat, siteAutoAdjustDst, siteTimeFormat , siteTimeServerInetAddressType, siteTimeServerInetAddress, siteTimeZone, siteFirewallUseFixedPorts, siteFirewallTcpStartPort, siteFirewallUdpStartPort, siteFirewallH460Traversal, siteFirewallNatConfiguration, siteFirewallNatWanAddressType, siteFirewallNatWanAddress, siteFirewallNatH323Compatible, siteFirewallShowEpInGab, siteH323EnableIpCalls, siteH323UseGatekeeperType, siteH323GatekeeperIPAddressType, siteH323GatekeeperIPAddress, siteH3232UseGkForMultipointCalls, siteProvisioningPollingInterval, siteSoftupdatePollingInterval, siteQosVideoTosValue, siteQosAudioTosValue, siteQosFeccTosValue, siteQosTosType, siteQosMaxMtusize, siteQosEnablePvec, siteQosEnableRsvp, siteQosDynamicBandwidth, siteQosMaxTransmitBandwidth, siteQosMaxReceiveBandwidth, siteSecurityUsePwdForRemoteAccess,

Polycom, Inc.

515

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

siteSecurityEnableSecureMode, siteSecurityEnableEncryption, siteSecurityEnableWebAccess, siteSecurityEnableTelnetAccess, siteSecurityEnableSnmpAccess, siteSecurityWebAccessPort, siteSecurityAllowWebVideoDisplay, siteSecurityNtlmVersion, siteCmadHeartbeatPollingInterval, siteCmadInCallStatsPollingInterval, siteCalendaringExchangeServerIPAddressType, siteCalendaringExchangeServerIPAddress, siteCalendaringServerAuto } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA Dial plan configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 15 } cmaConfigDialPlanRuleCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of configured dial plan rules." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRules 1 } CmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { dialPlanRuleIndex dialPlanRuleName dialPlanRuleDescription dialPlanRulePriority dialPlanRuleEnabled dialPlanRulePatternType dialPlanRuleSite dialPlanRuleRoutingAction dialPlanRuleDialStringPattern dialPlanRuleDialStringPrefixStart dialPlanRuleDialStringPrefixEnd dialPlanRuleDialStringCharsToRemove dialPlanRuleDialStringCharsToRemovePosition dialPlanRuleDialStringPrefixToAdd dialPlanRuleTrustedNeighbors dialPlanRuleGatwayServiceList }

CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, Integer32, TruthValue, CmaDialPlanRulePatternType, OCTET STRING, CmaDialPlanRuleRoutingActionType, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, Integer32, CmaDialPlanRoutingDialStringPosition, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING

cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Dial plan rule table. Lists the dial plan rules defined in the system, specifying their actions, settings, and parameters." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRules 5 } cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Dial plan rule table entry." INDEX { dialPlanRuleIndex } ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTable 1 }

516

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

dialPlanRuleIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 1 } dialPlanRuleName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING(SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the dial plan rule." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 2 } dialPlanRuleDescription OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING(SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Description of the dial plan rule." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 3 } dialPlanRulePriority OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Priority ranking of the dial plan rule." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 4 } dialPlanRuleEnabled OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the dial plan rule is enabled." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 5 } dialPlanRulePatternType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDialPlanRulePatternType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Type of pattern to be matched in the dial plan rule." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 6 } dialPlanRuleSite OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING(SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Site to which the dial plan rule applies. This may be 'All' or a specific site name." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 7 } dialPlanRuleRoutingAction OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDialPlanRuleRoutingActionType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Action to take for calls that match the pattern type and criteria." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 8 } dialPlanRuleDialStringPattern OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255))

Polycom, Inc.

517

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Criteria to use to match the pattern type for the dial plan rule." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 9 } dialPlanRuleDialStringPrefixStart OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..30)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Starting prefix criteria to use to match the pattern type." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 10 } dialPlanRuleDialStringPrefixEnd OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..30)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Ending prefix criteria to use to match the pattern type." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 11 } dialPlanRuleDialStringCharsToRemove OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of digits to remove from matching dial strings." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 12 } dialPlanRuleDialStringCharsToRemovePosition OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDialPlanRoutingDialStringPosition MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Position from which to remove digits in matching dial strings. The number of digits to remove is defined in the dialPlanRuleDialStringCharsToRemove object." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 13 } dialPlanRuleDialStringPrefixToAdd OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..30)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Prefix to add to matching dial strings." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 14 } dialPlanRuleTrustedNeighbors OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "List of trusted neighbor gatekeeper names, separated by new-line characters." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 15 } dialPlanRuleGatwayServiceList OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "List of gateway service names, separated by new-line characters." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanRuleTableEntry 16 } -- END Dial Plans

518

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

-- START LCR lcrTableCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of configured Least Cost Routing tables." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanLCR 1 } LcrTablesTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { lcrTableIndex CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, lcrTableName OCTET STRING, lcrTableDescription OCTET STRING } lcrTablesTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF LcrTablesTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Least Cost Routing Tables table. Lists the LCR tables defined in the system. Each entry in this table is associated with one or more entries in the lcrTableRouteTable." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanLCR 2 } lcrTablesTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX LcrTablesTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "LCR tables table entry." INDEX { lcrTableIndex } ::= { lcrTablesTable 1 } lcrTableIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { lcrTablesTableEntry 1 } lcrTableName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the LCR table." ::= { lcrTablesTableEntry 2 } lcrTableDescription OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Description of the LCR table." ::= { lcrTablesTableEntry 3 }

LcrTableRouteEntry ::= SEQUENCE { lcrRouteIndex CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, lcrRouteLcrTableName OCTET STRING, lcrRouteCountryCode OCTET STRING,

Polycom, Inc.

519

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

lcrRouteAreaCode lcrRoutePrefix lcrRouteDigitsToStrip lcrRouteCost }

OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, Integer32, Integer32

lcrTableRouteTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF LcrTableRouteEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Least Cost Routing Tables route table. Each LCR table entry in the lcrTablesTable has one or more route entries in this table, each specifying the parameters of a route." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanLCR 3 } lcrTableRouteEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX LcrTableRouteEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "LCR table route table entry." INDEX { lcrTableIndex, lcrRouteIndex } ::= { lcrTableRouteTable 1 } lcrRouteIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { lcrTableRouteEntry 1 } lcrRouteLcrTableName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the LCR table to which the route entry belongs." ::= { lcrTableRouteEntry 2 } lcrRouteCountryCode OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..10)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Country code of the route." ::= { lcrTableRouteEntry 3 } lcrRouteAreaCode OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..10)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Area code of the route." ::= { lcrTableRouteEntry 4 } lcrRoutePrefix SYNTAX MAX-ACCESS STATUS DESCRIPTION OBJECT-TYPE OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..3)) read-only current "Prefix (first three numbers in a 7-digit dial string) of the route." ::= { lcrTableRouteEntry 5 }

lcrRouteDigitsToStrip OBJECT-TYPE

520

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

SYNTAX MAX-ACCESS STATUS DESCRIPTION

Integer32 read-only current "Number of digits to strip from the dial string before dialing." ::= { lcrTableRouteEntry 6 } lcrRouteCost OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Weighted cost of each call number for the route." ::= { lcrTableRouteEntry 7 } -- END LCR -- Start Gateway/MCU services dialPlanServiceCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of configured CMA dial plan services." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanServices 1 } DialPlanServiceTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { dialPlanServiceIndex dialPlanServiceType dialPlanServiceEnabled dialPlanServiceAvailForNewGroups dialPlanServiceDescription dialPlanServicePrefix dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingH320 dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingVoice dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingOther dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingBitRate dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharInsert1 dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharInsert2 dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharAppend dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMcuH323Service dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMgcVideoSession dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMgcBitRate dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandRmxProfileName }

CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, DailPlanServiceType, TruthValue, TruthValue, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, SimplifiedDialingEndpointBitRates, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, MgcVideoSessionType, ConfOnDemandMgcBitRateType, OCTET STRING

dialPlanServiceTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF DialPlanServiceTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Dial plan service table. Contains the dial plan services defined in the system and their parameters." ::= { cmaConfigDialPlanServices 2 } dialPlanServiceTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX DialPlanServiceTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Dial plan service table entry." INDEX { dialPlanServiceIndex }

Polycom, Inc.

521

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

::= { dialPlanServiceTable 1 } dialPlanServiceIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 1 } dialPlanServiceType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX DailPlanServiceType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Type of dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 2 } dialPlanServiceEnabled OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the dial plan service is enabled." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 3 } dialPlanServiceAvailForNewGroups OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the dial plan service is available for new user groups." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 4 } dialPlanServiceDescription OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Description of the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 5 } dialPlanServicePrefix OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..32)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Prefix of the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 6 } dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingH320 OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether H.320 connections are supported for simplified dialing in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 7 } dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingVoice OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether voice over PSTN connections are supported for simplified dialing in the dial plan service."

522

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 8 } dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingOther OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether protocols other than H.320 and voice over PSTN are supported for simplified dialing in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 9 } dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingBitRate OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SimplifiedDialingEndpointBitRates MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Maximum call rate at which calls can connect for simplified dialing in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 10 } dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharInsert1 OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..1)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Character to insert in the dial string between the prefix and first number for simplified dialing in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 11 } dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharInsert2 OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..1)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Character to insert in the dial string between phone numbers for simplified dialing in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 12 } dialPlanServiceSimplifiedDialingCharAppend OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..1)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Character to append after the full dial string for simplified dialing in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 13 } dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMcuH323Service OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..64)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "H.323 service defined on the MCU to implement conference on demand in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 14 } dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMgcVideoSession OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX MgcVideoSessionType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Video session type for MGC MCUs for conference on demand in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 15 } dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandMgcBitRate OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConfOnDemandMgcBitRateType

Polycom, Inc.

523

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Maximum call bit rate for conference on demand in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 16 } dialPlanServiceConfOnDemandRmxProfileName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "RMX conference profile for conference on demand in the dial plan service." ::= { dialPlanServiceTableEntry 17 } -- End Gateway/MCU service -- START Site Topology cmaConfigSiteTopologyGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { siteTopoSiteCount, siteIndex, siteName, siteDescription, siteOverrideItuDialingRules, sitePbxAccessCode, siteCountryCode, siteAreaCode, siteNumSubscriberDigits, siteDefaultLcrTable, siteIsdnNumberAssignmentMethod, siteInternetRoutingType, siteCallSignallingInetAddressType, siteCallSignallingInetAddress, siteCallSignallingPort, siteTotalBandwidthRestriction, siteTotalBandwidthRestrictionEnabled, siteMaxBitRateRestriction, siteMaxBitRateRestrictionEnabled, siteSubnetCount, siteIsdnGatewayPhoneNumber, siteIsdnE164Start, siteIsdnE164End, siteIsdnCliDigits, siteIsdnShortPhoneDigits, siteIsdnNumberRangeList, siteType, siteLocation, siteLongitude, siteLatitude, siteTerritory, siteTopoSubnetCount, subnetIndex, subnetName, subnetSiteName, subnetIpAddress, subnetMaskSize, subnetTotalBandwidthRestriction,

524

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

subnetTotalBandwidthRestrictionEnabled, subnetMaxBitRateRestriction, subnetMaxBitRateRestrictionEnabled, siteTopoSiteLinkCount, siteLinkIndex, siteLinkName, siteLinkDescription, siteLinkSiteA, siteLinkSiteB, siteLinkTotalBandwidthRestriction, siteLinkTotalBandwidthRestrictionEnabled, siteLinkMaxBitRateRestriction, siteLinkMaxBitRateRestrictionEnabled, siteTopoCloudCount, cloudIndex, cloudName, cloudDescription, siteTopoTerritoryCount, territoryIndex, territoryName, territoryDescription, territoryPrimaryNode, territoryBackupNode, siteTopoSiteToSiteExclusionCount, siteToSiteExclusionIndex, siteToSiteExclusionSiteA, siteToSiteExclusionSiteB } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA Site topology configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 16 } -- Sites siteTopoSiteCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of configured sites." ::= { cmaConfigSiteTopology 1 } SiteTopoSiteTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { siteIndex siteName siteDescription siteOverrideItuDialingRules sitePbxAccessCode siteCountryCode siteAreaCode siteNumSubscriberDigits siteDefaultLcrTable siteIsdnNumberAssignmentMethod siteInternetRoutingType siteCallSignallingInetAddressType

CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, TruthValue, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, Integer32, OCTET STRING, SiteTopoIsdnNumberAssignmentMethodType, SiteTopoInternetRoutingType, InetAddressType,

Polycom, Inc.

525

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

siteCallSignallingInetAddress siteCallSignallingPort siteTotalBandwidthRestriction siteTotalBandwidthRestrictionEnabled siteMaxBitRateRestriction siteMaxBitRateRestrictionEnabled siteSubnetCount siteIsdnGatewayPhoneNumber siteIsdnE164Start siteIsdnE164End siteIsdnCliDigits siteIsdnShortPhoneDigits siteIsdnNumberRangeList siteType siteLocation siteLongitude siteLatitude siteTerritory }

InetAddress, InetPortNumber, Counter64, TruthValue, Counter64, TruthValue, Integer32, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, Integer32, Integer32, OCTET STRING, SiteTopoSiteType, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING

DESCRIPTION "Total bandwidth restriction for the site link." ::= { siteTopoSiteLinkTableEntry 6 } siteLinkTotalBandwidthRestrictionEnabled OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether bandwidth is restricted for the site link." ::= { siteTopoSiteLinkTableEntry 7 } siteLinkMaxBitRateRestriction OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Counter64 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Maximum call bit rate for the site link." ::= { siteTopoSiteLinkTableEntry 8 } siteLinkMaxBitRateRestrictionEnabled OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether maximum call rate is restricted for the site link." ::= { siteTopoSiteLinkTableEntry 9 } -- Subnets siteTopoSubnetCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of subnets configured in CMA system." ::= { cmaConfigSiteTopology 5 } SiteTopoSubnetTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { subnetIndex subnetName subnetSiteName subnetIpAddress subnetMaskSize subnetTotalBandwidthRestriction subnetTotalBandwidthRestrictionEnabled subnetMaxBitRateRestriction subnetMaxBitRateRestrictionEnabled }

CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, InetAddress, Integer32, Counter64, TruthValue, Counter64, TruthValue

siteTopoSubnetTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF SiteTopoSubnetTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Site topology subnet table. Lists the subnets defined in the system and their parameters." ::= { cmaConfigSiteTopology 6 } siteTopoSubnetTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteTopoSubnetTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current

532

Polycom, Inc.

STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Site B for the site-to-site exclusion." ::= { siteTopoSiteToSiteExclusionTableEntry 3 } -- Site Provisioning sitetopologySiteProvisioningCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of site provisioing profiles configured in CMA system." ::= { cmaConfigSiteProvisioning 1 } SiteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry { siteProvisioningSiteName siteCountry siteDateFormat siteAutoAdjustDst siteTimeFormat siteTimeServerInetAddressType siteTimeServerInetAddress siteTimeZone siteFirewallUseFixedPorts siteFirewallTcpStartPort siteFirewallUdpStartPort siteFirewallH460Traversal siteFirewallNatConfiguration siteFirewallNatWanAddressType siteFirewallNatWanAddress siteFirewallNatH323Compatible siteFirewallShowEpInGab siteH323EnableIpCalls siteH323UseGatekeeperType siteH323GatekeeperIPAddressType siteH323GatekeeperIPAddress siteH3232UseGkForMultipointCalls siteProvisioningPollingInterval siteSoftupdatePollingInterval siteQosVideoTosValue siteQosAudioTosValue siteQosFeccTosValue siteQosTosType siteQosMaxMtusize siteQosEnablePvec siteQosEnableRsvp siteQosDynamicBandwidth siteQosMaxTransmitBandwidth siteQosMaxReceiveBandwidth siteSecurityUsePwdForRemoteAccess siteSecurityEnableSecureMode siteSecurityEnableEncryption siteSecurityEnableWebAccess siteSecurityEnableTelnetAccess siteSecurityEnableSnmpAccess siteSecurityWebAccessPort siteSecurityAllowWebVideoDisplay siteSecurityNtlmVersion siteCmadHeartbeatPollingInterval siteCmadInCallStatsPollingInterval siteCalendaringExchangeServerIPAddressType ::= SEQUENCE OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, SiteProvisioningDateFormatType, TruthValue, SiteProvisioningTimeFormatType, InetAddressType, InetAddress, CmaTimeZone, TruthValue, InetPortNumber, InetPortNumber, TruthValue, SiteNatConfigurationType, InetAddressType, InetAddress, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, UseGatekeeperType, InetAddressType, InetAddress, SiteUseGkForMultipointCallsType, Integer32, Integer32, Integer32, Integer32, Integer32, SiteQosTypeOfServiceType, SiteQosMtuSizeType, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, SiteQosBandwidthType, SiteQosBandwidthType, TruthValue, TruthValue, SiteSecurityEnableEncryptionType, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, InetPortNumber, TruthValue, OCTET STRING, Integer32, Integer32, InetAddressType,

Polycom, Inc.

537

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

siteCalendaringExchangeServerIPAddress siteCalendaringServerAuto }

InetAddress, TruthValue

sitetopologySiteProvisioningTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF SiteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Site topology site provisioning details table. Contains the provisioning details for each site." ::= { cmaConfigSiteProvisioning 2 } siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Site provisioning details entry." INDEX { siteIndex } ::= { sitetopologySiteProvisioningTable 1 } siteProvisioningSiteName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 1 } siteCountry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Country of the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 2 } siteDateFormat OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteProvisioningDateFormatType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Date format for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 3 } siteAutoAdjustDst OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether to adjust the site's endpoint system clocks for daylight saving time." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 4 } siteTimeFormat OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteProvisioningTimeFormatType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Time format for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 5 } siteTimeServerInetAddressType SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current OBJECT-TYPE

538

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

DESCRIPTION "IP address type of the time server for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 6 } siteTimeServerInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address of the time server for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 7 } siteTimeZone OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaTimeZone MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Time zone for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 8 } siteFirewallUseFixedPorts OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the TCP and UDP ports to use are defined for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 9 } siteFirewallTcpStartPort OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetPortNumber MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Starting TCP port number used by the site's endpoint systems." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 10 } siteFirewallUdpStartPort OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetPortNumber MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Starting UDP port number used by the site's endpoint systems." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 11 } siteFirewallH460Traversal OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the site's endpoint systems are allowed to use H.460-based firewall traversal." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 12 } siteFirewallNatConfiguration OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteNatConfigurationType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the site's endpoint systems should determine the NAT public (WAN) address automatically." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 13 } siteFirewallNatWanAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Address type of the NAT public (WAN) IP address

Polycom, Inc.

539

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

for the site. Only valid if the siteFirewallNatConfiguration attribute is set to manual." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 14 } siteFirewallNatWanAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "NAT public (WAN) IP address for the site. Only valid if the siteFirewallNatConfiguration attribute is set to manual." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 15 } siteFirewallNatH323Compatible OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the site's endpoint systems are behind a NAT capable of translating H.323 traffic." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 16 } siteFirewallShowEpInGab OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether endpoint system information is to be included in the global directory for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 17 } siteH323EnableIpCalls OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether IP H.323 calls are enabled for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 18 } siteH323UseGatekeeperType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX UseGatekeeperType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether to use the CMA gatekeeper on this server or a different gatekeeper. Only valid if the siteH323EnableIpCalls attribute is true." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 19 } siteH323GatekeeperIPAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address type of the gatekeeper for the site. Only valid if the siteH323EnableIpCalls attribute is true." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 20 } siteH323GatekeeperIPAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address of the gatekeeper for the site. Only valid if the siteH323EnableIpCalls attribute is true." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 21 }

540

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

siteH3232UseGkForMultipointCalls OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteUseGkForMultipointCallsType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the site's multipoint calls use the endpoint system's internal multipoint capability or the Polycom MCUs' conference on demand feature." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 22 } siteProvisioningPollingInterval OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Frequency at which the site's endpoint systems poll the CMA for new provisioning information." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 23 } siteSoftupdatePollingInterval OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Frequency at which the site's endpoint systems poll the CMA for a new softupdate package." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 24 } siteQosVideoTosValue OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP precedence or Diffserv value for the site's video packets." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 25 } siteQosAudioTosValue OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP precedence or Diffserv value for the site's audio packets." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 26 } siteQosFeccTosValue OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP precedence or Diffserv value for the site's Far End Camera Control packets." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 27 } siteQosTosType SYNTAX MAX-ACCESS STATUS DESCRIPTION OBJECT-TYPE SiteQosTypeOfServiceType read-only current "Type of service (IP precedence or Diffserv) for the site's audio, video, and FECC TOS values." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 28 }

siteQosMaxMtusize OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteQosMtuSizeType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Maximum transmission unit (MTU) size used in IP calls for the site."

Polycom, Inc.

541

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 29 } siteQosEnablePvec OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the site's endpoint systems can use Polycom Video Error Concealment (PVEC) if packet loss occurs." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 30 } siteQosEnableRsvp OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the site's endpoint systems can use Resource Reservation Setup Protocol (RSVP) to request that routers reserve bandwidth along an IP connection path." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 31 } siteQosDynamicBandwidth OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the site's endpoint systems automatically find the optimum line speed for a call." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 32 } siteQosMaxTransmitBandwidth OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteQosBandwidthType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Maximum transmission line speed for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 33 } siteQosMaxReceiveBandwidth OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteQosBandwidthType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Maximum reception line speed for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 34 } siteSecurityUsePwdForRemoteAccess OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the local endpoint system password and remote access password are the same for the site." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 35 } siteSecurityEnableSecureMode OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether to operate in secure mode with the site's devices." ::= { siteTopologySiteProvisioningDetailsTableEntry 36 } siteSecurityEnableEncryption OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SiteSecurityEnableEncryptionType MAX-ACCESS read-only

542

Polycom, Inc.

confTemplateAudioOnly confTemplateRoles confTemplateVideoDialType confTemplateVideoMode confTemplateVideoAlgorithm confTemplateContent confTemplateLectureMode confTemplateSpeed confTemplateLectureViewSwitching confTemplateHighDefinition confTemplateVideoQuality confTemplateMgcSupported confTemplateRmxSupported confTemplateRmxProfileName confTemplateUseMcu confTemplateMetMePerConference confTemplateConferenceOnPort confTemplateChairpersonRequired confTemplateEntryTone confTemplateExitTone confTemplateEndTimeAlertTone confTemplateTalkHoldTime confTemplateEndTimeAlert confTemplateT120Rate confTemplateAudioAlgorithm confTemplateAudioMixDepth }

TruthValue, OCTET STRING, ConferenceTemplateVideoDialType, ConferenceTemplateVideoMode, ConferenceTemplateVideoAlgorithm, ConferenceTemplateContentType, ConferenceTemplateLectureModeType, ConferenceTemplateConferenceSpeed, TruthValue, TruthValue, ConferenceTemplateVideoQualityType, TruthValue, TruthValue, OCTET STRING, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, Integer32, Integer32, ConferenceTemplateT120Rates, ConferenceTemplateAudioAlgorithms, Integer32

cmaConferenceTemplateTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Conference template table. Contains the names and parameters of all the templates." ::= { cmaConfigConferenceTemplates 2 } cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Conference template table entry." INDEX { confTemplateIndex } ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTable 1 } confTemplateIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 1 } confTemplateName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the conference template." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 2 } confTemplateDescription OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255))

546

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Description of the conference template." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 3 } confTemplateAudioOnly OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the template is for audio-only conferences." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 4 } confTemplateRoles OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Comma-delimited list of user roles for which the template is available." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 5 } confTemplateVideoDialType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConferenceTemplateVideoDialType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Dial type for the template (dial-in, dial-out, or both)." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 6 } confTemplateVideoMode OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConferenceTemplateVideoMode MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Video layout mode for the template." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 7 } confTemplateVideoAlgorithm OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConferenceTemplateVideoAlgorithm MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Video compression algorithm for the template." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 8 } confTemplateContent OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConferenceTemplateContentType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "People and content format type for the template." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 9 } confTemplateLectureMode OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConferenceTemplateLectureModeType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the template has lecture mode enabled." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 10 } confTemplateSpeed OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConferenceTemplateConferenceSpeed MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Conference speed for the template."

Polycom, Inc.

547

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 11 } confTemplateLectureViewSwitching OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the template has lecture view switching enabled." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 12 } confTemplateHighDefinition OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the template has high definition video resolution enabled for endpoints that support it." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 13 } confTemplateVideoQuality OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConferenceTemplateVideoQualityType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Video quality optimization setting for the template." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 14 } confTemplateMgcSupported OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the template supports MGC MCUs." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 15 } confTemplateRmxSupported OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the template supports RMX MCUs." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 16 } confTemplateRmxProfileName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the RMX profile with which the template is associated." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 17 } confTemplateUseMcu OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the template always uses an MCU for scheduled conferences regardless of the number of participants." ::= { cmaConferenceTemplateTableEntry 18 } confTemplateMetMePerConference OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the template uses a single dial-in number per conference (true) or assigns each participant a different dial-in number (false). Only valid for MGC MCUs."

548

Polycom, Inc.

cmaConfigUserRoleGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigUserRoleCount, userRoleIndex, userRoleName, userRoleDescription, userRoleAdminDirectorySetup, userRoleAdminDialPlanSetup, userRoleAdminConferencingSetup, userRoleAdminSystemSetup, userRoleOperatorMonitoring, userRoleOperatorScheduling, userRoleOperatorReports, userRoleOperatorTroubleShooting, userRoleSchedulerScheduleConferences, userRoleSchedulerSchedulingLevel } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA user role configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 20 } cmaConfigUserRoleCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of configured user roles." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoles 1 } CmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { userRoleIndex userRoleName userRoleDescription userRoleAdminDirectorySetup userRoleAdminDialPlanSetup userRoleAdminConferencingSetup userRoleAdminSystemSetup userRoleOperatorMonitoring userRoleOperatorScheduling userRoleOperatorReports userRoleOperatorTroubleShooting userRoleSchedulerScheduleConferences userRoleSchedulerSchedulingLevel }

CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, TruthValue, UserRoleSchedulingLevel

cmaConfigUserRoleTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "User role table. Lists the user roles defined in the system and their permissions." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoles 2 } cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "User role table entry."

552

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

INDEX { roomIndex } ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTable 1 } userRoleIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 1 } userRoleName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the user role." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 2 } userRoleDescription OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Description of the user role." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 3 } userRoleAdminDirectorySetup OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has the administrator directory setup permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 4 } userRoleAdminDialPlanSetup OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has the administrator dial plan setup permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 5 } userRoleAdminConferencingSetup OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has administrator conferencing setup permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 6 } userRoleAdminSystemSetup OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has administrator sysem setup permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 7 } userRoleOperatorMonitoring OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current

Polycom, Inc.

553

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has operator monitoring permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 8 } userRoleOperatorScheduling OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has operator scheduling permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 9 } userRoleOperatorReports OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has operator reports permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 10 } userRoleOperatorTroubleShooting OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has operator troubleshooting permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 11 } userRoleSchedulerScheduleConferences OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the user role has scheduler schedule conferences permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 12 } userRoleSchedulerSchedulingLevel OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX UserRoleSchedulingLevel MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Scheduling level for the user role. Only valid if the role has schedule conferences permission." ::= { cmaConfigUserRoleTableEntry 13 } -- END user role configuration -- START user group configuration cmaConfigUserGroupGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigUserGroupCount, userGroupIndex, userGroupName, userGroupDescription, userGroupType, userGroupDirectoryViewable, userGroupProvisioningProfile, userGroupRoles } STATUS current

554

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

DESCRIPTION "CMA user group configuration conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 21 } cmaConfigUserGroupCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of configured user groups." ::= { cmaConfigUserGroups 1 } CmaConfigUserGroupTableEntry ::= { userGroupIndex userGroupName userGroupDescription userGroupType userGroupDirectoryViewable userGroupProvisioningProfile userGroupRoles } SEQUENCE CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, UserGroupType, TruthValue, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING

::= { cmaConfigLicenses 6 } -- END CMA Server license configuration -- START CMA Email Customization cmaEmailCustomizationGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaEmailCustomizationStart , cmaEmailCustomizationEnd } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA Email Customization conformance group." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 25 } cmaEmailCustomizationStart OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..650)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA Email Customization - Beginning of the scheduling reminder email " ::= { cmaEmailCustomization 1 } cmaEmailCustomizationEnd OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..650)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA Email Customization - End of the scheduling reminder email " ::= { cmaEmailCustomization 2 } -- END CMA Email Customization -- START CMA CDR Archive Settings cmaConfigCDRArchiveSettingsGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfigDaysToKeepEndpointCDRs, cmaConfigCDRArchiveEnabled, cmaConfigCDRArchiveFirstDay, cmaConfigCDRArchiveUseSecureFTP, cmaConfigCDRArchiveFTPServer, cmaConfigCDRArchiveFTPPort, cmaConfigCDRArchiveUserName, cmaConfigCDRArchiveFTPDirectory } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA CDR Archive Settings." ::= { cmaConfigConformance 26 } cmaConfigDaysToKeepEndpointCDRs OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 (0..60) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of days that Endpoint CDRs are retained on the CMA." ::= { cmaConfigCDRArchive 1 } cmaConfigCDRArchiveEnabled OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only

Polycom, Inc.

563

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether to archive Endpoint CDRs to an external FTP server in CSV Format." ::= { cmaConfigCDRArchive 2 } cmaConfigCDRArchiveFirstDay OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaConfigDayOfWeek MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "First day of weekly archive of Endpoint CDRs." ::= { cmaConfigCDRArchive 3 } cmaConfigCDRArchiveUseSecureFTP OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Use Secure FTP (SFTP) for archive of Endpoint CDRs." ::= { cmaConfigCDRArchive 4 } cmaConfigCDRArchiveFTPServer SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Hostname or ::= { cmaConfigCDRArchive OBJECT-TYPE (SIZE(0..100))

IP Address of FTP server to use for archive of Endpoint CDRs." 5 }

cmaConfigCDRArchiveFTPPort OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 (1..65535) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "FTP port of FTP server to use for archive of Endpoint CDRs." ::= { cmaConfigCDRArchive 6 } cmaConfigCDRArchiveUserName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..100)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Username for the FTP server to use for archive of Endpoint CDRs." ::= { cmaConfigCDRArchive 7 } cmaConfigCDRArchiveFTPDirectory OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..100)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Directory on the FTP server to use for archive of Endpoint CDRs." ::= { cmaConfigCDRArchive 8 } -- END CMA CDR Archive Settings -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Status Group -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- START Connected User status cmaStatusUsersGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { connectedUserCount, connectedAdminUserCount, connectedOperatorUserCount, connectedSchedulerUserCount,

564

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

connectedUserIndex, connectedUserName, connectedUserRole, connectedUserLoginTime } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA connected user status conformance group." ::= { cmaStatusConformance 1 } connectedUserCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Total number of connected CMA users." ::= { cmaStatusUsers 1 } connectedAdminUserCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of connected Administrator users." ::= { cmaStatusUsers 2 } connectedOperatorUserCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of connected Operator users." ::= { cmaStatusUsers 3 } connectedSchedulerUserCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of connected Scheduler users." ::= { cmaStatusUsers 4 } -- Connected User table ConnectedUserTableRange ::= Integer32 (1..255) ConnectedUserTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { connectedUserIndex ConnectedUserTableRange, connectedUserName OCTET STRING, connectedUserRole OCTET STRING, connectedUserLoginTime DateAndTime } connectedUserTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF ConnectedUserTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Connected user table. Contains the names, roles, and login times of the connected users." ::= { cmaStatusUsers 5 } connectedUserTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConnectedUserTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Connected user table entry."

Polycom, Inc.

565

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

INDEX { connectedUserIndex } ::= { connectedUserTable 1 } connectedUserIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX ConnectedUserTableRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { connectedUserTableEntry 1 } connectedUserName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the connected user." ::= { connectedUserTableEntry 2 } connectedUserRole OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Role of the connected user." ::= { connectedUserTableEntry 3 } connectedUserLoginTime OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX DateAndTime MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Login time of the connected user." ::= { connectedUserTableEntry 4 } -- END Connected User status -- START CMA Server license status cmaStatusLicenseGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaLicenseSeatCount, cmaLicenseSeatsInUse } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA license status conformance group." ::= { cmaStatusConformance 3 } cmaLicenseSeatCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Total number of CMAD seats in the license." ::= { cmaStatusLicenses 1 } cmaLicenseSeatsInUse OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of licensed seats in use." ::= { cmaStatusLicenses 2 } -- END CMA Server license status

566

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

-- START CMA Services status cmaStatusCmaServicesGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaServiceIndex, cmaServiceName, cmaServiceStatus } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA service status conformance group." ::= { cmaStatusConformance 4 } CmaServiceRange CmaServiceTableEntry { cmaServiceIndex cmaServiceName cmaServiceStatus } cmaServiceTable SYNTAX MAX-ACCESS STATUS DESCRIPTION ::= Integer32(1..50) ::= SEQUENCE CmaServiceRange, OCTET STRING, CmaServiceStatus

OBJECT-TYPE SEQUENCE OF CmaServiceTableEntry not-accessible current "CMA service table. Contains the name and status of all CMA-related software services." ::= { cmaStatusServices 1 }

cmaServiceTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaServiceTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA service table entry." INDEX { cmaServiceIndex } ::= { cmaServiceTable 1 } cmaServiceIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaServiceRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaServiceTableEntry 1 } cmaServiceName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the service." ::= { cmaServiceTableEntry 2 } cmaServiceStatus OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaServiceStatus MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Status of the service." ::= { cmaServiceTableEntry 3 } -- END CMA Services status

Polycom, Inc.

567

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

-- START scheduled endpoint management status cmaStatusEndpointManagementGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { -cmaEpManagementPendingSoftUpdates, cmaEpManagementInProgressSoftUpdates, -cmaEpManagementSucessfulSoftUpdates, -cmaEpManagementFailedSoftUpdates, -cmaEpManagementPendingProvisioning, cmaEpManagementInProgressProvisioning -cmaEpManagementSucessfulProvisioning, -cmaEpManagementFailedProvisioning } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA endpoint management status conformance group." ::= { cmaStatusConformance 6 } cmaEpManagementInProgressSoftUpdates OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of in-progress endpoint soft updates." ::= { cmaStatusEndpointManagement 1 } cmaEpManagementInProgressProvisioning OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of in-progress endpoint provisioning jobs." ::= { cmaStatusEndpointManagement 2 } --cmaEpManagementPendingSoftUpdates OBJECT-TYPE -SYNTAX Integer32 -MAX-ACCESS read-only -STATUS current -DESCRIPTION "Number of pending endpoint soft updates." -::= { cmaStatusEndpointManagement 1 } --cmaEpManagementSucessfulSoftUpdates OBJECT-TYPE -SYNTAX Integer32 -MAX-ACCESS read-only -STATUS current -DESCRIPTION "Number of sucessful soft updates." -::= { cmaStatusEndpointManagement 4 } --cmaEpManagementFailedSoftUpdates OBJECT-TYPE -SYNTAX Integer32 -MAX-ACCESS read-only -STATUS current -DESCRIPTION "Number of failed soft updates." -::= { cmaStatusEndpointManagement 5 } --cmaEpManagementPendingProvisioning OBJECT-TYPE -SYNTAX Integer32 -MAX-ACCESS read-only -STATUS current -DESCRIPTION "Number of pending endpoint provisioning jobs." -::= { cmaStatusEndpointManagement 6 }

568

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

--cmaEpManagementSucessfulProvisioning OBJECT-TYPE -SYNTAX Integer32 -MAX-ACCESS read-only -STATUS current -DESCRIPTION "Number of sucessful provisioning jobs." -::= { cmaStatusEndpointManagement 8 } --cmaEpManagementFailedProvisioning OBJECT-TYPE -SYNTAX Integer32 -MAX-ACCESS read-only -STATUS current -DESCRIPTION "Number of failed provisioning jobs." -::= { cmaStatusEndpointManagement 9 } -- END scheduled endpoint management status -- START MCU status cmaStatusDeviceGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaMcuCount, cmaMcuCountWithWarnings, cmaMcuCountWithErrors, cmaMcuIndex, cmaMcuName, cmaMcuType, cmaMcuInetAddressType, cmaMcuInetAddress, cmaMcuStatus, cmaMcuConferenceCount, cmaMcuAudioPortsUsed, cmaMcuVideoPortsUsed, cmaEndpointCount, cmaEndpointCountWithAlerts, cmaEndpointCountWithHelpRequests, cmaEndpointCountOnline, cmaEndpointCountOffline, cmaEndpointCountInCall, cmaEndpointIndex, cmaEndpointType, cmaEndpointInetAddressType, cmaEndpointInetAddress, cmaEndpointStatus, cmaEndpointInCall, cmaEndpointGatekeeperRegStatus, -cmaEndpointGatekeeperRegCauseCode, cmaEndpointGabRegStatus, -cmaEndpointGabRegCauseCode, cmaEndpointPresenceRegStatus, -cmaEndpointPresenceRegCauseCode, cmaEndpointSipRegStatus, -cmaEndpointSipRegCauseCodea cmaEndpointManagementStatus, cmaEndpointErrorCount, cmaEndpointErrors, cmaEndpointWarningCount, cmaEndpointWarnings, cmaEndpointHelpRequest, cmaVbpCount, cmaVbpIndex,

Polycom, Inc.

569

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

cmaVbpModel, cmaVbpName, cmaVbpLanInetAddressType, cmaVbpLanInetAddress, cmaVbpWanInetAddressType, cmaVbpWanInetAddress, cmaDmaCount, cmaDmaIndex, cmaDmaName, cmaDmaDescription, cmaDmaVirtualInetAddressType, cmaDmaVirtualInetAddress, cmaDmaH323Alias, cmaDmaStatus, cmaEndpointExchangeStatus, cmaEndpointPeripheralIconState, cmaEndpointPeripheralStatus, cmaPeripheralIndex, cmaPeripheralPairedStatus, cmaPeripheralAlertState, cmaPeripheralPairedName, cmaPeripheralDeviceType, cmaPeripheralSerialNumber, cmaPeripheralInetAddress, cmaPeripheralInetAddressType, cmaPeripheralHardwareVersion, cmaPeripheralSoftwareVersion, cmaPeripheralCount } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA device status conformance group." ::= { cmaStatusConformance 7 } cmaMcuCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Total number of MCUs known to the CMA server." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceMCU 1 } cmaMcuCountWithWarnings OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of MCUs with warnings." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceMCU 2 } cmaMcuCountWithErrors OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of MCUs with errors." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceMCU 3 } CmaMcuStatusTableEntry { cmaMcuIndex cmaMcuName cmaMcuType cmaMcuInetAddressType ::= SEQUENCE CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, OCTET STRING, CmaMcuType, InetAddressType,

570

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

cmaMcuInetAddress cmaMcuStatus cmaMcuConferenceCount cmaMcuAudioPortsUsed cmaMcuVideoPortsUsed }

InetAddress, CmaDeviceStatus, Integer32, Integer32, Integer32

-- Number of active conferences -- % of audio ports in use -- % of video ports in use

cmaMcuStatusTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaMcuStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "MCU status table. Contains identification, status, and usage information for MCUs." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceMCU 4 } cmaMcuStatusTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaMcuStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "MCU status table entry." INDEX { cmaMcuIndex } ::= { cmaMcuStatusTable 1 } cmaMcuIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 1 } cmaMcuName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the MCU." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 2 } cmaMcuType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaMcuType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "MCU type." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 3 } cmaMcuInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION " IP address type of the MCU." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 4 } cmaMcuInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address of the MCU." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 5 } cmaMcuStatus SYNTAX OBJECT-TYPE CmaDeviceStatus

Polycom, Inc.

571

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Status of the MCU." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 6 } cmaMcuConferenceCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of active conferences on the MCU." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 7 } cmaMcuAudioPortsUsed OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Percentage of audio ports in use on the MCU." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 8 } cmaMcuVideoPortsUsed OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Percentage of video ports in use on the MCU." ::= { cmaMcuStatusTableEntry 9 } -- END MCU status -- START endpoint status cmaEndpointCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Total number of endpoints known to the CMA server." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceEndpoint 1 } cmaEndpointCountWithAlerts OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of endpoints with alert conditions." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceEndpoint 2 } cmaEndpointCountWithHelpRequests OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of endpoints with help requests." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceEndpoint 3 } cmaEndpointCountOnline OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of endpoints that are on line." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceEndpoint 4 } cmaEndpointCountOffline OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only

572

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of endpoints that are off line." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceEndpoint 5 } cmaEndpointCountInCall OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of endpoints that are in a call." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceEndpoint 6 } CmaEndpointStatusTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { cmaEndpointIndex CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, cmaEndpointType CmaEndpointType, cmaEndpointInetAddressType InetAddressType, cmaEndpointInetAddress InetAddress, cmaEndpointStatus CmaDeviceStatus, -- online or offline cmaEndpointInCall TruthValue, cmaEndpointGatekeeperRegStatus CmaDeviceRegistrationStatus, -cmaEndpointGatekeeperRegCauseCode Integer32, cmaEndpointGabRegStatus CmaDeviceRegistrationStatus, -cmaEndpointGabRegCauseCode Integer32, cmaEndpointPresenceRegStatus CmaDeviceRegistrationStatus, -cmaEndpointPresenceRegCauseCode Integer32, cmaEndpointSipRegStatus CmaDeviceRegistrationStatus, -cmaEndpointSipRegCauseCode Integer32, cmaEndpointManagementStatus CmaDeviceManagementStatus, cmaEndpointErrorCount Integer32, cmaEndpointErrors OCTET STRING, cmaEndpointWarningCount Integer32, cmaEndpointWarnings OCTET STRING, cmaEndpointHelpRequest TruthValue, cmaEndpointExchangeStatus CmaDeviceRegistrationStatus, cmaEndpointPeripheralIconState CmaPeripheralIconState, cmaEndpointPeripheralStatus CmaPeripheralPairingStatus } cmaEndpointStatusTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaEndpointStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Endpoint status table. Contains identification and status information for endpoints." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceEndpoint 7 } cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaEndpointStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Endpoint status table entry." INDEX { cmaEndpointIndex } ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTable 1} cmaEndpointIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 1 }

Polycom, Inc.

573

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

cmaEndpointType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaEndpointType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Type of endpoint." ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 2 } cmaEndpointInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address type of the endpoint." ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 3 } cmaEndpointInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address of the endpoint." ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 4 } cmaEndpointStatus OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDeviceStatus MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Status of the endpoint." ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 5 } cmaEndpointInCall OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX TruthValue MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Flag indicating whether the endpoint is in a call." ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 6 } cmaEndpointGatekeeperRegStatus OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDeviceRegistrationStatus MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Gatekeeper registration status of the endpoint." ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 7 } --cmaEndpointGatekeeperRegCauseCode OBJECT-TYPE -SYNTAX Integer32 -MAX-ACCESS read-only -STATUS current -DESCRIPTION "Gatekeeper registration status reason." -::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 8 } cmaEndpointGabRegStatus OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDeviceRegistrationStatus MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "GAB registration status of the endpoint." ::= { cmaEndpointStatusTableEntry 9 } --cmaEndpointGabRegCauseCode -SYNTAX Integer32 -MAX-ACCESS read-only OBJECT-TYPE

574

MAX-ACCESS STATUS DESCRIPTION

not-accessible current "VBP status table. Contains information about Polycom Video Border Proxy devices." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceVBP 2 } cmaVbpStatusTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaVbpStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "VBP status table entry." INDEX { cmaVbpIndex } ::= { cmaVbpStatusTable 1} cmaVbpIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaVbpStatusTableEntry 1 } cmaVbpModel OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaVbpModel MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Model of the VBP device." ::= { cmaVbpStatusTableEntry 2 } cmaVbpName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the VBP device." ::= { cmaVbpStatusTableEntry 3 } cmaVbpLanInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "LAN IP address type of the VBP device." ::= { cmaVbpStatusTableEntry 4 } cmaVbpLanInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "LAN IP address of the VBP device." ::= { cmaVbpStatusTableEntry 5 } cmaVbpWanInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "WAN IP address type of the VBP device." ::= { cmaVbpStatusTableEntry 6 } cmaVbpWanInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current

Polycom, Inc.

577

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

DESCRIPTION "WAN IP address of the VBP device." ::= { cmaVbpStatusTableEntry 7 } -- END VBP status -- START DMA status cmaDmaCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of DMA systems known to the CMA server." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceDMA 1 } CmaDmaStatusTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { cmaDmaIndex cmaDmaName cmaDmaDescription cmaDmaVirtualInetAddressType cmaDmaVirtualInetAddress cmaDmaH323Alias cmaDmaStatus }

CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, OCTET STRING, OCTET STRING, InetAddressType, InetAddress, OCTET STRING, CmaDeviceStatus

cmaDmaStatusTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaDmaStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "DMA status table. Contains information about DMA systems." ::= { cmaStatusDeviceDMA 2 } cmaDmaStatusTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDmaStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "DMA status table entry." INDEX { cmaDmaIndex } ::= { cmaDmaStatusTable 1} cmaDmaIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaDmaStatusTableEntry 1 } cmaDmaName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the DMA system." ::= { cmaDmaStatusTableEntry 2 } cmaDmaDescription OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Description of the DMA system." ::= { cmaDmaStatusTableEntry 3 }

578

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

cmaDmaVirtualInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Virtual IP address type of the DMA system." ::= { cmaDmaStatusTableEntry 4 } cmaDmaVirtualInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Virtual IP address of the DMA system." ::= { cmaDmaStatusTableEntry 5 } cmaDmaH323Alias OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "H.323 alias of the DMA system." ::= { cmaDmaStatusTableEntry 6 } cmaDmaStatus OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDeviceStatus MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Status of the DMA system." ::= { cmaDmaStatusTableEntry 7 } -- END DMA status -- START Peripheral status cmaPeripheralCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of peripherals known to the CMA server." ::= { cmaStatusDevicePeripherals 1 } CmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { cmaPeripheralIndex CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, cmaPeripheralPairedStatus CmaPeripheralPairingStatus, cmaPeripheralAlertState CmaPeripheralAlertState, cmaPeripheralPairedName OCTET STRING, cmaPeripheralDeviceType CmaEndpointType, cmaPeripheralSerialNumber OCTET STRING, cmaPeripheralInetAddress InetAddress, cmaPeripheralInetAddressType InetAddressType, cmaPeripheralHardwareVersion OCTET STRING, cmaPeripheralSoftwareVersion OCTET STRING } cmaPeripheralStatusTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Peripheral status table. Contains information about Peripherals."

Polycom, Inc.

579

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

::= { cmaStatusDevicePeripherals 2 } cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "DMA status table entry." INDEX { cmaPeripheralIndex } ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTable 1} cmaPeripheralIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 1 } cmaPeripheralPairedStatus OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaPeripheralPairingStatus MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Current pairing status for the peripheral." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 2 } cmaPeripheralAlertState OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaPeripheralAlertState MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Current error state for the peripheral." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 3 } cmaPeripheralPairedName OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(1..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Name of the paired HDX." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 4 } cmaPeripheralDeviceType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaEndpointType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Device type for this peripheral." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 5 } cmaPeripheralSerialNumber OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Serial number for this peripheral." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 6 } cmaPeripheralInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address of the peripheral." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 7 } cmaPeripheralInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE

580

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Inet address type for this peripheral." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 8 } cmaPeripheralHardwareVersion OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Hardware version for this peripheral." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 9 } cmaPeripheralSoftwareVersion OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING (SIZE(0..255)) MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Software version for this peripheral." ::= { cmaPeripheralStatusTableEntry 10 } -- END Peripheral status -- START Conference summary cmaStatusConferenceGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaConfSummaryCompletedScheduledCount, cmaConfSummaryActiveScheduledCount, cmaConfSummaryFutureScheduledCount, cmaConfSummaryCompletedAdhocCount, cmaConfSummaryActiveAdhocCount, cmaActiveConferenceCount, cmaConferenceIndex, cmaConferenceName, cmaConferenceScheduleId, cmaConferenceType, cmaConferenceIsScheduled, cmaConferenceIsRecurring, cmaConferenceStartTime, cmaConferenceOwner, cmaConferenceStatus, cmaConferenceTotalParticipants, cmaConferenceConnectedParticipants, cmaConferenceIsCascaded, cmaConferenceMcu, cmaConferenceAvgParticipantAudioQOE, cmaConferenceAvgParticipantVideoQOE, cmaConferenceAvgParticipantContentQOE, cmaConferenceMinParticipantAudioQOE, cmaConferenceMinParticipantVideoQOE, cmaConferenceMinParticipantContentQOE } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA conference status conformance group." ::= { cmaStatusConformance 8 } cmaConfSummaryCompletedScheduledCount SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current OBJECT-TYPE

Polycom, Inc.

581

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

DESCRIPTION "Number of completed scheduled conferences since midnight." ::= { cmaStatusConferenceSummary 1 } cmaConfSummaryActiveScheduledCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of active scheduled conferences." ::= { cmaStatusConferenceSummary 2 } cmaConfSummaryFutureScheduledCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of future scheduled conferences for today (i.e., until midnight of the current day)." ::= { cmaStatusConferenceSummary 3 } cmaConfSummaryCompletedAdhocCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of completed ad hoc conferences since midnight." ::= { cmaStatusConferenceSummary 4 } cmaConfSummaryActiveAdhocCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of active ad hoc conferences." ::= { cmaStatusConferenceSummary 5 } -- END Conference summary -- START Conference status cmaActiveConferenceCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Total number of active conferences (both scheduled and ad hoc)" ::= { cmaStatusConferencesOngoing 1 } CmaActiveConferenceTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { cmaConferenceIndex cmaConferenceName cmaConferenceScheduleId cmaConferenceType cmaConferenceIsScheduled cmaConferenceIsRecurring cmaConferenceStartTime cmaConferenceOwner cmaConferenceStatus cmaConferenceTotalParticipants cmaConferenceConnectedParticipants cmaConferenceIsCascaded cmaConferenceMcu cmaConferenceAvgParticipantAudioQOE cmaConferenceAvgParticipantVideoQOE

CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, OCTET STRING, Integer32, CmaConferenceType, TruthValue, TruthValue, DateAndTime, OCTET STRING, CmaConferenceStatus, Integer32, Integer32, TruthValue, OCTET STRING, Integer32, Integer32,

582

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

::= { cmaStatusConformance 9 } cmaSystemAlertCount OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Integer32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Number of active system alerts." ::= { cmaStatusAlerts 1 } CmaSystemAlertTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { cmaSystemAlertIndex CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, cmaSystemAlertSequenceNumber Counter32, cmaSystemAlertType CmaSystemAlertType, cmaSystemAlertDescription OCTET STRING, cmaSystemAlertGenerationTime DateAndTime, cmaSystemAlertNotes OCTET STRING } cmaSystemAlertTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaSystemAlertTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "System alert table. Contains information for all active alerts." ::= { cmaStatusAlerts 2 } cmaSystemAlertTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaSystemAlertTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "System alert table entry." INDEX { cmaSystemAlertIndex } ::= { cmaSystemAlertTable 1 } cmaSystemAlertIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaSystemAlertTableEntry 1 } cmaSystemAlertSequenceNumber OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX Counter32 MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Sequence number of the system alert." ::= { cmaSystemAlertTableEntry 2 } cmaSystemAlertType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaSystemAlertType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Alert type of the system alert." ::= { cmaSystemAlertTableEntry 3 } cmaSystemAlertDescription SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current OBJECT-TYPE

586

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System MIB

DESCRIPTION "Description of the system alert." ::= { cmaSystemAlertTableEntry 4 } cmaSystemAlertGenerationTime OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX DateAndTime MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Date and time when the system alert was generated." ::= { cmaSystemAlertTableEntry 5 } cmaSystemAlertNotes OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX OCTET STRING MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Notes for the system alert." ::= { cmaSystemAlertTableEntry 6 } -- END system alerts -- START Redundancy status cmaStatusRedundancyGroup OBJECT-GROUP OBJECTS { cmaRedundancyStatus, cmaRedundancyVirtualInetAddressType, cmaRedundancyVirtualInetAddress, cmaRedundantServerIndex, cmaRedundantServerInetAddressType, cmaRedundantServerInetAddress, cmaRedundantServerRole, cmaRedundantServerMonitorStatus, cmaRedundantServerMachineStatus } STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA redundancy status conformance group." ::= { cmaStatusConformance 10 } cmaRedundancyStatus OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX RedundancyStatusType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA server redundancy status (no redundancy, redundancy OK, or redundancy with error)." ::= { cmaStatusRedundancy 1 } cmaRedundancyVirtualInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Virtual IP address type of the CMA system (valid only if redundancy is enabled)." ::= { cmaStatusRedundancy 2 } cmaRedundancyVirtualInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Virtual IP address of the CMA system (valid only if redundancy is enabled)." ::= { cmaStatusRedundancy 3 }

Polycom, Inc.

587

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

CmaRedundancyTableEntry ::= SEQUENCE { cmaRedundantServerIndex cmaRedundantServerInetAddressType cmaRedundantServerInetAddress cmaRedundantServerRole cmaRedundantServerMonitorStatus cmaRedundantServerMachineStatus }

CmaDefaultTableIndexRange, InetAddressType, InetAddress, CmaRedundantServerRole, CmaRedundantMonitorStatus, CmaRedundantServerStatus

cmaRedundancyTable OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX SEQUENCE OF CmaRedundancyTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA server redundancy table. In a redundant system, it includes an entry for each of the two servers." ::= { cmaStatusRedundancy 4 } cmaRedundancyTableEntry OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaRedundancyTableEntry MAX-ACCESS not-accessible STATUS current DESCRIPTION "CMA server redundancy table entry." INDEX { cmaRedundantServerIndex } ::= { cmaRedundancyTable 1 } cmaRedundantServerIndex OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaDefaultTableIndexRange MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Unique system-assigned ID for this entry." ::= { cmaRedundancyTableEntry 1 } cmaRedundantServerInetAddressType OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddressType MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address type of the server." ::= { cmaRedundancyTableEntry 2 } cmaRedundantServerInetAddress OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX InetAddress MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "IP address of the server." ::= { cmaRedundancyTableEntry 3 } cmaRedundantServerRole OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaRedundantServerRole MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Role of the server." ::= { cmaRedundancyTableEntry 4 } cmaRedundantServerMonitorStatus OBJECT-TYPE SYNTAX CmaRedundantMonitorStatus MAX-ACCESS read-only STATUS current DESCRIPTION "Monitor status of the server."

588

Polycom, Inc.

602

Polycom, Inc.

C
System Field Input Requirements

The text input fields in each Polycom Converged Management Application (CMA) system page accept basic ASCII, extended-ASCII (eASCII), or Unicode input as indicated in the following table.
Field Pane Title Pane Title Filter Value: Owner Filter Value: Conference Name Conference Name Last Name First Name Name Email Number Data Format ASCII ASCII Unicode Unicode Unicode Unicode Unicode Unicode ASCII(1) N/A Page Dashboard > Add Panes > MCU Status > Pane Title Dashboard > Add Panes > Endpoint > Pane Title Conference view > Secondary Filter Conference view > Secondary Filter Add/Edit Conference Add/Edit Conference > Add Participants Add/Edit Conference > Add Participants Add/Edit Conference > Add Guest Add/Edit Conference > Add Guest Add/Edit Conference > Add Guest > Dial-Out + IP | ISDN Note Entry of text-based IP alias values is prohibited. To CC BCC Additional Notes Filter Value: Name ASCII ASCII ASCII Unicode ASCII Add/Edit Conference > Email Notification Add/Edit Conference > Email Notification Add/Edit Conference > Email Notification Add/Edit Conference > Email Notification Endpoint > Monitor View Network Device > Monitor View Filter Value: Alias ASCII Endpoint > Monitor View Network Device > Monitor View

Polycom, Inc.

603

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Filter Value: Site

Data Format Unicode

Page Endpoint > Monitor View Network Device > Monitor View

Admin ID Password System Name Description Serial Number Software Version HTTP URL HTTP Port DNS Name Alias Value (E164) Alias Value (H323 ID) Alias Value (URL) Alias Value (Transport Address) Alias Value (Party Number) Alias Value (Unknown) Service Name Dialing Prefix Channels Number Range Service IP Address Alias Message Text Filter Value: Name Filter Value: Alias Filter Value: Site Name

ASCII ASCII(15) ASCII(2) eASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII Numeric ASCII 0 through 9, *, and # ASCII ASCII ASCII Numeric ASCII ASCII Numeric Numeric 0 through 9 and - (dash) 0 through 9 and . (period) E164 ASCII ASCII ASCII Unicode(9) Unicode(5)

Add/Edit Device > Find Device on Network Add/Edit Device > Find Device on Network Add/Edit Device > Identification Add/Edit Device > Identification Add/Edit Device > Identification Add/Edit Device > Identification Add/Edit Device > Identification Add/Edit Device > Identification Add/Edit Device > Addresses Add/Edit Device > Addresses Add/Edit Device > Addresses Add/Edit Device > Addresses Add/Edit Device > Addresses Add/Edit Device > Addresses Add/Edit Device > Addresses Add/Edit Device > MCU Services > Add > Gateway | H320 | H323 Add/Edit Device > MCU Services > Add > Gateway | H323 Add/Edit Device > MCU Services > Add > H320 Add/Edit Device > MCU Services > Add > H320 Add/Edit Device > MCU Services > Add > H323 Add/Edit Device > MCU Services > Add > H323 Endpoint > Monitor View > Send Message | Clear Help Endpoint > Software Update View > Filter Endpoint > Software Update View > Filter Endpoint > Software Update View > Filter Add/Edit Conference Template

604

Polycom, Inc.

System Field Input Requirements

Field Description RMX Profile Name Talk Hold Time From Address SMTP Server Filter Value: First Name Filter Value: Last Name Filter Value: User ID First Name Last Name User ID

Data Format ASCII

Page Add/Edit Conference Template Add/Edit Conference Template

Numeric x.x to y.y ASCII

Add/Edit Conference Template Conference Settings Conference Settings

Unicode Unicode Unicode Unicode(6) Unicode Unicode

Users > Attribute Filter Users > Attribute Filter Users > Attribute Filter Add/Edit User Add/Edit User Add/Edit User; AND Login Page

Password/Confirm Password

Unicode(7)

Add/Edit User; AND Login Page

Email Address Search Value Description Email Filter Value: Device Name Name E-164 Alias IP Address City Code Number A Number B Extension Old Password New Password / Confirm

Unicode(8) Unicode ASCII Unicode(8) ASCII ASCII(10) 0 through 9, *, and # IP Address format Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric ASCII(11) ASCII

Add/Edit User Add Room > Search LDAP by First Name | Last Name | User ID Add/Edit Room > General Info Add/Edit Room > General Info (display of LDAP email address or entry of a Local email address) Global Address Book > Attribute Filter Add GAB User Add GAB User > IP Video Add GAB User > IP Video Add GAB User > ISDN Video Add GAB User > ISDN Video Add GAB User > ISDN Video Add GAB User > ISDN Video Set GAB Password Set GAB Password

Polycom, Inc.

605

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

Field Filter Value: Name Filter Value: Created By Admin Password Meeting Password Country Code Area Code Gateway Number Outside Line Dialing Prefix Camera 1 Name Camera 2 Name Camera 3 Name Host Name Password Number of digits in Extension International Dialing Prefix Public Network Dialing Prefix Public Network (same area code) Prefix Private Network Dialing Prefix If Area Code Equals Dial Prefix Contact Person Contact Number

Data Format ASCII(2) Unicode(12) ASCII ASCII E164 E164 E164 E164 ASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII ASCII Numeric E164 E164 E164 E164 E164 E164 ASCII E164

Page Provision Device Profiles Provision Device Profiles Add/Edit Provision Profile > General Settings > Security Add/Edit Provision Profile > General Settings > Security Add/Edit Provision Profile >Video Network > IP Network > Gateway Number Add/Edit Provision Profile >Video Network > IP Network > Gateway Number Add/Edit Provision Profile >Video Network > IP Network > Gateway Number Add/Edit Provision Profile >Video Network > IP Network > ISDN BRI Protocol Add/Edit Provision Profile > Cameras Add/Edit Provision Profile > Cameras Add/Edit Provision Profile > Cameras Add/Edit Provision Profile > LAN Properties > LAN Properties 1 Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > Directory Servers Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > Dialing Rules 1 Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > Dialing Rules 1 Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > Dialing Rules 1 Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > Dialing Rules 1 Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > Dialing Rules 1 Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > Dialing Rules 2 Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > Dialing Rules 2 Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > My Information Add/Edit Provision Profile > Global Services > My Information
Polycom, Inc.

606

gatekeeper message log 269 IP call detail records 261 system log files 274 external database integrating with the system 366 external database, configuring 16 F failover, initiating in a redundant system 396 features bridge (MCU) 24 list of conference 24 features, system, list of 2 feed, viewing for a video device 159 field names bridge (MCU) features 68 conference details 65 conference features 67 device details 197 device list 76 participant details 70 participant settings 72 participants 69 peripherals list 79 provisioning details 202 software update details 203 fields input requirements for 10 filtering overview of 10 filters Custom Date 25 Future Only 25 Ongoing Plus 25 Today Only 25 Today Plus 25 Yesterday Plus 25 first-time setup, resetting during a recovery setup 465 forcing MCU usage 59 future conference view 23 Future Only filter 25 G gatekeeper message log clearing events from 270 defining messages to be logged 270 overview of 268 pausing and restarting 270 viewing and exporting 269 gatekeeper settings
615

Polycom, Inc.

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

editing for alternate gatekeeper 404 editing for primary gatekeeper 401 overview of 322 gatekeepers adding alternate 403 gatekeeper regions, overview of 399 overview of 334 viewing gatekeeper regions list 405 gateway dialing, troubleshooting 474 gateway service 427 global address book viewing 311 guest participants adding 35 setting bit rate for 36, 40, 42, 48 setting dial options for 36, 40, 42 setting dial type for 36, 40, 41 H help request, clearing for a device 159 help, acknowledging 46, 52 https, implementing 446 I implementing a redundant system 392 https 446 initiating failover in a redundant system 396 input requirements for fields requirements for field inputs ASCII-only fields 10 integrating an external database 366 internal database, reverting to 366 internal databases. See databases and databases, internal IP call detail records viewing and exporting 261 K key for software activation, requesting 351 keys for software activation, requesting 179, 192 L LCR. See least-cost routing (LCR) LDAP 251 LDAP connection, configuring 16 least-cost routing (LCR) determining area codes for 442
616

determining country codes for 442 determining weighted cost for 442 least-cost-routing (LCR) tables adding 443 deleting 444 editing 443 examples of 439 overview of 438 viewing list of 443 lecturer, assigning 37 licenses, system adding 350 entering number for 351 licensing the system 395 link statistics for a site overview of 259 links for a site adding 419 deleting 420 editing 419 viewing list of 418 lists filtering, overview of 10 of areas 315 of bridge (MCU) features 24 of commands 24, 76 of conference features 24 of conference templates 299 of conferences 24 of device serial numbers 178, 190 of devices 76 of dial rules 436 of gatekeeper regions 405 of least-cost-routing tables 443 of participant details 24 of participants 24 of peripherals 79 of provisioning details 170 of rooms 306 of services 430 of site links 418 of sites 408 of software updates for peripherals 185 of system features and capabilities 2 of user roles 251 of users 244 logging into the CMA system 4 logging out of the CMA system 13 logo, adding to the user interface 352, 353 logs gatekeeper message log 268 system log files 270, 274

Polycom, Inc.

Index

M Manage Conference command 27 Manage Device command 78 Manage User command 78 management settings, overview of 322 managing active conferences 43 participant devices 51 manual additions endpoints 156 MCUs 218 MCU features field names 68 forcing use of 59 list of features 24 MCU device details channels 231 international prefix 232 LCR table 231 local area codes 232 local prefix 231 non-local prefix 231 number range 231 priority 232 service name 231 MCU dialing, troubleshooting 474 MCU service 428 MCUs adding manually 218 menus System Management 287 messages, sending 46, 52 mode, T.120 61 modes, video continuous presence mode 59 setting 59 switching mode 59 modifying advanced conference settings 57 alternate gatekeeper settings 404 conference information 38 conference templates 300 devices 158 dial rules 438 least-cost-routing tables 443 participant dial options 39 participant endpoint settings 39 permissions for a user role 252 primary gatekeeper settings 401 provisioning profiles 169, 171 room dial options 41

room endpoint settings 41 rooms 309 security settings for https 446 services 431 site links 419 site settings 416, 417 system network settings 344 system time settings 345 user association with areas 318 user information 246 Monitor Conferences screen 7 N network settings, editing 344 number for system license, entering 351 O Ongoing Plus filter 25 open ports list of 477 P participant field names participant details field names 70 participant settings field names 72 participants adding guest 35 connecting/disconnecting 46, 52 list of 24 list of, details 24 managing devices for 51 removing 46, 52 setting endpoints for 39 participants field names 69 passwords for chairperson 58 for conference 58 setting for endpoints 453 pattern types for a dial plan 434 pausing and restarting gatekeeper message log 270 People + Content 60 peripherals configuring software updates for production 186 configuring software updates for trial 188 deleting 164 displaying applications on 164 uploading software updates for 186 viewing 163 viewing list of software updates for 185

Polycom, Inc.

617

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

peripherals list field names 79 point-to-point calls troubleshooting 473 ports used by the Polycom CMA system list of 478 primary gatekeepers editing settings for 401 production configuring software updates for peripherals 186 Provision command 83 provision view commands Cancel Provision 83 Clear Status 83 Provision 83 provisioning canceling 174 provisioning details field names 202 starting 172 provisioning details failure reason 203 last attempt date/time 203 last profile applied 202 log message 203 pending profile 202 provisioning status 202 scheduled 202 provisioning profiles adding 168, 171 cloning 170, 172 deleting 170, 172 editing 169, 171 viewing list of 170 R Reboot Device command 78 records IP call detail records 261 recovery operations overview of 465 recurring conferences 34 redundancy, configuring 17 redundant system administering 392 configuring 389 implementing 392 initiating failover in 396 Refresh command 278 regions, gatekeeper viewing 405 registration
618

troubleshooting problems with 470 Remove Participant command 46, 52 removing conference templates 301 conferences 55 devices 158 gatekeeper message log events 270 least-cost-routing tables 444 peripherals 164 provisioning profiles 170, 172 rooms 309 services 431 site links 420 sites 417 user roles 253 users 247 removing a conference 27 request for help, clearing for a device 159 requesting software activation key 351 requesting update activation keys 179, 192 requirements, system 4 requirements, system, list of 3 resetting first-time setup during a recovery operation 465 Restart command 278 restarting the gatekeeper message log 270 the system 466 restoring databases, overview of 365 internal databases 370 reverting to an internal database 366 roles, user adding 252 deleting 253 editing permissions for 252 overview of 235, 251 viewing list of 251 rooms adding 36, 306 deleting 309 editing 309 setting dial options for 41 setting endpoints for 41 viewing list of 306 routing routing actions for a dial plan 435 S schedule conference view 23
Polycom, Inc.

Index

scheduling a conference 34 scheduling software updates 193 Search Devices command 78 searching users 244 security settings editing for https 446 overview of 322 Send Message command 46, 52, 78 serial console, connecting to 367 serial numbers for devices to be updated 178, 190 servers initiating failover in a redundant system 396 updating software for 445 services adding 430 deleting 431 editing 431 viewing list of 430 services, dial plan conference on demand service 425 gateway service 427 MCU service 428 overview of 425 simplified dialing service 426 setting common passwords for endpoints 453 setting up conference templates 18 directory services 19 video call routing 17 settings advanced conference settings 57 chairperson password 58 conference password 58 conference settings 297 connection speed 59 dial options 59 dial plan settings 322 enable chairperson 58 forced MCU usage 59 gatekeeper settings 322 management settings 322 network settings 344 People + Content 60 security settings 322 security settings for https 446 system time settings 345 T.120 mode 61 video mode 59 Shutdown command 278
Polycom, Inc.

shutting down the system 466 simplified dialing service 426 site link statistics overview of 259 site links adding 419 deleting 420 editing 419 overview of 418 viewing list of 418 site settings, editing 416, 417 site statistics overview of 257 site topology overview of 324 sites adding 409 deleting 417 view graphical topology 408 viewing list of 408 software requesting activation key for 351 updating for the server 445 software update overview of 139 software update details field names 203 Software Update command 86 software update details failure reason 204 last attempt date/time 204 log message 204 scheduled 203 software update status 203 software update view commands Cancel Update 86 Clear Status 86 Software Update 86 software updates canceling 194 downloading 179, 191 overview of 139 scheduling 193 See also software update software updates for peripherals configuring for production 186 configuring for trial 188 uploading to CMA web server 186 viewing list of 185 starting the gatekeeper message log 270 the system 466 starting the CMA system 4
619

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

statistics site link statistics, overview of 259 site statistics, overview of 257 status of device provisioning checking 173 clearing 173 stopping provisioning 174 software updates 194 switching mode 59 system dashboard 277 system features and capabilities, list of 2 system integration with external database 366 system licenses adding 350 entering number for 351 system log files overview of 270 viewing and exporting 274 system login 4 system management menu 287 system network settings, editing 344 system requirements 4 system requirements, list of 3 system setup menu overview of 321 system time settings, editing 345 system views 8 system, licensing 395 T T.120 mode 61 templates, conference adding 300 deleting 301 editing 300 overview of 289 setting up 18 viewing list of 299 Terminate Conference command 27 time settings, editing 345 Today Only filter 25 Today Plus filter 25 topology of sites 408 overview of 324 trial configuring software updates for peripherals 188 troubleshooting 474
620

conference on demand problems 475 point-to-point call problems 473 registration problems 470 U updates, software canceling 194 downloading 179, 191 overview of 139 requesting activation keys for 179, 192 scheduling 193 See also software update updating server software 445 uploading the software image 180, 193 user search for a 244 user interface, adding a custom logo to 352, 353 user roles adding 252 deleting 253 editing permissions for 252 overview of 235 users adding to the system 244 assigning roles and devices to 251 associating with areas 318 changing area association 318 deleting 247 editing information about 246 overview of 235 roles for 251 searching list of 244 V video call routing setting up 17 video chairperson, assigning 37 video endpoints. See devices and endpoints video feed, viewing for a device 159 video modes continuous presence mode 59 setting 59 switching mode 59 video plus data stream 60 view graphical site topology 408 View Device Details command 78 View Peripherals command 79 viewing applications on peripherals 164 areas list 315
Polycom, Inc.

Index

conference templates list 299 device details 152 device serial numbers list 178, 190 dial rules list 436 gatekeeper message log 269 gatekeeper regions list 405 global address book 311 IP call detail records 261 least-cost-routing tables list 443 peripherals 163 provisioning list and details 170 rooms list 306 services list 430 site links list 418 sites list 408 status of device provisioning 173

system log files 274 user roles list 251 video feed for a device 159 views future conference view 23 schedule conference view 23 W warnings 202 weighted cost, determining 442 workspaces in the CMA system 7 Y Yesterday Plus filter 25

Polycom, Inc.

621

Polycom CMA System Operations Guide

622

Polycom, Inc.

Veeam VMCE - v12 v2024-12-05 q138
No ratings yet
Veeam VMCE - v12 v2024-12-05 q138
59 pages
Boson Lens Calibration Application Note - R1.1
No ratings yet
Boson Lens Calibration Application Note - R1.1
23 pages
TLE Operations Center User Guide
50% (4)
TLE Operations Center User Guide
226 pages
New Oct Manual PDF
No ratings yet
New Oct Manual PDF
352 pages
Control-M For OS/390 and z/OS: CA-7 Conversion Guide
No ratings yet
Control-M For OS/390 and z/OS: CA-7 Conversion Guide
214 pages
NCCM Administration Installation and Mintenance Guide
100% (2)
NCCM Administration Installation and Mintenance Guide
2,242 pages
CMS Database Table Items and Descriptions PDF
No ratings yet
CMS Database Table Items and Descriptions PDF
324 pages
OSCCE Manager Admin Guide
100% (1)
OSCCE Manager Admin Guide
448 pages
BMC Service Request Management 2.2.00 Administrator's Guide
No ratings yet
BMC Service Request Management 2.2.00 Administrator's Guide
372 pages
Ada 465098
No ratings yet
Ada 465098
306 pages
Web Design Basics for Beginners
100% (2)
Web Design Basics for Beginners
29 pages
CMA Operations Guide v50
No ratings yet
CMA Operations Guide v50
566 pages
CMA Operations Guide v412
No ratings yet
CMA Operations Guide v412
376 pages
RMX Admin 8 8 PDF
No ratings yet
RMX Admin 8 8 PDF
449 pages
CCMM and Outbound Installation and Maintenance Guide
No ratings yet
CCMM and Outbound Installation and Maintenance Guide
1,024 pages
Contact Center 8 Admin Guide
No ratings yet
Contact Center 8 Admin Guide
252 pages
Mitel AdministrationGuide UCA v5
No ratings yet
Mitel AdministrationGuide UCA v5
109 pages
Dma Operations Guide 10 0 0 3
No ratings yet
Dma Operations Guide 10 0 0 3
601 pages
Emc Ito Adapter BMC Remedy Troubleshooting The Emc BMC Remedy Adapter Software
No ratings yet
Emc Ito Adapter BMC Remedy Troubleshooting The Emc BMC Remedy Adapter Software
182 pages
Supervisors Guide
No ratings yet
Supervisors Guide
380 pages
CTMS Admin Guide
No ratings yet
CTMS Admin Guide
490 pages
TLE 6.2 SAP R3 and R4 Setup and User Guide
No ratings yet
TLE 6.2 SAP R3 and R4 Setup and User Guide
145 pages
MiContactCenter InstallationandAdministrationGuide SIP
No ratings yet
MiContactCenter InstallationandAdministrationGuide SIP
307 pages
Cman
No ratings yet
Cman
148 pages
Uc Software Skype For Business Deployment Guide 5 6 0
No ratings yet
Uc Software Skype For Business Deployment Guide 5 6 0
84 pages
Contact Center, CS1000, M1 and Voice Processing Guide
100% (3)
Contact Center, CS1000, M1 and Voice Processing Guide
432 pages
41W S4HANA2020 Set-Up EN XX
No ratings yet
41W S4HANA2020 Set-Up EN XX
84 pages
Rpad 4 2 Admin Us en
No ratings yet
Rpad 4 2 Admin Us en
152 pages
WPG 6.1 Administrator Guide
No ratings yet
WPG 6.1 Administrator Guide
234 pages
Operation Guide - SAP Portafolio and Project Management V1.1 PDF
No ratings yet
Operation Guide - SAP Portafolio and Project Management V1.1 PDF
34 pages
Rpad 4 2 Deploy Us en
No ratings yet
Rpad 4 2 Deploy Us en
104 pages
Ece125 For Ucce
No ratings yet
Ece125 For Ucce
173 pages
CA7 Workload Automation RefGd
0% (1)
CA7 Workload Automation RefGd
378 pages
Ps VTM 17.4 Userguide
No ratings yet
Ps VTM 17.4 Userguide
502 pages
Rpcs Ve Ag v8 7 1
No ratings yet
Rpcs Ve Ag v8 7 1
1,154 pages
Veraz ControlSwitch Product Description
No ratings yet
Veraz ControlSwitch Product Description
230 pages
6 01317 06 - ScalarIntelligentLib - SMI SReferenceGuide
No ratings yet
6 01317 06 - ScalarIntelligentLib - SMI SReferenceGuide
42 pages
Audio and Web Conferencing: Mitel
No ratings yet
Audio and Web Conferencing: Mitel
82 pages
Documentation. HiPath 3000 - 5000 HiPath 3000 Manager C. Communication For The Open Minded. Administrator Documentation A31003-H3580-M101!7!76A9
No ratings yet
Documentation. HiPath 3000 - 5000 HiPath 3000 Manager C. Communication For The Open Minded. Administrator Documentation A31003-H3580-M101!7!76A9
283 pages
SAP S/4HANA Customer Mgmt Guide
No ratings yet
SAP S/4HANA Customer Mgmt Guide
28 pages
Orch UserGuide R952
No ratings yet
Orch UserGuide R952
846 pages
Administering Avaya Session Border Controller For Enterprise 10-10-2019 PDF
100% (1)
Administering Avaya Session Border Controller For Enterprise 10-10-2019 PDF
644 pages
MS Windows Scripting With WMI PDF
No ratings yet
MS Windows Scripting With WMI PDF
400 pages
HBA Admin Guide
No ratings yet
HBA Admin Guide
188 pages
Broadband Subscriber Services Feature Guide - 14.2
No ratings yet
Broadband Subscriber Services Feature Guide - 14.2
856 pages
SSAM - Guia de Configuração - 2210 - Oficial SAP
No ratings yet
SSAM - Guia de Configuração - 2210 - Oficial SAP
320 pages
HiPath 3000 - 5000 V8, Feature Usage Examples, Administrator Documentation, Issue 7
No ratings yet
HiPath 3000 - 5000 V8, Feature Usage Examples, Administrator Documentation, Issue 7
414 pages
Otrs Itsm Manual en
No ratings yet
Otrs Itsm Manual en
77 pages
Feature Guide: Double-Take For Windows v5.0
No ratings yet
Feature Guide: Double-Take For Windows v5.0
11 pages
SysAdmin AG v2015EE
No ratings yet
SysAdmin AG v2015EE
310 pages
Salesforce Field Service Implementation Guide
No ratings yet
Salesforce Field Service Implementation Guide
351 pages
Zscaler Cisco SD WAN Deployment Guide FINAL
No ratings yet
Zscaler Cisco SD WAN Deployment Guide FINAL
124 pages
Application Manual For Raytheon/L-3 TSC4500 Thermal-Eye Thermal Security Camera
No ratings yet
Application Manual For Raytheon/L-3 TSC4500 Thermal-Eye Thermal Security Camera
26 pages
Ebook Rethinking Information Governance
No ratings yet
Ebook Rethinking Information Governance
23 pages
Embedded Projects
No ratings yet
Embedded Projects
11 pages
International Standard: Norme Internationale
No ratings yet
International Standard: Norme Internationale
11 pages
DOST Undergraduate Scholarship Categories
No ratings yet
DOST Undergraduate Scholarship Categories
11 pages
Java Syllabus
No ratings yet
Java Syllabus
4 pages
FUSE: Docker-Based Cross-Domain Federation
No ratings yet
FUSE: Docker-Based Cross-Domain Federation
10 pages
Engineering Parts Specification
No ratings yet
Engineering Parts Specification
1 page
10 ChatGPT Plugins For Data Science Cheat Sheet KDnuggets
No ratings yet
10 ChatGPT Plugins For Data Science Cheat Sheet KDnuggets
1 page
GMDSS
100% (5)
GMDSS
31 pages
Read The Entire Specification Before You Begin Working On This Project!
No ratings yet
Read The Entire Specification Before You Begin Working On This Project!
5 pages
LAB Digital Assignment I: Faculty: Prof. Jayakumar Sadhasivam
100% (1)
LAB Digital Assignment I: Faculty: Prof. Jayakumar Sadhasivam
2 pages
BlackBerry Strategic Plan Report
No ratings yet
BlackBerry Strategic Plan Report
7 pages
PAFM250W Rev4.2
No ratings yet
PAFM250W Rev4.2
5 pages
Pee Exp-5
No ratings yet
Pee Exp-5
7 pages
Difference Between Dos and Windows
No ratings yet
Difference Between Dos and Windows
2 pages
6014 Question Paper
No ratings yet
6014 Question Paper
2 pages
2022-2023 - SEM - 2 - Online B.Sc. CS-Batch 1 - BCS ZC313 - Introduction To Programming - EC-3 - REGULAR - 19-02-2023
No ratings yet
2022-2023 - SEM - 2 - Online B.Sc. CS-Batch 1 - BCS ZC313 - Introduction To Programming - EC-3 - REGULAR - 19-02-2023
11 pages
Industrial Contactor Specs
No ratings yet
Industrial Contactor Specs
5 pages
Press Brake Basics for Students
No ratings yet
Press Brake Basics for Students
3 pages
EE2003-E03 Operational Amplifier
No ratings yet
EE2003-E03 Operational Amplifier
6 pages
PD78F9116B, 78F9116B (A) : Mos Integrated Circuits
No ratings yet
PD78F9116B, 78F9116B (A) : Mos Integrated Circuits
56 pages
Enterprise Routing Portfolio Poster PDF
No ratings yet
Enterprise Routing Portfolio Poster PDF
1 page
Power Converters in Electric Transport
100% (1)
Power Converters in Electric Transport
22 pages
Systems Analysis and Design in A Changing World, 7th Edition - Chapter 11 ©2016. Cengage Learning. All Rights Reserved. 1
No ratings yet
Systems Analysis and Design in A Changing World, 7th Edition - Chapter 11 ©2016. Cengage Learning. All Rights Reserved. 1
55 pages
04-Division 16-Section 16040 Power Monitor-Version 2.0
No ratings yet
04-Division 16-Section 16040 Power Monitor-Version 2.0
5 pages
Digital Twins: Tech & Challenges
No ratings yet
Digital Twins: Tech & Challenges
37 pages
ICT Module 1 CSS NC-II
No ratings yet
ICT Module 1 CSS NC-II
27 pages